Advanced Search

RS 210 Swiss Civil Code of 10 December 1907

Original Language Title: RS 210 Code civil suisse du 10 décembre 1907

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.

210

Swiss Civil Code

10 December 1907 (State 1 Er April 2016)

The Swiss Federal Assembly,

See art. 64 of the Constitution 1 ; 2 Having regard to the message of the Federal Council of 28 May 1904 3 ,

Decree:

Preliminary Title

Art. 1 A. Law enforcement

A. Law enforcement

1 The Act governs all matters to which the letter or spirit of one of its provisions relates.

2 In the absence of any applicable legal provision, the judge shall pronounce according to customary law and, in the absence of a custom, according to the rules which he would establish if he had to act as a legislator.

3 It is based on the solutions embodied in doctrine and jurisprudence.

Art. 2 B. The extent of civil rights/I. General duties

B. The extent of civil rights

I. General Duties

1 Everyone is required to exercise their rights and to carry out their obligations under the rules of good faith.

2 The manifest abuse of a right is not protected by law.

Art. 3 B. The extent of civil rights/II. Good faith

II. Good faith

1 The good faith is presumed, when the law in fact depends on the birth or the effects of a right.

2 No one shall invoke his good faith, if it is incompatible with the attention that the circumstances permitted to require of him.

Art. 4 B. The extent of civil rights/III. Appreciation of the Judge

III. Appreciation of the Judge

The judge shall apply the rules of law and equity, where the law reserves its discretion or that it has the burden of pronounce taking into account either the circumstances or the right reasons.

Art. 5 C. Federal and cantonal law/I. Civil law and local uses

C. Federal and cantonal law

I. Civil law and local uses

1 The cantons have the right to establish or repeal rules of civil law in matters where their legislative competence has been maintained.

2 The previously existing cantonal law shall be held for the expression of the local use or use reserved by law, unless the existence of a contrary use is proved.

Art. 6 C. Federal and cantonal law/II. Public law of the cantons

II. Public law of the cantons

1 The civil laws of the Confederation leave the competence of the cantons in matters of public law to remain.

2 The cantons may, within the limits of their sovereignty, restrict or prohibit the trade of certain things or strike a nullity of the transactions relating thereto.

Art. 7 General provisions of the law of obligations

General provisions of the law of obligations

The general provisions of the law of obligations relating to the conclusion, effects and termination of contracts are also applicable to other matters of civil law.

Art. 8 E. The Evidence/I. Burden of Proof

E. Evidence

I. Burden of proof

Each party must, if the law does not prescribe the contrary, prove the facts it alleges in order to deduce its right.

Art. E. Evidence/II. Public titles

II. Public titles

1 The public registers and the authentic titles shall constitute evidence of the facts which they see and the inaccuracy of which is not proven.

2 The evidence that these facts are inaccurate is not subject to any particular form.

Art. 10 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).


Book I: Right of People

Title 1: Natural persons

Chapter I: De la personality

Art. 11 A. Personality in general/I. Playing civil rights

A. Personality in general

I. Civil rights

1 Everyone has civil rights.

2 As a result, everyone has, within the limits of the law, an equal ability to become subject to rights and obligations.

Art. 12 A. Personality in general/II. Exercise of civil rights/1. Its object

II. Exercise of civil rights

1. Its purpose

Anyone who has the exercise of civil rights is capable of acquiring and obliging themselves.

Art. 13 A. Personality in general/II. Exercise of civil rights/2. Its conditions/a. In general

2. Its conditions

A. In general

Every major and discerning person has the exercise of civil rights.

Art. 14 1 A. Personality in general/II. Exercise of civil rights/2. Conditions/b. Majority

B. Majority

The majority is 18 years old.


1 New content according to the c. I 1de la LF du 7 oct. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

Art. 15 1 A. Personality in general/II. Exercise of civil rights/2. Conditions/c. ...

C. ...


1 Repealed by c. I 1de la LF du 7 oct. 1994, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

Art. 16 1 A. Personality in general/II. Exercise of civil rights/2. Its conditions/d. Discernment

D. Disceration

Any person who is not deprived of the right to act reasonably because of his or her young age, mental disability, mental disorder, drunkenness or other similar causes is capable of discernment within the meaning of this Act.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 17 1 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/1. In general

III. Inability to exercise civil rights

1. In general

Persons who are incapable of discernment, minors and persons under general supervision do not have the exercise of civil rights.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 18 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/2. Lack of discernment

2. Absence of discernment

The acts of the person who is incapable of discernment do not have any legal effect; remain reserved for the exceptions provided for by law.

Art. 19 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/3. Persons capable of discernment who do not exercise civil rights/a. Principle

3. Persons capable of discernment who do not exercise civil rights

A. Principle 1

1 Persons capable of discernment but deprived of the exercise of civil rights may incur an obligation or waive a right only with the consent of their legal representative. 2

2 They do not need this consent to acquire on a purely gratuitous basis or to settle minor matters relating to their daily lives. 3

3 They are responsible for the damage caused by their unlawful acts.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 19 A 1 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/3. Persons capable of discernment who do not exercise civil rights/b. Consent of legal representative

B. Consent of the legal representative

1 Subject to legal provisions to the contrary, the legal representative may expressly or tacitly consent to the act in advance or ratify it.

2 The other party shall be released if the ratification does not take place within a reasonable period of time, fixed or set by the judge.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 19 B 1 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/3. Persons capable of discernment who do not exercise civil rights/c. Failure to consent

C. Consent requirement

1 If the act is not ratified by the legal representative, each party may claim the benefits provided. The person deprived of the exercise of civil rights shall, however, only reply up to the amount of money from which it has benefited, from which it is enriched at the time of repetition or from which it has drawn in bad faith.

2 The private person in the exercise of civil rights who has falsely given the ability to do so responds to one third of the damage that they have caused to them.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 19 C 1 A. Personality in general/III. Inability to exercise civil rights/4. Strictly personal rights

4. Strictly personal rights

1 Persons capable of discernment, but deprived of the exercise of civil rights, exercise their strictly personal rights autonomously; the cases in which the law requires the consent of the legal representative are reserved.

2 Persons who are incapable of discernment are represented by their legal representative, except for rights which do not suffer any representation because of their close association with the personality.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 19 D 1 A. Personality in general/III Bis . Restricted exercise of civil rights

III Bis . Restricted exercise of civil rights

The exercise of civil rights may be restricted by an adult protection measure.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. A. Personality in general/IV. Parented and covenant/1. Parented

IV. Parented and Alliance

1. Parented

1 The proximity of kinship is determined by the number of generations.

2 The direct online parents are those who descend one another, the collateral online parents those who, without going down one another, descend from a common author.

Art. 1 A. Personality in general/IV. Related party and alliance/2. Alliance

2. Alliance

1 A person's parents are in the same line and in the same degree as the allies of his or her spouse or registered partner.

2 Dissolution of marriage or registered partnership does not stop the alliance.


1 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. A. De la personality en général/V. Droit de cité et domicile/1. Freedom of the City

V. Freedom of the city and residence

1. Freedom of the City

1 The origin of a person is determined by his or her right of city.

2 The right of the city is regulated by public law.

3 Where a person has several rights of the city, the place of origin is that which is at the same time his current residence or has been his last domicile; otherwise, his or her origin is determined by the last right of the city that it or its ascendants Have acquired.

Art. A. De la personality en général/V. Droit de cité et domicile/2. Domicile/a. Definition

2. Home

A. Definition

1 The domicile of any person is at the place of residence with the intention to settle there; the stay in a training institution or placement in an educational institution, a home, a hospital or a house of detention is not in itself Not the home. 1

2 No one can have multiple homes at the same time.

3 The latter provision does not apply to the industrial or commercial establishment.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 24 A. De la personality en général/V. Droit de cité et domicile/2. Domicile/b. Change of residence or residence

B. Change of residence or residence

1 Every person retains his or her residence for as long as it has not created a new one.

2 The place where she resides is considered to be his domicile, when the existence of a previous residence cannot be established or when she has left his home abroad and has not acquired a new residence in Switzerland.

Art. 25 1 A. De la personality en général/V. Droit de cité et domicile/2. Domicile/c. Minors' home

C. Miners' home 2

1 The child under parental authority shares the domicile of his father and mother or, in the absence of a common domicile of the father and mother, the domicile of that of his parents who holds custody; in the alternative, his domicile shall be determined by the place of his Residence. 3

2 The home of the child under guardianship shall be at the child protection authority's seat. 4


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
4 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 26 1 A. De la personality en général/V. Droit de cité et domicile/2. Domicile/d. Domicile of major curatelle of general scope

D. Home of major under curatelle of general scope

The domicile of the major under general curatelle is at the seat of the adult protection authority.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 27 B. Personality Protection/I. Against Excessive Commitments

B. Personality Protection

I. Against excessive commitments 1

1 No one shall, even in part, renounce the enjoyment or exercise of civil rights.

2 No one shall alienate his or her liberty or prohibit its use to an extent contrary to laws or morals.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).

Art. 28 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/1. Principle

II. Against attacks

1. Principle

1 The person who suffers an unlawful interference with his or her personality can act in court for his protection against any person who participates in it.

2 An infringement is unlawful, unless it is justified by the victim's consent, by a private or public overriding interest, or by law.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).

Art. 28 A 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/2. Actions/a. In general

2. Actions

A. In general 2

1 The applicant may request the judge:

1.
Prohibit unlawful interference, if it is imminent;
2.
To stop it, if it still lasts;
3.
To observe the unlawful nature of the disorder, if the disorder which it has created remains.

2 In particular, it may request that a correction or judgment be communicated to third parties or published.

3 The actions for damages and compensation for moral damage are reserved, as well as the remission of the gain in accordance with the provisions on business management.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).
2 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the personality in the event of violence, threats or harassment), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2007 ( RO 2007 137 ; FF 2005 6437 6461).

Art. 28 B 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/2. Actions/b . Violence, threats or harassment

B . Violence, threats or harassment

1 In the event of violence, threats or harassment, the applicant may request the judge to prohibit the infringer, in particular:

1.
To approach or access a specific perimeter around his or her home;
2.
To attend certain sites, including streets, squares, or quarters;
3.
To make contact with him, in particular by telephone, in writing or by electronic means, or to cause him other disturbances.

2 In addition, if the applicant lives in the same dwelling as the infringer, he or she may ask the judge to expel him for a specified period. This period may be extended once for good reasons.

3 The judge may, in so far as the decision seems fair in the light of the circumstances:

1.
Require the applicant to pay the infringer appropriate compensation for the exclusive use of the dwelling;
2.
With the agreement of the lessor, grant to the sole applicant the rights and obligations arising out of the lease agreement.

4 The cantons designate a service which can pronounce the immediate expulsion of the common housing in the event of a crisis, and settle the procedure.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661). New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the personality in the event of violence, threats or harassment), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2007 (RO 2007 137; FF 2005 6437 6461).

Art. 28 C To 28 F 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/3. ...

3. ...


1 Introduced by c. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661). Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 (RO) 2010 1739; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 28 G 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/4. Right of reply/a. Principle

4. Right of reply

A. Principle 2

1 The person who is directly affected in his personality by the presentation of the periodical media, in particular the press, radio and television, of facts concerning him, has the right to reply.

2 There is no right of reply in the event of the faithful reproduction of the public debates of an authority to which the affected person has participated.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).
2 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the personality in the event of violence, threats or harassment), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2007 ( RO 2007 137 ; FF 2005 6437 6461).

Art. 28 H 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/4. Right of reply/b. Form and content

B. Form and Content

1 The answer must be concise and limited to the subject of the challenged submission.

2 The answer may be refused if it is manifestly inaccurate or if it is contrary to law or morality.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).

Art. 28 I 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/4. Right of reply/c. Procedure

C. Procedure

1 The author of the reply must send the text to the undertaking within twenty days from the knowledge of the contested presentation but no later than three months after its broadcast.

2 The company will notify the author without delay when it will broadcast the response or why it refuses it.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).

Art. 28 K 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/4. Right of reply/d. Terms and conditions of dissemination

D. Procedures for dissemination

1 The answer must be disseminated in such a way as to reach the public as soon as possible who has had knowledge of the contested presentation.

2 The response must be designated as such; the company can only immediately add a statement by which it indicates whether it maintains its presentation of facts or gives its sources.

3 The response is free of charge.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).

Art. 28 L 1 B. Personality Protection/II. Against attacks/4. Right of reply/e. Use of the judge

E. Appeal to the Judge

1 If the company prevents the exercise of the right, refuses the broadcast or does not execute it correctly, the author may apply to the judge.

2 ... 2

3 And 4 ... 3


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of Dec 16. 1983, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1985 (RO 1984 778; FF 1982 II 661).
2 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
3 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. B. Personality Protection/III. With respect to name/1. Name Protection

III. Relative to name

1. Name Protection

1 The person whose name is disputed may apply to the judge for the recognition of his right.

2 A person who is aggrieved by a usurpation of his or her name may bring an action to bring it to an end, without prejudice to any damages in the event of fault and compensation as a moral remedy if that compensation is justified by the nature of the damage Tested.

Art. B. Personality Protection/III. Relative to name/2. Change of name/a. In general

2. Renaming

A. In general 1

1 The Government of the Township of Home may, if there are legitimate reasons, authorize a person to change their name. 2

2 ... 3

3 Any person aggrieved by a change of name may sue him or her in court in the year from the day on which he or she became aware of it.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).
2 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).
3 Repealed by c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. A 1 B. Personality Protection/III. Relative to name/2. Change of name/b. In the event of death of one of the spouses

B. In the case of death of one of the spouses

In the event of the death of one of the spouses, the spouse who changed his name at the conclusion of the marriage may, at any time, declare to the registrar that he or she wishes to return to his or her name.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/I. Birth and Death

C. Stating and ending the personality

I. Birth and Death

1 Personality begins with the successful birth of the living child; it ends with death.

2 The child conceived has civil rights, provided that he is born alive.

Art. 32 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/II. Proof of life and death/1. Burden of proof

II. Proof of life and death

1. Burden of proof

1 A person who, in order to exercise a right, claims that a person exists or is dead, or that he or she was alive at a particular time, or that he or she has survived another person, must prove the fact that he or she alleges.

2 When several people died without the possibility of establishing whether one survived the other, their deaths are presumed to have occurred at the same time.

Art. 33 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/II. Proof of life and death/2. Means of proof/a. In general

2. Means of Evidence

A. In general

1 Acts of civil status show birth and death.

2 In the absence of acts of the civil status or where it is established that those which exist are incorrect, the evidence may be obtained by any other means.

Art. 34 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/II. Proof of life and death/2. Means of proof/b. Indices of death

B. Death indexes

The death of a person whose body has not been found is considered to have been established, when that person has disappeared in circumstances such that his death must be held to a certain extent.

Art. 35 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/III. Statement of absence/1. In general

III. Statement of absence

1. In general

1 If the death of a person who is in danger of death or has not been heard for a long time seems highly probable, the judge may declare the absence at the request of those who have rights subordinated to the death.

2 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 36 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/III. Statement of absence/2. Procedure

2. Procedure

1 The declaration of absence may be required at least one year after the danger of death or five years after the last news.

2 The judge shall invite, by duly published summons, persons who may give news of the absent person to be known within a specified period of time.

3 This period shall be at least one year from the first warning.

Art. C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/III. Statement of absence/3. Query has become moot

3. Query has become moot

If the absent person reappears before the expiry of the time limit, if one has his news or if the date of his death is established, the request shall be dismissed.

Art. 38 C. Commencement and Termination of Personality/III. Statement of absence/4. Effects

4. Effects

1 Where the summons has been unsuccessful, the judge shall declare the declaration of absence and the rights opened by the death may be exercised in the same manner as if the death of the absent person was established.

2 The effects of the declaration of absence date back to the day of the death danger or the latest news.

3 The declaration of absence results in the dissolution of the marriage. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Chapter II: 1 Acts of the civil status

Art. 39 A. Registers/I. General

A. Registers

I. General

1 The civil status is recorded by electronic registers. 1

2 A civil status includes:

1.
Marital status directly related to a person, such as birth, marriage, death;
2.
Personal and family status of a person, such as the majority, parentage, marital relationship;
3.
Names;
4.
The rights of cantonal and municipal authorities;
5.
Nationality.

1 New content according to the c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. 40 A. Registers/II. Obligation to declare

II. Obligation to declare 1

1 The Federal Council shall determine the persons and authorities who are required to declare the data necessary for the declaration of the civil status.

2 It may provide that the violation of the obligation to declare is liable to the fine.

3 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).
2 Repealed by c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. A. Registers/III. Evidence for non-contentious data

III. Evidence for non-contentious data

1 Where civil status data are to be established by documents, the cantonal supervisory authority may admit that the evidence is based on a statement made to the registrar, provided that the data are not Not at issue and the presentation of the documents proves impossible or cannot reasonably be required.

2 The registrar shall expressly invite the person making the declaration to tell the truth and shall pay attention to the criminal consequences of a false statement.

Art. A. Registers/IV. Amendment/1. By the Judge

IV. Amendment

1. By the judge

1 Any person who justifies a legitimate personal interest may ask the judge to order the registration, rectification or cancellation of disputed data relating to the civil status. The cantonal supervisory authorities concerned shall be heard and the judge shall notify them of its decision.

2 The cantonal monitoring authorities also have standing to act.

Art. 43 A. Registers/IV. Amendment/2. By the civil authorities

2. By the civil authorities

The Civil Registry Office shall ex officio rectify any inaccuracies resulting from a manifest error or inadvertence.

Art. 43 A 1 A. Registers/V. Data protection and disclosure

Protection and disclosure of data

1 The Federal Council shall ensure, with regard to acts of civil status, the protection of the personality and fundamental rights of persons whose data are processed.

2 It regulates the disclosure of data to individuals who are of direct and credible interest.

3 It shall determine the authorities external to the civil status to which, on a regular or on request basis, the data essential for the performance of their legal tasks are disclosed. The provisions of cantonal laws relating to the disclosure of data are reserved.

3bis The civil authorities are obliged to report to the competent authorities the criminal offences which they observe in the course of their duties. 2

4 The following authorities may access the data necessary to verify a person's identity online:

1.
The establishment authorities within the meaning of the Federal Act of 22 June 2001 on the identity documents of Swiss nationals 3 ;
2. 4
The federal service that manages the computerized police search system under s. 15 of the Federal Law of 13 June 2008 on the Police Information Systems of the Confederation 5 And the filtering services of the cantonal and municipal police forces connected to this research system;
3.
The federal service that maintains a computerized criminal record under s. 359 of the Penal Code 6 ;
4.
The Federal Service for the Search of Missing Persons 7 .

1 Introduced by ch. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, in force since 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).
3 RS 143.1
4 New content according to the c. 4 of Annex 1 to the PMQ of 13 June 2008 on the police information systems of the Confederation, in force since 5 Dec. 2008 ( RO 2008 4989 ; FF 2006 4819 ).
5 RS 361
6 RS 311.0 . Currently " art. 365 ".
7 Federal Police Office

Art. 44 B. Organization/I. Civil Status Authorities/1. Vital Statistics Officers

Organization

I. Civil status authorities

1. Civil Officers

1 In particular, civil status officers have the following responsibilities:

1.
Keep records;
2.
Establish communications and issue extracts;
3.
Leading the preparatory process for marriage and celebrating marriage;
4.
Receive civil status returns.

2 On an exceptional basis, the Federal Council may confer some of these powers on representatives of Switzerland abroad.

Art. 45 B. Organization/I. Civil Status Authorities/2. Supervisory Authorities

2. Monitoring Authorities

1 Each canton institutes a supervisory authority.

2 In particular, this authority has the following powers:

1.
Exercise supervision over the civil service offices;
2.
Assisting and advising civil status officers;
3.
Cooperate in the keeping of the registers and the preparatory procedure for marriage;
4.
Deciding on the recognition and transcribing of civil status events abroad and decisions on the civil status of foreign authorities;
5.
Ensure the training and development of those working in the field of civil status.

3 The Confederation exercises high surveillance. It can seize the channels of cantonal law against the decisions of the civil and supervisory authorities. 1


1 New content according to the c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. 45 A 1 Organization/I A . Central Data Bank

I A . Central Data Bank

1 The Confederation operates a central data bank for the cantons.

2 Funding is provided by the cantons. The expenditure is allocated according to the number of inhabitants.

3 Within the framework of the law and with the assistance of the cantons, the Federal Council regulates:

1.
The mode of collaboration;
2.
The rights of access of the civil authorities;
3.
The organizational and technical measures necessary to ensure data protection and security;
4.
Archiving.

1 Introduced by ch. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. B. Organization/II. Liability

II. Liability

1 Any person who suffers unlawful damage, in the exercise of their function, by persons working in the field of civil status shall be entitled to damages and, as long as the gravity of the infringement justifies it, to a sum of money As a moral remedy.

2 The responsibility lies with the canton, which can turn against the perpetrators of damage caused intentionally or by serious negligence.

3 The Law of 14 March 1958 on Liability 1 Applies to persons employed by the Confederation.


Art. B. Organization/III. Disciplinary measures

III. Disciplinary measures

1 The cantonal supervisory authority shall discipline persons employed in the civil service offices who violate, intentionally or negligently, the duties of their office.

2 The penalties are the blame, the fine up to 1000 francs or, in serious cases, the revocation.

3 Criminal proceedings are reserved.

Art. 48 C. Implementing Provisions/I. Federal Law

C. Implementing provisions

I. Federal Law

1 The Federal Council shall issue the implementing provisions.

2 It sets out in particular the applicable rules:

1.
Records to be kept and data to be recorded;
2.
The use of the insured number within the meaning of s. 50 C Federal Act of December 20, 1946 on Old Age and Survivor Insurance 1 To allow for the electronic exchange of data between official registers of persons;

3. Record keeping;

4. Monitoring. 2

3 In order to ensure an accurate performance of the tasks, the Federal Council may lay down minimum requirements for the training and development of persons working in the field of civil status and the degree of occupation of officers Of the civil status.

4 It sets out the tariff of the fees for civil status.

5 It determines the conditions under which the following transactions can be carried out in a computerized manner:

1.
The announcement of the facts of the civil status;
2.
Declarations concerning the civil status;
3.
Communications and the preparation of excerpts from the registers. 3

1 RS 831.10
2 New content according to the c. 2 of the Annex to the LF of 23 June 2006 on the harmonisation of registers, in force since 1 Er Jan 2008 ( RO 2006 4165 ; FF 2006 439 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. C. Implementing provisions/II. Cantonal law

II. Cantonal law

1 The cantons define the boroughs of the civil state.

2 They enact the implementing provisions within the framework established by federal law.

3 The provisions laid down by the cantons are subject to the approval of the Confederation, excluding those relating to the remuneration of persons working in the field of civil status.

Art. 50 And 51

Repealed

Title II: Legal persons

Chapter I: General provisions

Art. A. Personality

A. Personality

1 Companies organized corporatively, as well as institutions with a special purpose and existence, acquire personality by being registered in the trade register.

2 Corporations and institutions of public law, as well as associations that do not have an economic purpose, are exempt from this formality. 1

3 Companies and establishments that have an illegal or unethical purpose cannot acquire the personality.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the 12 Dec LF. 2014 on the implementation of the recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force, revised in 2012, in force since 1 Er Jan 2016 ( RO 2015 1389 ; FF 2014 585 ).

Art. B. Civil rights

B. Civil rights

Legal persons may acquire all rights and assume all obligations which are not inseparable from the natural conditions of man, such as sex, age or kinship.

Art. C. Civil rights exercise/I. Conditions

C. Exercise of civil rights

I. Conditions

Legal persons shall have the exercise of civil rights as soon as they have the organs which the law and the statutes require for that purpose.

Art. C. Civil rights exercise/II. Mode

II. Mode

1 The will of a legal person is expressed by its organs.

2 They oblige the legal person to do so by their legal acts and by all other facts.

3 The mistakes committed commit, moreover, the personal responsibility of their authors.

Art. 56 1 Headquarters

Headquarters

The registered office of legal persons is, unless otherwise provided by the statutes, at the seat of their administration.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 57 E. Personality Suppression/I. Destination of Property

E. Suppression of the personality

I. Destination of Goods

1 Except as otherwise provided by law, statutes, acts of foundation or competent bodies, the wealth of dissolved legal persons is vested in the public corporation (confederation, canton, commune) for which they were governed by their purpose.

2 The primitive destination of the goods will be maintained to the extent possible.

3 Devolution for the benefit of a public corporation will take place, notwithstanding any other provision, if the corporation is dissolved because its purpose was unlawful or contrary to the morals. 1


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. E. Suppression of Personality/II. Liquidation

II. Liquidation

Property of corporations is wound up in accordance with the rules applicable to cooperative corporations.

Art. F. Reservations for public and corporate law

F. Reservations for public and corporate law

1 The public law of the Confederation and the cantons remains reserved for the corporations or establishments which are submitted to it and for those who have an ecclesiastical character.

2 Corporate organizations that have an economic purpose are governed by the provisions applicable to corporations.

3 Allell and similar companies continue to be governed by the cantonal law.

Chapter II: Associations

Art. 60 A. Constitution/I. Corporate Organization

A. Constitution

I. Corporate Organization

1 Political, religious, scientific, artistic, charitable, recreation or other associations that do not have an economic goal acquire the personality as soon as they express in their statutes the will to be organised Corporately.

2 The statutes shall be in writing and contain the necessary provisions on the purpose, resources and organisation of the association.

Art. 61 A. Constitution/II. Register for the Trade Register

II. Register for the Trade Register 1

1 The association whose statutes have been adopted and which has constituted its management may be registered in the register of commerce.

2 Is required to register any association:

1.
Which, in order to achieve its purpose, carries on an industry in the form of trade;
2.
Which is subject to the obligation to have its accounts reviewed. 2

3 The articles and the status of the members of the management are attached to the application.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).
2 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

S. 62 A. Constitution/III. Non-personality associations

III. Non-personality associations

Associations that cannot acquire the personality or who have not yet acquired it are treated as simple companies.

S. 63 A. Constitution/IV. Relationship between the statutes and the law

IV. Relationship between the statutes and the law

1 The following articles are applicable, if the articles do not contain rules concerning the organisation of the association and its relationship with the members.

2 The articles may not derogate from the rules the application of which takes place under a mandatory provision of the law.

Art. 64 B. Organization/I. General Assembly/1. Functions and convocation

Organization

I. General Assembly

1. Responsibilities and convocation

1 The General Assembly is the supreme power of the association.

2 It is called by management.

3 The convocation shall take place in the cases provided for in the statutes and in addition, by law, where the fifth of the members so requests.

Art. B. Organization/I. General Assembly/2. Skills

2. Skills

1 The General Assembly decides on the admission and exclusion of members, appoints management and regulates cases which are not the responsibility of other social bodies.

2 It shall monitor the activities of the social bodies and may revoke them at any time, without prejudice to their rights under agreement.

3 The power to revoke exists by law when it is exercised for just cause.

Art. 66 B. Organization/I. General Assembly/3. Decisions/a. Shape

3. Decisions

A. Form

1 The decisions of the association shall be taken at a general meeting.

2 The proposal to which all members have joined in writing is equivalent to a decision of the General Assembly.

Art. 67 B. Organization/I. General Assembly/3. Decisions/b. Right to vote and majority

B. Right to vote and majority

1 All members have equal voting rights in the General Assembly.

2 Decisions shall be taken by a majority of the votes of the members present.

3 They may only be taken outside the agenda if the statutes so expressly permit.

Art. 68 B. Organization/I. General Assembly/3. Decisions/c. Deprivation of the right to vote

Deprivation of the right to vote

Any member is by private law of his or her right to vote in decisions relating to a case or trial of the association, when the member, his or her spouse or his or her parents or allies on the direct line are involved.

Art. 69 B. Organization/II. Direction/1. Rights and duties in general

II. Direction

1. Rights and duties in general 1

Management has the right and the duty to manage the affairs of the association and to represent it in accordance with the statutes.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 69 A 1 B. Organization/II. Direction/2. Accounting

2. Accounting

The management holds the association's books. The provisions of the Code of Obligations 2 Relating to the commercial accounts and the presentation of accounts shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Law of limited liability company; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and the reasons for trade; RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 23 Dec. 2011 (Accounting Law), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2012 6679; FF 2008 1407).
2 RS 220

Art. 69 B 1 B. Organization/III. Revision Body

III. Revision Body

1 The association shall submit its accounts to the ordinary control of a review body if, in two successive years, two of the following values are exceeded:

1.
Total balance sheet: 10 million francs;
2.
Turnover: 20 million francs;
3.
Workforce: 50 full-time, annual average jobs.

2 The association must submit its accounting to the restricted control of a review body, if a member of the association individually responsible or required to make additional payments requires it.

3 The provisions of the Code of Obligations 2 Concerning the review body of the limited liability company shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4 In other cases, the statutes and the general assembly may organise the supervision freely.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).
2 RS 220

Art. 69 C 1 B. Organization/IV. Attendance at the organisation of the association

IV. Attendance at the organisation of the association

1 Where the association does not have one of the prescribed bodies, a member or a creditor may require the judge to take the necessary measures.

2 The judge may, inter alia, set a time limit for the association to regularise his or her situation; if necessary, he shall appoint a Commissioner.

3 The association shall bear the costs of such measures. The judge may require the association to make a provision to the appointee.

4 For fair reasons, the association may ask the judge to revoke a person appointed by the association.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. C. Members/I. Entry and exit

C. Members

I. Input and Output

1 The association may receive new members at any time.

2 Each member is authorized by law to leave the association, provided that he announces his exit six months before the end of the calendar year or, when an administrative exercise is scheduled, six months before the end of the calendar year.

3 The quality of the society is inalienable and is not passed on to heirs.

Art. 1 C. Members/II. Contributions

II. Contributions

Members of the association may be required to make contributions if the articles so provide.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LQ of 17 Dec. 2004 (Fixing of membership dues), effective from 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 2117 ; FF 2004 4529 4537).

Art. 72 C. Members/III. Exclusion

III. Exclusion

1 The statutes may determine the grounds for exclusion of a member; they may also allow the exclusion without any indication of reasons.

2 In such cases, the grounds on which the exclusion was pronounced cannot give rise to legal action.

3 If the articles of association have nothing in this respect, the exclusion shall be made only by decision of the company and for just reasons.

Art. C. Members/IV. Effects of output and exclusion

IV. Effects of output and exclusion

1 Outgoing or excluded members lose any right to social welfare.

2 They owe their share of contributions for the time they were members.

S. 74 C. Society/V. Protection of the social goal

Protection of the social goal

The transformation of the social goal cannot be imposed on any member.

Art. 75 C. Members/VI. Protection of members' rights

VI. Protection of members' rights

Any member of the public is authorized by law to sue in court, within one month from the day on which he became aware of it, the decisions to which he has not acceded and which violate statutory or statutory provisions.

Art. 75 A 1 C Bis . Responsibility

C Bis . Responsibility

Except as otherwise provided in the articles of association, the association shall reply only to its debts, which are guaranteed by its social capital.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LQ of 17 Dec. 2004 (Fixing of membership dues), effective from 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 2117 ; FF 2004 4529 4537).

Art. 76 D. Dissolution/I. Case/1. By decision of association

D. Dissolution

I. Cases

1. By decision of the association

The association may decide to dissolve it at any time.

Art. 77 D. Dissolution/I. Case/2. By Law

2. By law

The association shall be dissolved in full when it is insolvent or when management can no longer be statutorily constituted.

S. 78 D. Dissolution/I. Case/3. By Judgement

3. Per judgment

The dissolution shall be pronounced by the judge, at the request of the competent authority or an interested person, where the purpose of the association is unlawful or contrary to the mores.

Art. D. Dissolution/II. Cancellation of Registration

II. Cancellation of Registration

If the association is registered in the trade register, the dissolution is declared by the management or by the judge to the person responsible for the deregister.

Chapter III: Foundations

Art. 80 A. Constitution/I. In general

A. Constitution

I. In general

The purpose of the foundation is to allocate property to a special purpose.

Art. A. Constitution/II. Shape

II. Shape

1 The foundation is constituted by an authentic act or by provision for cause of death. 1

2 The registration of the trade register shall be effected with the contents of the Foundation Act and, if necessary, according to the instructions of the Supervisory Authority; it shall indicate the names of the members of the Directorate.

3 The authority making the opening of the provision for cause of death shall notify the trade register of the establishment of the foundation. 2


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. A. Constitution/III. Action by the heirs and creditors

III. Action by the heirs and creditors

The foundation may be attacked, such as a donation, by the heirs or creditors of the founder.

Art. 83 1 B. Organization/I. In general

Organization

I. In general

The Foundation Act shall indicate the organs of the Foundation and its mode of administration.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er Jan 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 83 A 1 B. Organization/II. Holding of accounts

II. Holding of accounts

The foundation's highest organ is the foundation's books. The provisions of the Code of Obligations 2 Relating to the commercial accounts and the presentation of accounts shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of Foundations; RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 23 Dec. 2011 (Accounting Law), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2012 6679; FF 2008 1407).
2 RS 220

Art. 83 B 1 B. Organization/III. Revision Body/1. Obligation to review and applicable law

III. Revision Body

1. Obligation to review and applicable law

1 The supreme organ of the Foundation shall designate a review body.

2 The Supervisory Authority may exempt the Foundation from the obligation to designate a review body. The Federal Council defines the conditions of the exemption.

3 Failing special provisions applicable to foundations, the provisions of the Code of Obligations 2 Concerning the review body of the limited liability company shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4 Where the foundation is subject to limited control, the supervisory authority may require regular monitoring, if necessary to reveal the state of the heritage and the results of the foundation.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of Foundations; RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 (RO 2007 4791; FF 2002 2949, 2004 3745).
2 RS 220

Art. 83 C 1 B. Organization/III. Review Body/2. Relation to Supervisory Authority

2. Reporting to the Supervisory Authority

The review body shall forward to the supervisory authority a copy of the revision report and all major communications addressed to the foundation.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 83 D 1 B. Organization/IV. The organization of the foundation

IV. The organization of the foundation

1 Where the organisation provided for by the Foundation Act is not sufficient, that the Foundation does not have all the prescribed bodies or that one of these bodies is not composed in accordance with the requirements, the supervisory authority shall take the measures Necessary. It may include:

1.
Set a time limit for the foundation to regularize its situation;
2.
Appoint the default body or a Commissioner.

2 Where the Foundation cannot be organised in accordance with its purpose, the Supervisory Authority shall deliver the assets to another Foundation whose purpose is as close as possible to that which had been provided for.

3 The foundation bears the costs of these measures. The supervisory authority may attach a provision to the appointee.

4 For fair reasons, the foundation may ask the supervisory authority to revoke a person appointed by the foundation.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 84 C. Monitoring

C. Monitoring

1 The foundations are placed under the supervision of the public corporation (Confederation, township, commune) for which they are responsible for their purpose.

1bis The cantons may submit the foundations whose supervision is subject to the supervision of the cantonal supervisory authority. 1

2 The supervisory authority shall ensure that the assets of the foundations are used in accordance with their destination.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 84 A 1 C Bis . Measures in the event of overindebtedness and insolvency

C Bis . Measures in the event of overindebtedness and insolvency

1 If there are serious reasons to fear that the foundation is over-indebted or insolvent in the long term, the Foundation's supreme body shall draw up an interim balance sheet based on the value of the assets and submit it for consideration to the body of the Foundation. Review. If the Foundation does not have a review body, the supreme body of the Foundation shall submit the interim balance sheet to the Supervisory Authority

2 If the review body finds that the foundation is over-indebted or insolvent in the long term, it provides the interim balance sheet to the supervisory authority.

3 The supervisory authority shall order the supreme body of the Foundation to take the necessary measures. If it does not do so, the supervisory authority itself takes the necessary measures.

4 Where necessary, the supervisory authority shall request that enforcement measures be taken; the provisions of the law of public limited-liability companies relating to the opening or adjournment of the bankruptcy shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 84 B 1

1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of Foundations; RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463). Repealed by c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Law of limited liability company; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and the reasons for trade), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2008 (RO) 2007 4791; FF 2002 2949, 2004 3745).

Art. 85 1 D. Modification/I. From Organization

D. Amendment

I. From the Organization

The competent federal or cantonal authority may, on the proposal of the supervisory authority and after having heard the supreme body of the foundation, modify the organisation of the foundation, where this is absolutely necessary to maintain Property or to maintain the purpose of the foundation.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 86 D. Modification/II. Goal/1. At the request of the supervisory authority or the supreme body of the foundation

II. From Goal

1. At the request of the supervisory authority or the supreme body of the foundation 1

1 The competent federal or cantonal authority may, at the request of the supervisory authority or the supreme body of the foundation, change the purpose of the foundation, where the character or scope of the original purpose has varied to the extent that the foundation does not respond Obviously more to the intentions of the founder. 2

2 May be deleted or modified in the same way and in the same circumstances the charges and conditions which jeopardise the founder's purpose.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).
2 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 86 A 1 D. Modification/II. Goal/2. On request or because of a provision for the death of the founder

2. On request or because of a provision for the death of the founder

1 The competent federal or cantonal authority shall amend, at the request of the founder or by reason of a provision for the cause of death taken by the founder, the purpose of the foundation where the act of foundation reserves this possibility and at least 10 years Have passed since the founding of the foundation or since the last modification required by the founder.

2 If the foundation pursues a purpose of public service or public utility within the meaning of Art. 56, let. G, of the Federal Direct Tax Act of December 14, 1990 2 , the new purpose must remain a goal of public service or of public utility.

3 The right to require modification of the purpose is non-transferable and does not pass to the heirs. Where the founder is a legal person, this right shall expire no later than 20 years after the establishment of the foundation.

4 Where the foundation has been established by several founders, the founders must request the amendment of the object jointly.

5 The authority making the opening of the provision for death shall notify the competent supervisory authority of the provision providing for the modification of the purpose of the foundation.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).
2 RS 642.11

Art. 86 B 1 D. Modification/III. Miscellaneous Amendments to the Foundation Act

III. Miscellaneous Amendments to the Foundation Act

The Supervisory Authority may, after having heard the supreme body of the Foundation, make consequential amendments to the Foundation Act where they are ordered by objectively justified grounds and do not remove the Rights of third parties.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. E. Family foundations and ecclesiastical foundations

E. Family foundations and ecclesiastical foundations

1 Subject to the rules of public law, family foundations and ecclesiastical foundations shall not be subject to the supervision of the supervisory authority.

1bis They are not linked to the obligation to appoint a review body. 1

2 Private legal challenges are decided by the judge.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 1 F. Dissolution and cancellation/I. Dissolution by the competent authority

Dissolution and cancellation

I. Dissolution by the competent authority

1 The competent federal or cantonal authority shall dissolve the foundation upon request or ex officio when:

1.
The purpose of the foundation can no longer be attained and the foundation cannot be maintained by an amendment to the foundation act or
2.
The purpose of the foundation became illegal or contrary to the morals.

2 The dissolution of family foundations and ecclesiastical foundations is pronounced by the court.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 89 1 F. Dissolution and radiation/II. Request and Action for Dissolution, Cancellation of Registration

II. Request and Action for Dissolution, Cancellation of Registration

1 The application or action on dissolution of the foundation may be brought by any interested person.

2 The dissolution shall be communicated to the Trade Register Officer in order to cancel the registration.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 8 Oct PMQ. 2004 (Right of foundations), in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 4545 ; FF 2003 7425 7463).

Art. 89 A 1 G. Personnel Pre-Provident Institutions

G. Personnel Pre-Provident Institutions 2

1 The institutions of foresight in favour of staff consisting of foundations under Art. 331 of the obligations code 3 Are also governed by the following provisions. 4

2 The bodies of the Foundation shall provide the beneficiaries with the necessary information on the organisation, activity and financial situation of the Foundation.

3 If workers make contributions to the foundation, they participate in the administration to the extent that they are paid. To the extent possible, they themselves elect representatives selected from the staff. 5

4 ... 6

5 Beneficiaries may demand benefits from the Foundation, when they have made contributions to the Foundation, or where the provisions governing the foundation give them a right to benefits.

6 The foundations of foresight in favour of personnel whose activities extend to the field of old-age pension, survivors and invalidity, and which are subject to the law of 17 December 1993 on the free passage (LFLP) 7 Are also governed by the following provisions of the Federal Act of 25 June 1982 on old-age, survivors and invalidity insurance (LPP) 8 On: 9

1. 10
The definition and principles of occupational foresight and the insured earnings or income (art. 1, 33 A And 33 B ),
2. 11
Subjection of persons to AVS (art. 5, para. 1),
3.
Recipients of survivor benefits (s. 20 A ),
3 A . 12
The temporary maintenance of insurance and entitlement to benefits in the event of the reduction or elimination of the disability insurance pension (s. 26 A ),
4. 13
Adaptation to changes in the prices of regulatory benefits (art. 36, para. 2 to 4),
5.
The prescribing of rights and the preservation of parts (art. 41),
5 A . 14
The use, processing and communication of the AVS insurance number (s. 48, para. 4, 85 A , let. F, and 86 A , para. 2, let. B Bis ),
6.
Responsibility (art. 52),
7. 15
The approval and tasks of the supervisory bodies (Art. 52 A To 52 E ),
8 . 16
The integrity and loyalty of those responsible, the legal acts with close persons and conflicts of interest (art. 51 B , 51 C And 53 A ),
9.
Partial or total liquidation (art. 53 B To 53 D ),
10. 17
Termination of contracts (s. 53 E And 53 F ),
11.
The guarantee fund (art. 56, para. 1, let. C, para. 2 to 5, art. 56 A , 57 and 59),
12. 18
Monitoring and high surveillance (art. 61 to 62 A And 64 to 64 C ),
13. 19
...
14. 20
Financial security (art. 65, para. 1, 3 and 4, 66, para. 4, 67 and 72 A To 72 G ),
15.
Transparency (art. 65 A ),
16.
Reservations (art. 65 B ),
17.
Insurance contracts between insurance institutions and insurance institutions (art. 68, para. 3 and 4),
18.
The administration of wealth (art. 71),
19.
Litigation (art. 73 and 74),
20.
Criminal provisions (art. 75 to 79),
21.
Redemption (s. 79 B ),
22.
Insurable earnings and income (s. 79 C ),
23.
Information for insured persons (art. 86 B ). 21

7 The foundations of foresight in favour of staff whose activities extend to the field of old-age pension, survivors and invalidity but not subject to the LFLP, such as employer funds for discretionary benefits And funding foundations are governed exclusively by the following provisions of the PPL on:

1.
Subjection of persons to AVS (art. 5, para. 1);
2.
The use, processing and communication of the AVS insurance number (s. 48, para. 4, 85 A , let. F, and 86 A , para. 2, let. B Bis );
3.
Responsibility (art. 52);
4.
The approval and tasks of the review body (Art. 52 A , 52 B And 52 C , para. 1, let. A to d and g, 2 and 3);
5.
The integrity and loyalty of those responsible, the legal acts with close persons and conflicts of interest (art. 51 B , 51 C And 53 A );
6.
Total liquidation (art. 53 C );
7.
Monitoring and high surveillance (art. 61 to 62 A And 64 to 64 B );
8.
Litigation (art. 73 and 74);
9.
Criminal provisions (art. 75 to 79);
10.
Tax treatment (art. 80, 81, para. 1, and 83). 22

8 The pre-need foundations referred to in para. 7 are also governed by the following provisions:

1.
They administer their assets in such a way as to ensure the security of investments, a reasonable return, and the liquidity necessary to carry out their tasks;
2.
The supervisory authority decides, at the request of the Foundation Board, for the partial liquidation of the employer funds for discretionary benefits;
3.
They shall take account, by analogy, of the principles of equal treatment and adequacy. 23

1 Introduced by ch. II of the PMQ of 21 March 1958, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1958 (RO 1958 389; FF 1956 II 845). Until the entry into force of the PMQ of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of adults, right of persons and right of descent) 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2011 725): art. 89 Bis .
2 New content according to the c. II art. 2 hp. 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Er Jan 1972 (RO) 1971 1461; FF 1967 II 249).
3 RS 220
4 New content according to the c. II art. 2 hp. 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Er Jan 1972 (RO) 1971 1461; FF 1967 II 249).
5 New content according to the c. II art. 2 hp. 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Er Jan 1972 (RO) 1971 1461; FF 1967 II 249).
6 Repealed by c. III of the LF of 21 June 1996, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1997 (RO) 1996 3067; FF 1996 I 516,533).
7 RS 831.42
8 RS 831.40
9 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 25. 2015 (Foundations of foresight in favour of staff), in force since 1 Er Apr 2016 ( RO 2016 935 ; FF 2014 5929 6399).
10 New content according to the c. II 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Measures to facilitate the participation of older workers in the labour market), in force since 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 4427 ; FF 2007 5381 ).
11 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 25. 2015 (Foundations of foresight in favour of staff), in force since 1 Er Apr 2016 ( RO 2016 935 ; FF 2014 5929 6399).
12 Introduced by ch. 2 of the annex to the LF of 18 March 2011 (6 E Revision AI, first component), in force since 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 5659 ; FF 2010 1647 ).
13 New content according to the c. 1 of the Annex to the LF of 18 June 2004, in force since 1 Er Jan 2005 ( RO 2004 4635 ; FF 2003 5835 ).
14 Introduced by ch. 1 of the Annex to the PMQ of 23 June 2006 (New AVS insured number), in force since 1 Er Dec. 2007 ( RO 2007 5259 ; FF 2006 515 ).
15 New content according to the c. II 1 of the LF of 19 March 2010 (Structural reform), in force since 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 3393 ; FF 2007 5381 ).
16 New content according to the c. II 1 of the LF of 19 March 2010 (Structural reform), in force since 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 3393 ; FF 2007 5381 ).
17 New content according to the c. II of the 20 Dec LF. 2006 (Change of institution of foresight), in force since 1 Er May 2007 ( RO 2007 1803 ; FF 2005 5571 5583).
18 New content according to the c. II 1 of the LF of 19 March 2010 (Structural reform), in force since 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 3393 ; FF 2007 5381 ).
19 Repealed by c. II 1 of the LF of 19 March 2010 (Structural reform), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 3393 ; FF 2007 5381 ).
20 New content according to the c. II 1 of the LF of 17 Dec. 2010 (Financing of public law corporations' foresight institutions), in force since 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 3385 ; FF 2008 7619 ).
21 Introduced by the 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1982 on occupational foresight, old age, survivors and invalidity (RO 1983 797; FF 1976 I 117). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of 3 Oct. 2003 (1 Re Revision LPP), c. 6, 7, 10 to 12, 14 (except s. 66 al. 4), 15, 17 to 20 and 23 in force since 1 Er Apr 2004, c. 3 to 5, 8 and 9 13 14 (art. 66 al. 4), 16 in force since 1 Er Jan 2005, c. 1, 21 and 22 in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 (RO 2004 1677; FF 2000 2495 ).
22 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 25. 2015 (Foundations of foresight in favour of staff), in force since 1 Er Apr 2016 ( RO 2016 935 ; FF 2014 5929 6399).
23 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 25. 2015 (Foundations of foresight in favour of staff), in force since 1 Er Apr 2016 ( RO 2016 935 ; FF 2014 5929 6399).

Second Title Bis : 2 Funds raised

Art. 89 B A. Failure to administer

A. Failure to administer

1 Where it is not provided for the management or use of publicly collected funds for the purpose of public utility, the competent authority shall take the necessary measures.

2 It may entrust a commissioner with the administration of the funds raised or sent them to an association or foundation whose goals are as close as possible to those in which they were collected.

3 The provisions on adult protection for curatelles apply mutatis mutandis to the Commissioner.

Art. 89 C B. Competent authority B. Competent authority

B. Competent authority

1 The competent authority is the authority of the canton where most of the assets collected were administered.

2 The supervisory authority of the foundations shall have jurisdiction, unless otherwise provided by the canton.



1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ). Rectified by the drafting committee of the Ass. Fed. (art. 58, para. 1, LParl; RS 171.10 ).

Second Book: Family Law

Part One: Spouses

Title Three: 1 From marriage

Chapter I: Engagement

Art. A . Engagement Contract

A . Engagement Contract

1 The engagement is formed by the promise of marriage.

2 They only oblige the minor fiancé if his legal representative has consented to it. 1

3 The law does not provide for action to compel the marriage of the fiancé who refuses to do so.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 91 B. Rupture of engagement/I. Present

B. Brewing of the engagement

I. Present

1 The fiancés may require the return of the present, subject to the gifts of use, provided that the rupture is not caused by the death of one of them.

2 If the present no longer exists in kind, restitution is governed by the provisions relating to illegitimate enrichment.

Art. 92 B. Rupture of engagement/II. Financial participation

II. Financial participation

Where one of the fiancés has taken good faith, for the purpose of marriage, provisions causing costs or loss of gain, he may require the other to have appropriate financial participation, provided that this does not appear unfair in view of the All the circumstances.

Art. 93 B. Rupture of engagement/III. Limitation period

III. Limitation period

The actions resulting from the engagement shall be prescribed for one year from the date of the rupture.

Chapter II: The conditions of marriage

Art. 94 A. Capacity

A. Capacity

1 In order to enter into marriage, men and women must be 18 years of age and capable of discernment.

2 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of descent), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 95 B. Preempties/I. Relationship

B. Prevents

I. Relationship of relatives 1

1 Marriage is prohibited between parents on the direct line, as well as between brothers and sisters gerhands, inbred or uterine, that kinship is based on descent or adoption. 2

2 Adoption does not remove the impediment arising from the relationship between the adopted and its descendants, on the one hand, and its natural family, on the other.


1 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).
2 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. 96 B. Prevents/II. Previous marriage

II. Previous marriage

Every person who wishes to remarry must establish that his previous marriage has been annulled or dissolved.

Chapter III: Preparatory procedure and the solemnization of marriage

Art. 97 A. Principle

A. Principle

1 Marriage shall be celebrated by the registrar at the end of the preparatory procedure.

2 Fiancés may marry in the district of the civil status of their choice.

3 Religious marriage cannot precede civil marriage.

Art. 97 A 1 A Bis . Abuses related to foreign legislation

A Bis . Abuses related to foreign legislation

1 The Civil Officer refuses his assistance when one of the fiancés obviously does not wish to establish a married community but evade the provisions on the admission and residence of aliens.

2 The registrar shall hear the fiancés and may request information from other authorities or third parties.


1 Introduced by ch. II 4 of the annex to the LF of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreigners, in force since 1 Er Jan 2008 ( RO 2007 5437 ; FF 2002 3469 ).

Art. 98 B. Preparatory procedure/I. Application

B. Preparatory procedure

I. Application

1 The application for execution of the preparatory procedure shall be submitted by the fiancés to the Office of the Vital Statistics of the home of one of them.

2 They appear personally. If the fiancés show that this clearly cannot be required of them, the execution of the preparatory procedure shall be allowed in the written form.

3 They establish their identity by means of documents and personally declare to the Office of the Civil State that they fulfil the conditions of the marriage; they produce the necessary consents.

4 Fiancés who are not Swiss citizens must establish the legality of their stay in Switzerland during the preparatory process. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 12 June 2009 (Prevent marriages in the event of an irregular stay), in force since 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 3057 ; FF 2008 2247 2261).

Art. B. Preparatory procedure/II. Execution and closure of the preparatory procedure

II. Execution and closure of the preparatory procedure

1 The Civil Registry Office examines whether:

1.
The application has been filed on a regular basis;
2.
The identity of the fiancés is established;
3.
The conditions of the marriage are fulfilled, in particular if there is no evidence to conclude that the application is clearly not the expression of the free will of the fiancés. 1

2 When these requirements are met, it communicates to the fiancés the closure of the preparatory process and the legal deadlines for the celebration of the marriage.

3 In the framework of the cantonal law and agreement with the fiancés, it fixes the moment of the solemnization of the marriage or, if it is required, it issues an authorisation to celebrate the marriage in another district of the civil state.

4 The Office of the Civil State shall communicate to the competent authority the identity of the fiancés who have not established the legality of their stay in Switzerland. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, in force since 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 12 June 2009 (Prevent marriages in the event of an irregular stay), in force since 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 3057 ; FF 2008 2247 2261).

Art. 100 B. Preparatory procedure/III. Delays

III. Delays

1 The marriage may be celebrated at the earliest ten days and not later than three months after the close of the preparatory procedure has been communicated.

2 Where the observance of the ten-day period may prevent the celebration of the marriage because one of the fiancés is in danger of death, the registrar may, upon presentation of a medical certificate, abridge the time limit or celebrate the marriage Immediately.

Art. 101 C. Celebration of marriage/I. Location

C. Celebration of marriage

I. Location

1 The marriage is celebrated in the wedding hall of the district of the civil state chosen by the fiancés.

2 If the preparatory procedure has taken place in another district of the civil status, the fiancés must submit an authorisation to celebrate the marriage.

3 Marriage may be celebrated in another place if the fiancés show that their movement to the wedding hall clearly cannot be required.

Art. 102 C. Celebration of marriage/II. Shape

II. Shape

1 Marriage is celebrated publicly, in the presence of two major witnesses and capable of discernment.

2 The civil status officer asks the fiancée and fiancé separately if they want to unite with the marriage.

3 When the fiancés answered in the affirmative, they are declared united by the marriage bond, by virtue of their mutual consent.

Art. 103 D. Implementing provisions

D. Implementing provisions

The Federal Council and the cantons, within the framework of their competence, enact the implementing provisions.

Chapter IV: Annulment of marriage

Art. 104 A. Principle

A. Principle

Marriage by a registrar may be annulled only on the basis of one of the grounds set out in this Chapter.

Art. 105 B. Absolute Causes/I. Cases

B. Absolute Causes

I. Cases

The marriage must be annulled:

1.
Where one of the spouses was already married at the time of the celebration and the previous marriage was not dissolved by divorce or by the death of the spouse;
2.
When one of the spouses was unable to discernment at the time of the celebration and has not recovered the ability to discernment since then;
3. 1
Where the marriage was prohibited because of the nature of a relationship;
4. 2
Where one of the spouses does not wish to establish a conjugal relationship but evade the provisions on the admission and residence of aliens;
5. 3
When the marriage was concluded in violation of the free will of one of the spouses;
6. 4
When one of the spouses is a minor, unless his or her best interests command the maintenance of the marriage.

1 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan. 2006 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).
2 Introduced by ch. II 4 of the annex to the LF of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreigners, in force since 1 Er Jan 2008 ( RO 2007 5437 ; FF 2002 3469 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, in force since 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).
4 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, in force since 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).

Art. 106 B. Absolute Causes/II. Action

II. Action

1 The action shall be brought ex officio by the competent cantonal authority of the domicile of the spouses; it may also be brought by any interested person. To the extent that this is compatible with their powers, the federal or cantonal authorities shall inform the competent authority to bring action when they have reason to believe that a marriage is vitiated by a nullity. 1

2 Annulment of an already dissolved marriage does not continue to be carried out by the Office; it may nevertheless be requested by any interested person.

3 The action may be instituted at any time.


1 Phrase introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, in force since 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).

Art. 107 C. Relative Causes/I. Cases

C. Relative Causes

I. Cases

A spouse may apply for annulment of the marriage:

1.
When he was unable to discernment for a temporary cause during the celebration;
2.
When he mistakable to consent to the celebration, either that he did not want to marry, or that he did not want to marry the person who became his spouse;
3.
When he or she contracted by having been purposely misinformed about the essential personal suitability of his or her spouse.
4. 1
...

1 Repealed by c. I 3 of the PMQ of 15 June 2012 on measures to combat forced marriages, with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2013 ( RO 2013 1035 ; FF 2011 2045 ).

S. 108 C. Relative causes/II. Action

II. Action

1 The plaintiff must bring the action within six months of the day on which he discovered the cause of cancellation or the cause of the threat, but in any case within five years of the celebration of the marriage.

2 The heirs do not have standing to act; however, an heir may continue the procedure already opened at the time of death.

S. 109 D. Effects of judgement

D. Effects of judgement

1 Annulment of marriage shall have effect only after it has been declared by the judge; until the judgment, the marriage has all the effects of a valid marriage, with the exception of the inheritance rights of the surviving spouse.

2 The provisions relating to divorce shall apply mutatis mutandis to the effects of the annulment judgment in respect of spouses and children.

3 The husband's presumption of paternity ceases when the marriage is annulled because it has been contracted to evade the provisions on the admission and residence of aliens. 1


1 Introduced by ch. II 4 of the annex to the LF of 16 Dec. 2005 on Foreigners, in force since 1 Er Jan 2008 ( RO 2007 5437 ; FF 2002 3469 ).

Art. 110 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Title Four: 2 Divorce and Separation of Bodies

Chapter I: Conditions of divorce

S. 111 1 A. Divorce on joint request/I. Full agreement

A. Divorce on joint motion

I. Complete agreement

1 When the spouses request a divorce by a joint motion and produce a complete agreement on the effects of their divorce, together with the necessary documents and their joint conclusions concerning the children, the judge shall hear them Separately and together. The hearing may take place in several sessions.

2 The judge ensures that the spouses have filed their petition for divorce and concluded their convention after due consideration and of their own volition and that the convention and the conclusions relating to the children can be ratified; it then declares the divorce.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 25. 2009 (Deadline for reflection in divorce proceedings on joint motion), in force since 1 Er Feb 2010 ( RO 2010 281 ; FF 2008 1767 1783).

Art. 112 A. Divorce on joint request/II. Partial Agreement

II. Partial Agreement

1 The spouses can apply for divorce by a joint motion and declare that they entrust the judge with the task of settling the effects of the divorce on which there is still disagreement.

2 They shall be heard, as in the case of a complete agreement, on their determination to divorce, the effects of the divorce which are the subject of an agreement and their decision to have the other effects settled by the judge.

3 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 113 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 114 1 B. Divorce on unilateral request/I. After suspension of common life

B. Divorce on unilateral request

I. After suspension of common life

A spouse may apply for divorce when, at the beginning of the lis pendens or on the day on which the request is replaced by a unilateral request, the spouses have been separated for at least two years.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 (Time limit for separation in divorce law), in force since 1 Er June 2004 ( RO 2004 2161 ; FF 2003 3490 5310).

Art. 115 1 B. Divorce on unilateral request/II. Rupture of the conjugal relationship

II. Rupture of the conjugal relationship

A spouse may apply for divorce before the expiry of the two-year period, where serious grounds which are not attributable to him render the continuation of the marriage unbearable.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 (Time limit for separation in divorce law), in force since 1 Er June 2004 ( RO 2004 2161 ; FF 2003 3490 5310).

Art. 116 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Chapter II: Separation of bodies

Art. A. Conditions and procedure

A. Conditions and procedure

1 Separation of bodies may be requested under the same conditions as divorce.

2 ... 1

3 The ruling on the separation of bodies has no bearing on the right to divorce.


1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 118 Effects of Separation

Effects of Separation

1 Separation of bodies leads to the separation of property.

2 In the case of surplus, the provisions relating to protective measures of the conjugal relationship shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Chapter III: Effects of Divorce

S. 119 1 A. Name

A. Name

The husband who changed his name at the conclusion of the marriage retains that name after the divorce; however, he may, at any time, declare to the registrar that he wishes to return to his or her name.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 120 B. Marital status and succession

B. Marital status and succession

1 The settlement of the matrimonial regime is subject to the matrimonial regime.

2 The divorced spouses cease to be the legal heirs to each other and lose all the benefits resulting from death provisions made before the lis pendens of the divorce proceedings.

Art. 121 C. Family housing

C. Family housing

1 Where the presence of children or other important reasons so warrant, the judge may grant to one of the spouses the rights and obligations arising out of the contract of the lease relating to the accommodation of the family, provided that such decision can Reasonably be imposed on the other spouse.

2 The spouse who is no longer a tenant is solidarily liable for the rent until the end of the lease or until the term of leave provided for by the contract or the law, but in all cases for two years at most; when his liability has been incurred for the payment Rent, it can offset the amount paid with the maintenance contribution due to its spouse, by instalments limited to the monthly rent amount.

3 Under the same conditions, the judge may grant to one of the spouses a limited right of residence on the accommodation of the family that belongs to the other spouse, subject to fair compensation or a fair deduction from the contribution For maintenance. Where significant developments so require, the right of housing is restricted or removed.

Art. 122 D. Professional foresight/I. Prior to the occurrence of a case of foresight/1. Sharing of exit benefits

D. Professional Prevoyance

I. Prior to the occurrence of a contingency

1. Share of exit benefits

1 Where at least one of the spouses is affiliated with an institution of professional foresight and there have been no cases of foresight, each spouse is entitled to one-half of his or her spouse's income calculated for the duration of the marriage. The provisions of the law of 17 December 1993 on free passage 1 .

2 Where the spouses have reciprocal claims, only the difference between the two claims must be shared.


Art. 123 D. Professional foresight/I. Prior to the occurrence of a case of foresight/2. Waiver and exclusion

2. Waiver and Exclusion

1 A spouse may, by convention, waive all or part of his or her right, provided that he or she may otherwise benefit from an equivalent old-age and invalidity pension.

2 The judge may refuse to share, in whole or in part, where it is manifestly unfair for reasons relating to the liquidation of the matrimonial regime or the economic situation of the spouses after divorce.

Art. 124 D. Professional foresight/II. After the occurrence of a case of foresight or in case of impossibility of sharing

II. After the occurrence of a case of foresight or in case of impossibility of sharing

1 A fair compensation is payable where a pre-need has already occurred for one of the spouses or both or the claims for professional foresight acquired during the marriage may not be shared for other reasons.

2 The judge may require the debtor to provide security if the circumstances so warrant.

Art. 125 E. Post-Divorce Maintenance

E. Post-divorce maintenance

I. Conditions

1 If one cannot reasonably expect a husband to provide him with proper maintenance, including the provision of an appropriate old-age pension, his or her spouse must make a fair contribution.

2 In order to decide whether a maintenance contribution is allocated and to fix, where appropriate, the amount and duration, the judge shall, in particular, deduct the following:

1.
The division of labour during marriage;
2.
Duration of marriage;
3.
The living standards of the spouses during marriage;
4.
Age and health status of spouses;
5.
Income and wealth of the spouses;
6.
The extent and duration of care for children still to be provided;
7.
The vocational training and earning prospects of the spouses, as well as the likely cost of the professional integration of the recipient of the maintenance;
8.
Expectatives of old-age and survivors' insurance and professional foresight or other forms of private or public foresight, including the expected result of the sharing of exit benefits.

3 The allocation of a contribution may exceptionally be refused in whole or in part where it is manifestly unfair, in particular because the creditor:

1.
Has seriously violated his or her obligation to maintain the family;
2.
Deliberately caused the state of necessity in which it is located;
3.
Has committed a serious criminal offence against the debtor or one of its relatives.
Art. E. Post-Divorce Maintenance. Payment Method

II. Payment Method

1 The judge allocates the maintenance contribution in the form of an annuity and sets the time at which it is due.

2 Where circumstances warrant, it may impose a final capital by-law rather than an annuity.

3 It may make the obligation to contribute to maintenance subject to certain conditions.

Art. 127 E. Post-divorce maintenance/III. Annuity/1. Special provisions

III. Annuity

1. Special provisions

By convention, spouses may completely or partially exclude the subsequent amendment of an agreed annuity.

S. 128 E. Post-divorce maintenance/III. Rent/2. Indexing

2. Indexing

The judge may decide that the maintenance contribution will be increased or reduced ex officio on the basis of determined variations in the cost of living.

Art. 129 E. Post-divorce maintenance/III. Rent/3. Amendment by the judge

3. Amendment by the judge

1 If the situation of the debtor or the creditor changes significantly and durably, the pension may be reduced, abolished or suspended for a fixed period of time; an improvement in the creditor's situation is taken into account only if an annuity that permits To ensure proper maintenance has been established in the divorce judgement.

2 The creditor may request the adjustment of the annuity to the higher price for the future, when the debtor's income increased unpredictably after the divorce.

3 Within five years of the divorce, the creditor may request the allowance of an annuity or increase when the divorce decree finds that it has not been possible to fix an annuity to ensure the proper maintenance of the Creditor, while the situation of the debtor has improved since then.

Art. 130 E. Post-divorce maintenance/III. Annuity/4. Extinction of by law

4. Extinguishment of By Law

1 The maintenance obligation shall be extinguished upon the death of the debtor or creditor.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, it shall also lapse upon the remarriage of the creditor.

Art. 131 E. Post-Divorce Maintenance. Run/1. Recovery Assistance and Advances

IV. Executing

1. Recovery Assistance and Advances

1 Where the debtor neglects its maintenance obligation, the child protection authority 1 Or another Office designated by the cantonal law adequately assists, and generally free of charge, the creditor who requests it to obtain the payment of the maintenance contribution.

2 It is for the public right to settle the payment of advances where the debtor does not meet its maintenance obligation.

3 The claim of the maintenance contribution goes with all the rights attached to it to the public community when it is responsible for the maintenance of the creditor.


1 New expression according to c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ). This mod has been taken into account. Throughout the text.

S. 132 E. Post-Divorce Maintenance. Enforcement/2. Notice to debtors and supply of security rights

2. Advice to debtors and provision of security rights

1 Where the debtor does not meet the maintenance obligation, the judge may order its debtors to make all or part of their payments in the hands of the creditor.

2 Where the debtor persists in neglecting his maintenance obligation or that he or she is prepared to flee, dilapidates his or her fortune or disappears, the judge may require the debtor to provide appropriate security for the contributions Future maintenance.

Art. 133 1 F. Children's Sort/I. Rights and duties of fathers and mothers

F. Children's Sort

I. Rights and duties of father and mother

1 The judge shall rule on the rights and duties of the father and mother in accordance with the provisions governing the effects of filiation. These regulations include:

1.
Parental authority;
2.
Child care;
3.
Personal relationships (art. 273) or the involvement of each parent in the care of the child
4.
The maintenance contribution.

2 The judge shall take into account all the circumstances important to the good of the child and shall take into consideration a possible joint request by the parents and, as far as possible, the opinion of the child.

3 It may set the maintenance contribution for a period beyond access by a majority.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 134 F. Children's Sort/II. Recent Developments

II. Recent Developments

1 At the request of the father or mother, the child or the child protection authority, the assignment of parental authority shall be amended when significant developments require it for the benefit of the child.

2 The conditions relating to the modification of the other rights and duties of the father and mother are defined by the provisions relating to the effects of filiation. 1

3 In the event of an agreement between the father and the mother, the child protection authority shall have jurisdiction to amend the assignment of parental authority and custody and to ratify the Convention on the Maintenance of the Child. In other cases, the decision rests with the competent judge to amend the divorce judgement. 2

4 When deciding on the modification of parental authority, custody or the contribution of the maintenance of a minor child, the judge shall amend the manner in which the personal relationship or the participation of each parent in the care of a minor child is necessary Have been settled; in other cases, the child protection authority has jurisdiction in the matter. 3


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
3 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 135 To 149 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 150 To 158

Repealed

Title 5: 3 General Effects of Marriage

Art. 159 A. Spousal union; spouse's rights and duties

A. Spousal union; spouse's rights and duties

1 The solemnization of marriage creates marriage.

2 The spouses oblige each other to ensure their prosperity by mutual agreement and to provide for the maintenance and education of the children together.

3 They owe one to the other faithfulness and assistance.

Art. 160 1 B. Name

B. Name

1 Each spouse retains his or her name.

2 The fiancés may, however, declare to the registrar that they wish to have a common family name; they may choose between the name of one or the other.

3 The fiancés who retain their names choose which of their two names will bear their children. The registrar may release them from this obligation in duly substantiated cases.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 161 1 C. Freedom of the City

C. Freedom of the City

Each spouse retains his/her right of cantonal and communal city.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 162 D. Common eure

D. Common eure

The spouses together choose the common home.

S. 163 E. Family Maintenance/I. In general

E. Family Maintenance

I. In general

1 Mari and woman contribute, each according to his faculties, to the proper maintenance of the family.

2 They agree on how each person contributes, such as cash benefits, home work, child care, or assistance to a spouse in his or her occupation or business.

3 In doing so, they take into account the needs of the conjugal relationship and their personal circumstances.

Art. 164 E. Family Maintenance/II. Amount Free Provision

II. Amount Free Provision

1 A spouse who wishes to care for the household or children or assists the other in his or her occupation or business has the right to receive a fair amount of his or her spouse on a regular basis.

2 In determining this amount, the creditor's own income must be considered as well as the debtor's duty to ensure the future of the family and to provide for the needs of the debtor's profession or business.

Article 165 E. Family Maintenance/III. Extraordinary Contribution of a Spouse

III. Extraordinary Contribution of a Spouse

1 When a spouse has worked in the profession or the business of his or her spouse to a substantially greater extent than is required by his or her contribution to the maintenance of the family, he or she is entitled to a fair compensation.

2 The same applies when a spouse, through his or her income or his or her wealth, has contributed significantly to the maintenance of the family to a greater extent than he or she had to do.

3 A spouse may not raise these claims when he or she has made an extraordinary contribution under a contract of employment, loan or company or under another legal relationship.

Article 166 F. Representation of the conjugal relationship

F. Representation of the conjugal relationship

1 Each spouse represents the conjugal relationship for the common needs of the family during the life of the family.

2 In addition to the current needs of the family, a spouse does not represent the conjugal relationship only:

1.
When authorized by the spouse or judge;
2.
Where there is no delay in the case and the spouse is prevented by the illness, absence or other similar causes of consent.

3 Each spouse is personally bound by his or her actions and jointly binds his or her spouse as he or she does not exceed his or her powers in a recognizable manner for third parties.

Article 167 G. Profession and business of spouses

G. Profession and business of spouses

In the choice of occupation or business and in the course of such activities, each spouse shall have regard to the person of his or her spouse and to the interests of the conjugal relationship.

Art. 168 H. Legal acts of spouses/I. In general

H. Legal acts of spouses

I. In general

Each spouse may, unless otherwise provided by law, do all legal acts with his or her spouse and with third parties.

Art. 169 H. Legal acts of spouses/II. Family housing

II. Family housing

1 A spouse may not, without the express consent of his or her spouse, either terminate the lease, dispose of the family home or apartment, or restrict by other legal acts the rights on which the family's housing depends.

2 If it is not possible to collect this consent or if it is refused without lawful reason, the interested spouse may appeal to the judge.

Art. 170 J. Devoir to inform

J. Devoir to inform

1 Each spouse can ask the spouse for information about his or her income, property and debts.

2 The judge may require the spouse of the applicant or third parties to provide the necessary information and to produce the necessary documents.

3 The professional secrecy of lawyers, notaries, doctors, clerics and their auxiliaries is reserved.

Art. K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/I. Consultation offices

K. Protection of the conjugal relationship

I. Consultation Offices

The cantons shall ensure that spouses are able to address, together or separately, the difficulties of their spouses' lives at the offices of a conjugal or family consultation.

Art. K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/1. In general

II. Judicial measures

1. In general

1 Where a spouse does not fulfil his or her family duties or the spouses disagree on an important matter for the conjugal relationship, they may, together or separately, require the intervention of the judge.

2 The judge shall recall the spouses to their duties and attempt to reconcile them; he may, with their consent, require the assistance of qualified persons or their counsel to apply to a conjugal or family counselling service.

3 If necessary, the judge shall, at the request of a spouse, take the measures provided for by the law. The provision on the protection of the personality in the event of violence, threats or harassment is applicable by analogy. 1


1 Phrase introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 23 June 2006 (Protection of the personality in the event of violence, threats or harassment), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2007 ( RO 2007 137 ; FF 2005 6437 6461).

Art. 173 K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial measures/2. During common life/a. Monetary contributions

2. During common life

A. Financial contributions

1 At the request of a spouse, the judge shall determine the pecuniary contributions payable for the maintenance of the family.

2 Similarly, at the request of one of the spouses, the judge shall determine the amount owed to the spouse who wishes to care for the household or children or who assists his or her spouse in his or her occupation or business.

3 These benefits may be claimed for the future and for the year preceding the introduction of the request.

Art. 174 K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial measures/2. During common life/b. Withdrawal of the authority to represent the conjugal relationship

B. Withdrawal of the power to represent the conjugal relationship

1 Where a spouse exceeds his or her right to represent the conjugal relationship or is unable to exercise it, the judge may, at the request of his or her spouse, withdraw all or part of his or her powers.

2 The applicant may not bring this withdrawal to the knowledge of third parties only by individual notice.

3 The withdrawal of powers shall be binding on third parties in good faith only after having been published on the order of the judge.

Art. K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/3. In case of suspension of common life/a. Causes

3. In case of suspension of common life

A. Causes

A spouse is entitled to refuse to live together for as long as his or her personality, material security or family property is seriously threatened.

Art. 176 K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/3. In case of suspension of common life/b. Organization of separate life

B. Organization of separate life

1 At the request of one of the spouses and if the suspension of the common life is founded, the judge shall:

1.
Determine the monetary contribution to be paid by one party to the other;
2.
Takes action with respect to housing and household furniture;
3.
Orders the separation of property if circumstances warrant.

2 The request may also be made by a spouse when the common life is impossible, in particular because his or her spouse refuses it without being founded.

3 Where there are minor children, the judge shall order the necessary measures, according to the provisions on the effects of filiation.

Art. 177 K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/4. Notice to debtors

4. Advice to debtors

When a husband does not meet his or her duty of care, the judge may order the debtor's debtors to operate all or part of their payments in the hands of the spouse.

Art. K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/5. Disposal Authority Restrictions

5. Disposal Authority Restrictions

1 To the extent necessary to ensure the material conditions of the family or the fulfilment of pecuniary obligations arising out of the marriage, the judge may, at the request of one of the spouses, restrict the power of the other to dispose of some of his or her Property without the consent of the spouse.

2 The judge shall order the appropriate security measures.

3 Where the judge bars a spouse from having a building, he or she shall refer the matter to the land registry.

Article 179 1 K. Protection of the conjugal relationship/II. Judicial Measures/6. Recent Developments

6. Recent Developments

1 At the request of a spouse, the judge shall order the changes ordered by the new facts and shall lift the measures taken where the causes which have determined them no longer exist. The provisions relating to the modification of parental rights and duties in the event of divorce shall apply mutatis mutandis. 2

2 When the spouses resume their common life, the measures ordered for the separate life are lapsed, with the exception of the separation of property and measures for the protection of the child.


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 180 1

1 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Title 6: 4 Marital regime

Chapter I: General provisions

Art. A. Regular system

A. Regular system

The spouses are placed under the plan of participation in the acquisition, unless they have adopted another plan by contract of marriage or are subject to the special matrimonial regime.

Art. B. Marriage contract/I. Choice of scheme

B. Marriage contract

I. Choice of Plan

1 The marriage contract may be entered into before or after the marriage.

2 The parties can only adopt, revoke or amend a plan within the limits of the law.

Art. 183 B. Marriage Agreement/II. Parties Capacity

II. Parties Capacity

1 Persons capable of discernment can only conclude a marriage contract.

2 Minors and major persons whose curatelle extends to the conclusion of a marriage contract must be authorized by their legal representative. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 184 B. Marriage Agreement/III. Form of marriage contract

III. Form of marriage contract

The marriage contract shall be received in the authentic form and shall be signed by the parties and, where appropriate, by the legal representative.

Art. 185 C. Extraordinary scheme/I. Upon request of a spouse/1. Judgement

C. Extraordinary regime

I. On the request of a spouse

1. Judgement

1 At the request of a husband on the basis of just cause, the judge shall declare the separation of property.

2 In particular, there are just reasons:

1.
Where the spouse is insolvent or his share of the common property has been seized;
2.
Where the spouse puts the interests of the applicant or the community at risk;
3.
Where the spouse unreasonably refuses to give the required consent to an act of disposition on common property;
4.
When the spouse refuses to inform the applicant about his or her assets, income or debts, or the condition of common property;
5.
When the spouse is unable to discernment in a sustainable manner.

3 Where a spouse is unable to discernment in a sustainable manner, his or her legal representative may request that the separation of property be pronounced on that basis as well.

Article 186 1 C. Extraordinary scheme/I. Upon request of a spouse/2. ...

2. ...


1 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 187 C. Extraordinary scheme/I. Upon request of a spouse/3. Revocation

3. Revocation

1 By contract of marriage, the spouses may at any time reintroduce their previous regime or agree on another regime.

2 Where the grounds for the separation of property have disappeared, the judge may, at the request of a spouse, prescribe the reinstatement of the former regime.

Art. 188 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. In case of forced execution/1. Bankruptcy

II. In case of forced execution

1. Bankruptcy

Spouses living under a community plan are entitled to the system of separation of property as soon as one of them is declared bankrupt.

S. 189 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. In case of forced execution/2. Entry/a. Judgement

2. Entering

A. Judgement

When a spouse is living under a community regime and his or her share is seized for a particular debt, the prosecuting authority may require the judge to order the separation of property.

Art. 190 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. In case of forced execution/2. Seizure/b. Request

B. Request 1

1 The application is directed against both spouses.

2 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
2 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 191 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. In case of forced execution/3. Revocation

3. Revocation

1 Where the debtor has disinterested creditors, the judge may, at the request of a spouse, prescribe the reinstatement of the community plan.

2 By contract of marriage, the spouses may adopt the scheme of participation in the acquets.

Art. 192 C. Extraordinary Regime/III. Liquidation of the previous regime

III. Liquidation of the previous regime

The spouses shall be liquidated as a result of the separation of property in accordance with the rules of their previous regime, unless otherwise provided for by law.

Art. 193 D. Protection of creditors

D. Protection of creditors

1 The adoption or modification of a matrimonial regime, as well as liquidations between spouses, cannot exempt creditors of a spouse or community from the property on which they could exercise their rights.

2 The spouse to whom such property has passed is personally liable to pay the said creditors, but may be released from liability to the extent that it establishes that the goods received are not sufficient.

Art. 194 1 E. ...

E. ...


1 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 195 F. Administering the property of one spouse by the other

F. Administering the property of one spouse by the other

1 Where a spouse is expressly or tacitly entrusting the administration of his or her property to his or her spouse, the rules of the terms of reference shall apply unless otherwise agreed.

2 The provisions on the settlement of debts between spouses are reserved.

Art. 195 A G. Inventory

G. Inventory

1 Each spouse may ask his or her spouse at any time to assist in the preparation of an inventory of their property by authentic act.

2 The accuracy of this inventory is assumed to occur in the year as of the day on which the property is entered into a mass.

Chapter II: From the ordinary regime of participation in the acquisition

Art. 196 Ownership/I. Composition

A. Property

Composition

The interest-in-interest plan includes each spouse's own property and property.

Art. 197 A. Ownership/II. Acquired

II. Acquired

1 The property acquired by a spouse for consideration during the plan is acquired.

2 A spouse's acquisition includes:

1.
The product of its work;
2.
Sums paid by pre-need institutions in favour of staff or by insurance or social security institutions;
3.
Damages due to incapacity for work;
4.
Income from its own property;
5.
Property acquired by a remploi of its acquisition.
Art. A. Ownership/III. Own properties/1. Lequals

III. Own properties

1. Equal

The following are property of the law:

1.
The effects of a spouse solely for his or her personal use;
2.
Property owned by the employee at the beginning of the plan or later transferred to it by succession or otherwise free of charge;
3.
Claims for compensation for moral harm;
4.
Property acquired through the acquisition of own property.
Art. A. Ownership/III. Own properties/2. Convention

2. Convention

1 By contract of marriage, spouses may agree that property acquired in the course of a business or in the operation of a business is part of its own property.

2 Spouses may also agree on a marriage contract that income from own property will not form an acquisition.

Art. 200 A. Ownership/IV. Evidence

IV. Evidence

1 A person who alleges that a property belongs to any of the spouses is required to establish proof of that property.

2 In the absence of this evidence, the property is deemed to be jointly owned by both spouses.

3 All property of a spouse is presumed to be acquired, unless proven otherwise.

Art. 201 B. Administration, enjoyment and provision

B. Administration, enjoyment and provision

1 Each spouse has the administration, enjoyment and disposition of his or her own property and property, within the limits of the law.

2 Where a property is jointly owned by both spouses, none of them may, unless otherwise agreed, dispose of it without the consent of the other.

Art. 202 C. Debts to third parties

C. Debts to third parties

Each spouse answers his or her debts on all his or her property.

Art. 203 D. Debts between spouses

D. Debts between spouses

1 The plan has no effect on the liability of the spouses.

2 However, where the settlement of a debt or the return of a thing exposs the debtor spouse to serious difficulties that jeopardize the conjugal relationship, the latter may request payment periods, which are charged to provide security if the Circumstances justify it.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/I. Moment of dissolution

E. Dissolution and liquidation of the regime

I. Moment of Dissolution

1 The plan is dissolved on the day of the death of a spouse or on the day of the contract adopting another plan.

2 If there is divorce, separation of body, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property, the dissolution of the plan shall be retroactive to the day of the application.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/II. Reprises of Property and Settlement of Debts/1. In general

II. Reprises of property and settlement of debts

1. In general

1 Each spouse takes over those of his or her property that is in the spouse's possession.

2 Where a property is a condominium, a spouse may request, in addition to the other measures provided for by the law, that the property be allocated to the property in its entirety if it warrants a preponderant interest, which may be of interest to the spouse.

3 The spouses settle their mutual debts.

Art. 206 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/II. Reprises of property and settlement of debts/2. Share of capital gain

2. Share to the added value

1 Where a spouse has contributed without corresponding consideration to the acquisition, improvement or retention of assets of the spouse who end up in liquidation with added value, his claim shall be proportionate to his contribution and Is calculated on the current value of the assets; in case of capital value, it can in any case claim the amount of its investments.

2 If any of the property in question has been disposed of previously, the receivable is immediately payable and is calculated on the realizable value of the property at the time of the disposition.

3 By written agreement, spouses can rule out or change the value of a property.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/III. Determination of the benefit of each spouse/1. Dissociation of Own Assets and Assets

III. Determination of the benefit of each spouse

1. Dissociation of Own Assets and Goods

1 Each spouse's own property and property shall be disjoinable in their composition on the day of the dissolution of the plan.

2 The capital paid to a spouse by an institution of foresight or because of the loss of his or her working capacity is counted in the capital property of the capitalized value of the annuity that would have belonged to that spouse upon the dissolution of the plan.

Art. 208 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/III. Determination of the benefit of each spouse/2. Meetings to acquire

2. Meetings with Acquests

1 The following shall be in value:

1.
The property that was a part of the property disposed of by the spouse without the consent of the spouse of the spouse in the five years prior to the dissolution of the plan, other than the use of the property;
2.
Dispositions of property that a spouse made during the plan with the intention of jeopardization of the spouse's participation.

2 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Article 209 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/III. Determination of the benefit of each spouse/3. Rewards Between Acequests and Own Assets

3. Rewards Between Acquests and Own Assets

1 When a debt on one of the masses has been paid out of money from the other, it shall be rewarded, on the winding-up, between the acquisition and the own property of the same spouse.

2 A debt strikes the mass with which it is connected or, in doubt, the acquisition.

3 Where a mass has contributed to the acquisition, improvement or preservation of assets belonging to the other mass, the reward, in the case of added value or moins-value, shall be proportionate to the contribution provided and shall be calculated on the Value of these assets upon disposal or at the time of disposal.

Art. 210 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/III. Determination of the benefit of each spouse/4. Profit

4. Profit

1 From the acquisition of each spouse, including meetings and rewards, all the debts incurred to earn the benefit are deducted.

2 There is no account of a deficit.

Art. 211 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/IV. Estimate Value/1. Veneral Value

IV. Estimate Value

1. Veneral Value

When the matrimonial regime is liquidated, the property is valued at its venal value.

Art. 212 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/IV. Value of Estimate/2. Value of return/a. In general

2. Value of return

A. In general

1 Where the spouse who owns a farming business continues to operate it personally, or where the surviving spouse or a descendant has the right to demand that it be fully allocated to it, the share of the capital gain and the debt Participation is calculated on the basis of the performance value.

2 Where the spouse who owns the farming business, or his heirs, may, on the other hand, claim to the spouse a share of the capital gain or interest, the claim may relate only to what would have been due if the business had been Estimated at its venal value.

3 The provisions of the estate law on the estimate and on the share of the gain shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/IV. Value of Estimate/2. Value of return/b. Specific circumstances

B. Specific circumstances

1 The allotment value can be fairly increased due to special circumstances.

2 These circumstances include the maintenance needs of the surviving spouse, the purchase price of the farm business, including investments, or the financial position of the spouse to whom it belongs.

Art. 214 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/IV. Estimate Value/3. Time of Estimate

3. Time of Estimate

1 The accrued gains from dissolution are estimated at the time of the liquidation.

2 Meeting assets are valued at their value on the day they are disposed of.

Art. 215 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the scheme/V. Participation in the benefit/1. Lequal

Participation in the benefit

1. Equal

1 Each spouse or his or her estate is entitled to one half of the other's benefit.

2 Accounts receivable are offset.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the scheme/V. Participation in profit/2. Convention/a. In general

2. Convention

A. In general

1 By contract of marriage, the spouses may agree to another participation for the benefit.

2 Such conventions shall not affect the reservation of non-common children and their descendants.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the scheme/V. Participation in the benefit/2. Convention/b. In the event of divorce, separation of bodies, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property

B. In the event of divorce, separation of bodies, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property

In the event of dissolution of the regime due to divorce, separation of bodies, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property, the clauses that modify the legal participation in the benefit do not apply, unless the marriage contract Expressly provides for the contrary.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VI. Settlement of the debt obligation and the share to the added value/1. Overpayment for Payment

VI. Settlement of the debt obligation and the share of the added value

1. Stay on payment

1 Where the immediate settlement of the debt obligation and the share of the added value exposs the debtor to serious difficulties, the debtor may request payment periods.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, it shall have interests at the close of the liquidation and may be required to provide security if the circumstances so warrant.

S. 219 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VI. Settlement of the claim for participation and the share in the added value/2. Housing and household furniture

2. Housing and household furniture

1 In order to maintain the living conditions of the deceased, the surviving spouse may request that a right of usufruct or habitation on the home or in the conjugal apartment owned by the deceased be allocated to the surviving spouse. Its claim for participation; the contrary clauses of the marriage contract are reserved.

2 Under the same conditions, he may request the allocation of household furniture.

3 At the request of the surviving spouse or other legal heirs, the surviving spouse may, if the circumstances warrant, be given, in place of the usufruct or the right of habitation, the property of the house or apartment.

4 The surviving spouse cannot claim these rights on the premises in which the deceased exercised a profession or carried on a business if they are necessary for a descendant to continue this activity; the provisions of the inheritance law Peasant are reserved.

Art. 220 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VI. Settlement of the debt obligation and the share to the added value/3. Action against third parties

3. Action against third parties

1 If the property, which belongs to the debtor spouse or his estate during the liquidation, does not cover the claim for participation, the creditor or his or her heirs may search for the third parties who have benefited from the disposals Subject to meeting.

2 The action shall lapse after one year from the date on which the creditor or his heirs have known the lesion and, in all cases, after ten years after the dissolution of the plan.

3 In the case of surplus, the provisions on succession action in reduction shall apply mutatis mutandis. 1


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Chapter III: The Community of Goods

Art. 221 Ownership/I. Composition

A. Property

Composition

The regime of the community of property consists of the common property and the own property of each spouse.

Art. 222 A. Ownership/II. Common Assets/1. Universal Community

II. Common Assets

1. Universal Community

1 The universal community is made up of all the property and income of the spouses who are not property of the law.

2 The community belongs to both spouses.

3 None of them can dispose of their share of common goods.

Art. A. Ownership/II. Common goods/2. Reduced Communities/a. Community of Acquests

2. Reduced Communities

A. Community of Acquests

1 By marriage contract, the spouses may agree that the community will be reduced to the acquisition.

2 Own-property income enters into common assets.

Art. A. Ownership/II. Common goods/2. Reduced Communities/b. Other communities

B. Other communities

1 By contract of marriage, spouses may agree to exclude from the community certain property or species of property, such as real property, the work product of a spouse or property used in the performance of his or her profession or the exploitation of his or her Company.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, income from these assets does not enter the community.

Art. 225 A. Ownership/III. Own properties

III. Own properties

1 Own assets consist of a marriage contract, third party liberalities or the effect of the law.

2 Each spouse's own property includes by law the effect exclusively for his or her personal use, as well as his claims for moral damage.

3 The hereditary reserve of a spouse may not be made of property by parents if, according to the marriage contract, it must enter into the common property.

Art. 226 A. Ownership/IV. Evidence

IV. Evidence

Any property is presumed to be common if it is not proven that it is clean of either spouse.

Art. 227 B. Management and disposition/I. Common assets/1. Regular administration

B. Management and disposition

I. Common goods

1. Regular administration

1 The spouses manage the common property in the interest of the conjugal relationship.

2 Within the ordinary administration, each spouse can engage the community and dispose of the common property.

Art. 228 B. Management and disposition/I. Common assets/2. Extraordinary administration

2. Extraordinary Administration

1 Beyond the ordinary administration, the spouses can only engage the community and dispose of the common property jointly or with the consent of each other.

2 Such consent shall be presumed to the benefit of third parties, unless they know or should know that it has not been given.

3 The provisions on the representation of the conjugal relationship are reserved.

Art. 229 B. Management and disposition/I. Common assets/3. Occupation or Joint Undertaking

3. Occupation or Joint Undertaking

Where a spouse, with the consent of his or her spouse and by means of common property, carries on a profession alone or carries on a business alone, he or she may carry out all acts which enter into the exercise of those activities.

Art. B. Management and disposition/I. Common assets/4. Termination and Acquisition of Estates

4. Repudiation and succession acquisition

1 A spouse may not, without the consent of his or her spouse, repudiate an estate that would enter into the common property or accept an insolvent estate.

2 If it is not possible to collect this consent or if it is refused without lawful reason, the spouse may appeal to the judge. 1


1 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 231 B. Management and disposition/I. Common assets/5. Responsibility and Management Fees

5. Responsibility and Management Fees

1 A spouse who acts on behalf of the community incurs the liability of an agent for the dissolution of the plan.

2 Management costs are a burden on common goods.

Art. 232 B. Management and disposition/II. Own properties

II. Own properties

1 Each spouse has the administration and disposition of his or her own property, within the limits of the law.

2 If the income is entered into the own property, the costs of managing the income will be on the individual's own property.

Art. C. Liabilities to third parties/I. General ettes

C. Debts to third parties

I. General ettes

Each spouse answers on his or her own property and on common goods:

1.
Debts incurred within the limits of his or her power to represent the conjugal relationship and to administer the common property;
2.
Debts that he or she has incurred in the course of a business or in the operation of a business if those activities are carried on by means of common property, or if their income falls within those assets;
3.
Debts that also personally require the spouse;
4.
Debts in respect of which the spouses have agreed with a third party that the debtor will also respond to the common property.
Art. C. Debts towards third parties/II. Clean Dette

II. Clean Dette

1 For all other debts each spouse only answers his own property and half of the value of the common property.

2 Action based on the enrichment of the community is reserved.

Art. 235 D. Debts between spouses

D. Debts between spouses

1 The plan has no effect on the liability of the spouses.

2 However, where the settlement of a debt or the return of a thing exposs the debtor spouse to serious difficulties that jeopardize the conjugal relationship, the latter may request payment periods, which are charged to provide security if the Circumstances justify it.

Art. 236 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/I. Moment of dissolution

E. Dissolution and liquidation of the regime

I. Moment of Dissolution

1 The plan is dissolved on the day of the death of a spouse on the day of the contract adopting another plan or on the date of a spouse's declaration of bankruptcy.

2 If there is divorce, separation of body, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property, the dissolution of the plan shall be retroactive to the day of the application.

3 The composition of the common and clean goods shall be terminated on the day of the dissolution.

Art. 237 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/II. Allocation to own property

II. Allocation to own property

The capital paid to a spouse by an institution of foresight or by reason of the loss of his or her working capacity and which is entered into the common property shall be counted in the capital property of the capitalized value of the annuity which would have belonged To that spouse upon the dissolution of the plan.

Article 238 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/III. Rewards between common goods and own property

III. Rewards between common goods and own property

1 When a debt on one of the masses has been paid out of money from the other, it shall be rewarded, on the winding-up, between the common property and the own property of each spouse.

2 A debt strikes the mass with which it is connected or, in doubt, the common goods.

Article 239 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/IV. Share to Most-Value

IV. Share to Most-Value

Where the personal property of a spouse or common property has contributed to the acquisition, improvement or retention of a property belonging to another mass, the provisions of the plan of participation in respect of Added value or valuation is applicable by analogy.

Art. 240 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/V. Estimation value

V. Estimation Value

The existing common property on dissolution is estimated at the time of liquidation.

S. 241 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VI. Sharing/1. In the event of death or adoption of another regime

VI. Sharing

1. In the event of death or adoption of another regime

1 When the community of property is terminated by the death of a spouse or by the adoption of another plan, it is split in half between the spouses or their heirs.

2 By contract of marriage, spouses may agree on a share other than in half.

3 Such conventions shall not affect the reserve of the descendants.

S. 242 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VI. Sharing/2. In other cases

2. In other cases

1 In the event of divorce, separation of bodies, nullity of marriage or separation of legal or judicial property, each spouse repeats those of the common property that would have formed his own property under the scheme of participation in the acquisition.

2 The remaining common goods are split in half between the spouses.

3 Clauses that modify legal sharing do not apply unless the marriage contract expressly provides otherwise.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VII. Method and Procedure for Sharing/1. Own properties

VII. Sharing mode and procedure

1. Own properties

Where the community of property is terminated by the death of a spouse, the surviving spouse may request that the property that has been its own property under the ownership interest be allocated to it on its part.

Article 244 E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VII. Method and procedure for sharing/2. Housing and household furniture

2. Housing and household furniture

1 Where the house or apartment occupied by the spouses, or household furnishings, were included in the common property, the surviving spouse may request that ownership of the property be allocated to the surviving spouse.

2 At the request of the surviving spouse or other legal heirs of the deceased spouse, the surviving spouse may, if the circumstances warrant, be given, in place of the property, a usufruct or a right of habitation.

3 If the community of property is terminated otherwise than by death, each spouse may make the same claims if he or she warrants a preponderant interest in the assignment.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VII. Method and Procedure for Sharing/3. Other assets

3. Other assets

Each spouse may also request that other common goods be allocated to him or her on the basis of his or her share, if it is of paramount interest.

Art. E. Dissolution and liquidation of the system/VII. Method and Procedure for Sharing/4. Other Sharing Rules

4. Other Sharing Rules

In the case of surplus, the provisions on the sharing of co-ownership and on the mode and procedure of estate sharing are applicable by analogy.

Chapter IV: Separation of property

Art. 247 A. Administration, enjoyment and disposition/I. In general

A. Administration, enjoyment and provision

I. In general

Each spouse has the administration, enjoyment and disposition of his or her property, within the limits of the law.

Art. 248 A. Administration, enjoyment and disposition/II. Evidence

II. Evidence

1 A person who alleges that a property belongs to any of the spouses is required to establish proof of that property.

2 In the absence of this evidence, the property is deemed to be jointly owned by both spouses.

Art. 249 B. Debts to third parties

B. Debts to third parties

Each spouse answers his or her debts on all his or her property.

Art. 250 C. Debts between spouses

C. Debts between spouses

1 The plan has no effect on the liability of the spouses.

2 However, where the settlement of a debt or the return of a thing exposs the debtor spouse to serious difficulties that jeopardize the conjugal relationship, the latter may request payment periods, which are charged to provide security if the Circumstances justify it.

Article 251 D. Allocation of a Condominium Property

D. Allocation of a Condominium Property

Where a property is a condominium, a spouse may, on dissolution of the plan, request, in addition to the other measures provided for by the law, that the property be allocated to the spouse entirely if he or she has a preponderant interest in the interest of his or her spouse.

Part Two: Parents

Title 7: From the establishment of filiation 5

Chapter I: General provisions 6

Art. 252 1 A. Establishment of parentage in general

A. Establishment of parentage in general

1 In relation to the mother, descent is the result of birth.

2 In relation to the father, she is established by her marriage to the mother, by recognition or by judgment.

3 Parentage is also the result of adoption.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Article 253 1 B. ...

B. ...


1 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 254 1

1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Chapter II: Paternity of the husband 7

Art. 255 1 A. Presumption

A. Presumption

1 The child born during the marriage has the husband's father.

2 In the event of the death of the husband, the husband shall be deemed to be the father if the child is born within three hundred days after the death, or after the three hundred days if it is proved that it was conceived before the death of the husband.

3 If the husband is absent, he shall be deemed to be the father of the child born within three hundred days after the danger of death or the latest news.


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 256 1 B. Disaveu/I. Quality to act

B. Disaveu

I. Quality for action

1 The presumption of paternity may be challenged before the judge:

1.
By the husband;
2.
By the child, if the common life of the spouses has ended during the minority.

2 The husband's action is brought against the child and the mother, that of the child against the husband and mother.

3 The husband cannot bring the action if he consented to the design by a third party. The Federal Act of 18 December 1998 on Assisted Human Reproduction 2 Is reserved for the disavowal of the child 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 RS 810.11
3 New content according to Art. 39 of the LF of 18 Dec. 1998 on medically assisted human reproduction, effective from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 3055 ; FF 1996 III 197).

Art. 256 A 1 B. Disaveu/II. Medium/1. Child conceived during marriage

II. Medium

1. Child conceived during marriage

1 When the child was conceived during the marriage, the applicant must establish that the husband is not the father.

2 The child born one hundred and eighty days at least after the solemnization of the marriage or at least three hundred days after its dissolution as a result of death shall be presumed to have been conceived during the marriage. 2


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 256 B 1 B. Disaveu/II. Medium/2. Child conceived prior to marriage or during suspension of common life

2. Child conceived before marriage or during the suspension of common life

1 Where the child was conceived prior to the celebration of the marriage or when the conception of the common life was suspended, the applicant does not have to prove otherwise in support of the action.

2 However, in this case too, the husband's paternity is presumed when it is likely that he cohabited with his wife at the time of conception.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 256 C 1 B. Disaveu/III. Delay

III. Delay

1 The husband must take action no later than one year after he was born and the fact that he is not the father or that a third party cohabited with the mother at the time of conception, but in any case in the five years since the birth.

2 The child's action must be instituted no later than one year after the child reaches the age of majority.

3 The action may be instituted after the expiry of the time limit where there are good reasons for the excusable delay.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 257 1 C. Presumptions conflict

C. Presumptions conflict

1 When a child is born within three hundred days after the dissolution of the marriage as a result of death and his mother has a new marriage, the second husband shall be deemed to be the father. 2

2 If this presumption is ruled out, the first husband is deemed to be the father.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Article 258 1 D. Action by father and mother

D. Action by father and mother

1 Where the husband has died or has become incapable of discernment before the expiry of the period, the action may be taken by his or her father or mother.

2 The provisions on the disavowal by the husband shall apply mutatis mutandis.

3 The one-year time limit for bringing the action begins at the earliest when the father or mother has learned of the husband's death or inability to discernment.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 259 1 E. Marriage of father and mother

E. Marriage of father and mother

1 When the father and mother marry, the provisions concerning the child born during marriage shall apply mutatis mutandis to the child born before their marriage, as soon as the husband's paternity is established through recognition or judgment.

2 The recognition can be attacked:

1.
By the mother;
2.
By the child or, after his death, by his or her descendants, if the common life of the spouses has ended during the minority or if the recognition took place after reaching the age of 12 years;
3.
By the municipality of origin or domicile of the husband;
4.
By the husband.

3 The provisions on the challenge of recognition shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Chapter III: Recognition and judgment of authorship 8

Art. 260 1 A. Recognition/I. Terms and conditions

A. Recognition

I. Conditions and Form

1 When the relationship of filiation exists only with the mother, the father can recognize the child.

2 The consent of the legal representative is necessary if the author of the recognition is a minor or if it is under general supervision or if the adult protection authority has so decided. 2

3 Recognition shall be made by declaration before the registrar or by a will or, where a paternity declaration is pending, before the judge.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 260 A 1 A. Recognition/II. Challenge Action/1. Quality to act

II. Challenge Action

1. Quality to act

1 Recognition may be challenged in court by any person concerned, in particular by the mother, by the child and, if he has died, by his or her descendants, as well as by the municipality of origin or the commune of domicile of the author of the recognition.

2 The action shall be open to the author of the recognition only if he did so in the belief that a serious and imminent danger threatened him himself, or one of his relatives, in his life, his health, his honour or his property, or whether he was in error concerning his Paternity.

3 The action is brought against the author of the recognition and against the child when the latter do not take the action themselves.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 260 B 1 A. Recognition/II. Challenge Action/2. Medium

2. Medium

1 The applicant must prove that the author of the recognition is not the father of the child.

2 However, the mother and the child have to provide this evidence only if the author of the recognition makes it likely that he or she cohabited with the mother at the time of conception.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 260 C 1 A. Recognition/II. Challenge Action/3. Delay

3. Delay

1 The plaintiff must bring the action within one year from the day on which he has learned that the recognition took place and that the author is not the father or that a third party cohabited with the mother at the time of conception, or from the day on which the The error has been discovered or the one where the threat has been ruled out, but in any case within five years since the recognition.

2 In all cases, the child's action may still be instituted within one year of reaching the age of majority.

3 The action may be instituted after the expiry of the time limit where there are good reasons for the excusable delay.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 261 1 B. Paternity action/I. Quality to act

B. Paternity action

I. Quality for action

1 The mother and the child may take action to ensure that the parentage is established with respect to the father.

2 The action shall be brought against the father or, if he has died, against his or her descendants or in their absence, in order, against his father and mother, against his brothers and sisters or against the competent authority of his last domicile.

3 When the father has died, the judge informs the wife that the action has been brought so that she can safeguard her interests.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 262 1 B. Paternity action/II. Presumption

II. Presumption

1 Paternity is presumed when, between the three hundredths and the one hundred and eightieth day before the birth of the child, the defendant cohabited with the mother.

2 Paternity is also presumed when the child was conceived before the three hundredth day or after the one hundred and eightieth day before the birth and the defendant cohabited with the mother at the time of conception.

3 The presumption ceases when the defendant proves that his paternity is excluded or less likely than that of a third party.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 263 1 B. Paternity action/III. Delay

III. Delay

1 The action may be taken before or after the birth of the child, but at the latest:

1.
By the mother, one year after birth;
2.
By the child, one year after reaching the age of majority.

2 If there is already a relationship of filiation with another man, the action may in any case be brought within one year after the dissolution of that report.

3 The action may be instituted after the expiry of the time limit where there are good reasons for the excusable delay.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Chapter IV: 9 From Adoption

Art. 264 1 A. Adoption of minors/I. General conditions

Adoption of minors

I. General conditions

A child may be adopted if the prospective adoptive parents have provided care to him and have provided his or her education for at least one year and if all the circumstances make it possible to provide that the establishment of a parentage link will be used in the course of the The child without inequitable impairment of the situation of other children of the adoptive parents.


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the Annex to the PMQ of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on the Adoption and Protection of the Child in the Case of International Adoption, in force since 1 Er Jan 2003 ( RO 2002 3988 ; FF 1999 5129 ).

Art. 264 A 1 Adoption of minors/II. Joint adoption

II. Joint adoption

1 Spouses may only adopt jointly; joint adoption is not permitted for other persons.

2 Spouses must be married for five years or be 35 years of age.

3 A spouse may adopt the child of the spouse if he or she has been married to the spouse for five years. 2


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 264 B 1 Adoption of minors/III. Adoption by single person

III. Adoption by single person

1 An unmarried person can adopt alone if she is 35 years of age.

2 A married person, 35 years old, may adopt alone when a joint adoption proves impossible because the spouse has become incompetent in a sustainable manner, or has been absent for more than two years without residence Or when the separation of bodies has been pronounced for more than three years.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 265 1 Adoption of minors/IV. Age and consent of the child

IV. Age and consent of the child

1 The child must be at least sixteen years younger than the adoptive parents.

2 Adoption may take place only with the consent of the child, if the child is able to discern.

3 When the child is under guardianship, the child protection authority will have to consent to the adoption, even if it is capable of discernment.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 265 A 1 A. Adoption of minors/V. Parental consent/1. Shape

V. Parental consent

1. Shape

1 Adoption requires the consent of the father and mother of the child.

2 The consent shall be declared, in writing or orally, to the child protection authority of the domicile or place of residence of the parents or the child and shall be recorded in the record.

3 It is valid, even if it does not name prospective adoptive parents or if they are not yet appointed.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 265 B 1 A. Adoption of minors/V. Parental consent/2. Moment

2. Moment

1 Consent cannot be given for six weeks from the birth of the child.

2 It may be revoked within six weeks of its receipt.

3 If it is renewed after being revoked, it is final.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 265 C 1 A. Adoption of minors/V. Parental consent/3. Disposition of consent/a. Conditions

3. Consent provision

A. Conditions

The consent of one of the parents may be disregarded.

1.
When it is unknown, absent for a long time without known residence or incompetent discernment in a sustainable manner;
2.
When he did not seriously care about the child.

1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 265 D 1 A. Adoption of minors/V. Parental consent/3. Disposition of consent/b. Decision

B. Decision

1 Where the child is placed for the purpose of a future adoption and the consent of one of the parents is lacking, the child protection authority of the child's domicile shall decide, at the request of an investment agency or adoptive parents and in good standing Prior to the commencement of the placement, if this consent can be ignored.

2 In other cases, it is at the time of adoption that a decision will be taken on this matter.

3 When the consent of one of the parents is ignored, because the child is not seriously concerned, the decision must be communicated to the child in writing.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 266 1 Adoption of major

Adoption of major 2

1 In the absence of descendants, a major person may be adopted: 3

1.
In the case of a physical or mental infirmity that requires continuous assistance and the adoptive parents have provided care for at least five years;
2.
When, during the minority, the adoptive parents provided him or her with care and provided education for at least five years;
3.
Where there are other fair grounds and have lived in the domestic community for at least five years with the adoptive parents.

2 A spouse cannot be adopted without the consent of the spouse.

3 Moreover, the provisions on the adoption of minors apply by analogy.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

S. 267 1 C. Effects/I. In general

C. Effects

I. In general

1 The child acquires the legal status of a child of the adoptive parents.

2 Previous ties of filiation shall be severed, except in respect of the spouse of the adopter.

3 A new first name can be given to the child at the time of adoption.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 267 A 1 C. Effects/II. Freedom of the City

II. Freedom of the City

1 The minor child shall acquire, instead of his right of the previous cantonal and communal city, that of the adoptive parent whose name it bears.

2 When a person adopts the minor child of his or her spouse, the child acquires the right of the cantonal and communal city of the parent whose name it bears.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 30 June 1972 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222). New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2012 2569; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Article 268 1 D. Procedure/I. In general

D. Procedure

I. In general

1 Adoption shall be delivered by the competent cantonal authority of the domicile of the adoptive parents.

2 Where an application for adoption is filed, the death or incapacity for judgment of the adopter shall not prevent the adoption, if the fulfilment of the other conditions is not compromised.

3 When the child becomes major after the application has been filed, the provisions on the adoption of minors shall remain applicable if the conditions were previously met.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Article 268 A 1 D. Procedure/II. Survey

II. Survey

1 Adoption may not be made until an investigation into all the essential circumstances has been carried out, if necessary with the assistance of experts.

2 The investigation shall include, inter alia, the personality and health of the adoptive parents and the child, on their mutual suitability, the ability of the adoptive parents to educate the child, their economic situation, their mobility and their conditions of Family, as well as the evolution of the feeder link.

3 When adoptive parents have descendants, their opinion must be taken into account.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Article 268 B 1 D Bis . Adoption Secret

D Bis . Adoption Secret 2

The identity of the adoptive parents will be revealed to the parents of the child only with their consent.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).
2 Formerly c. III.

Article 268 C 1 D Ter Information on the identity of biological parents

D Ter Information on the identity of biological parents

1 From the age of 18, the child can obtain data on the identity of his or her biological parents; he or she has the right to obtain the data before the age of 18 when he or she can claim a legitimate interest.

2 Before giving the child the data requested, the authority or office holding the data shall inform the biological parents as far as possible. If the latter refuse to meet the child, the child must be notified and must be informed of the personality rights of the biological parents.

3 The cantons designate an appropriate office, which advises the child, at his request.


1 Introduced by ch. 2 of the Annex to the PMQ of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on the Adoption and Protection of the Child in the Case of International Adoption, in force since 1 Er Jan 2003 ( RO 2002 3988 ; FF 1999 5129 ).

Art. 269 1 E. Action for annulment/I. Grounds/1. Failure to consent

E. Action for cancellation

Reasons

1. Consent requirement

1 Where, without legal grounds, consent has not been sought, the persons empowered to give consent may attack the adoption before the judge, if the child's property is not seriously compromised.

2 This right does not, however, belong to parents if they can resort to the Federal Court against the decision.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 269 A 1 E. Action for annulment/I. Grounds/2. Other defects

2. Other vices

1 Where the adoption is vitiated by other defects, of a serious nature, any person concerned, in particular the municipality of origin or domicile, may attack it.

2 The action is, however, excluded, if the defect has meanwhile been ruled out, or if it concerns only procedural requirements.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 269 B 1 E. Action for annulment/II. Delay

II. Delay

The action must be brought within six months from the day on which the ground has been discovered and, in all cases, within two years since the adoption.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 269 C 1 F. Intermediary Activity for Adoption

F. Intermediary Activity for Adoption

1 The Confederation monitors the activity of intermediary for adoption.

2 The person performing the activity as an intermediary in a professional capacity or in relation to his profession is subject to authorisation; the placement by the child protection authority shall be reserved. 2

3 The Federal Council lays down the implementing provisions; it also regulates cooperation with the cantonal authorities with regard to the placement of children for adoption with regard to the conditions for authorisation and supervision.

4 ... 3


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 30 June 1972 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222). New content according to the c. 2 of the Annex to the PMQ of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on the Adoption and Protection of the Child in the Case of International Adoption, in force since 1 Er Jan 2003 ( RO 2002 3988 ; FF 1999 5129 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 Repealed by c. 15 of the Annex to the PMQ of 17 June 2005 on the TAF, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2006 2197 ; FF 2001 4000 ).

Title eighth: Effects of filiation 10

Chapter I: From the community between father and mother and children 11

Art. 270 1 A. Name/I. Child of married parents

A. Name

I. Child of married parents

1 The child of spouses who have different names acquires that of their two names of single persons whom they have chosen to give to their common children at the time of the conclusion of the marriage.

2 Parents may, however, jointly request, within one year of the birth of the first child, that the child take the same name as the other spouse.

3 A child of a spouse who has a common family name acquires that name.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 270 A 1 A. Name/II. Child whose mother is not married to the father

II. Child whose mother is not married to the father

1 Where parental authority is exercised exclusively by one of the parents, the child shall acquire the name of the parent. When parental authority is exercised jointly, the parents choose which of their two names will bear their children.

2 Where the joint parental authority has been established after the birth of the first child, the parents may, within the period of one year from its institution, declare to the registrar that the child bears the name of The other parent. This declaration applies to all children in common, regardless of the attribution of parental authority.

3 If neither parent exercises parental authority, the child acquires the mother's unmarried name.

4 Changes in the attribution of parental authority have no effect on the name. The name change provisions are reserved.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city; RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851). New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 (RO 2014 357; FF 2011 8315).

Art. 270 B 1 A. Name/III. Consent of the child

III. Consent of the child

If the child is twelve years old, it is no longer possible to change his name without his or her consent.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 271 1 B. Freedom of the City

B. Freedom of the City

1 The child acquires the right of the cantonal and communal city of the parent whose name it bears.

2 A minor child who takes the name of the other parent acquires instead of his right of cantonal and communal residence earlier than that of that parent.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 272 1 C. Reciprocal duties

C. Reciprocal duties

The father and mother and the child shall provide each other with the assistance, respect and respect required by the interest of the family.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 273 1 D. Personal relationships/I. Father, mother and child/1. Principle

D. Personal Relationships

I. Father, mother and child

1. Principle

1 The father or mother who does not have parental authority or custody and the minor child have each other's right to maintain the personal relationships indicated by the circumstances.

2 Where the exercise or non-exercise of that right is prejudicial to the child, or which other grounds so require, the child protection authority may recall the father and mother, the foster parents or the child to their duties and give them Instructions.

3 The father or mother may require that her right to maintain contact with the child be resolved.


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 274 1 D. Personal relationships/I. Father, mother and child/2. Limits

2. Limits

1 The father and the mother must be careful not to disturb the child's relationship with the other parent and not to make education more difficult.

2 If personal relationships compromise the child's development, if the father and mother who maintains them are violating their obligations, if they did not seriously care about the child or if there are other fair grounds, the right To maintain these relationships can be denied or withdrawn.

3 If the father and mother have consented to the adoption of their child or if their consent may be disregarded, the right to personal contact shall cease when the child is placed for adoption.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 274 A 1 D. Personal Relationships/II. Tiers

II. Tiers

1 In exceptional circumstances, the right to maintain contact may also be granted to other persons, in particular to relatives, provided that it is in the best interests of the child.

2 The limits of the right to personal relations between the father and the mother are applicable by analogy.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 275 1 D. Personal Relationships/III. For and Competence

III. For and Competence

1 The child protection authority of the child's home is competent to take the necessary measures concerning personal relations; the same jurisdiction also belongs to the child protection authority of the place of residence of the child. The child if the child has taken protective measures in his or her favour or is preparing to take care of them.

2 The judge who decides on parental authority, custody and the contribution of maintenance according to the provisions governing divorce and the protection of the conjugal relationship also regulates personal relations. 2

3 If measures concerning the right of the father and the mother have not yet been taken, personal relations cannot be maintained against the will of the person who has parental authority or who is entrusted with the care of the child.


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 275 A 1 E. Information and information

E. Information and information

1 The father or mother who does not hold parental authority will be informed of the special events in the life of the child and heard before making any important decisions for the development of the child.

2 It may, as well as the holder of the parental authority, collect from third parties involved in the care of the child, in particular with its teachers or doctor, information on its condition and its development.

3 The provisions limiting the right to personal relations with the child and the competence in the matter shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Chapter II: From the maintenance obligation of the father and mother 12

Art. 276 1 A. Purpose and scope

A. Purpose and scope

1 The father and mother must provide for the maintenance of the child and therefore bear the costs of his education, his training and the measures taken to protect him.

2 Maintenance shall be provided by care and education or, where the child is not in the care of his or her father and mother, by pecuniary benefits.

3 The father and mother are unlinked from their maintenance obligations to the extent that the child can be expected to be interviewed by the product of his or her work or other resources.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 277 1 B. Duration

B. Duration

1 The maintenance obligation of the father and mother lasts until the majority of the child.

2 If, by a majority, the child does not yet have adequate training, the father and mother shall, to the extent that the circumstances permit, provide for the maintenance of the child until such time as the child has acquired such training. Completed within normal time frames. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 1de la LF du 7 oct. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

S. 278 1 C. Married parents

C. Married parents

1 During marriage, the father and mother bear the costs of maintenance in accordance with the provisions of the marriage law.

2 Each spouse is required to assist his or her spouse in an appropriate manner in the fulfilment of their maintenance obligations to children born before marriage.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 279 1 D. Action/I. Quality to act

D. Action

I. Quality for action 2

1 The child can act against his father and mother, or both together, in order to claim the maintenance for the future and for the year preceding the opening of the action.

2 And 3 ... 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
3 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 280 To 284 1 Action/II. And III ...

II. And III ...


1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Article 285 1 D. Action/IV. Maintenance Contribution Scope

IV. Maintenance Contribution Scope

1 The maintenance contribution must correspond to the needs of the child as well as to the situation and resources of the father and mother; account shall be taken of the child's wealth and income as well as the participation of the parents who have not Custody of the child for the care of the child. 2

2 Unless the judge decides otherwise, the children's allowances, social insurance annuities and other benefits for the maintenance of the child, which are returned to the person to be provided for maintenance, shall be paid in addition to the Maintenance contribution.

2bis Social insurance annuities or other benefits for the maintenance of the child, which are subsequently returned to the father or mother because of their age or disability and in lieu of income from an activity, must be paid to The child; the amount of the maintenance contribution paid so far is automatically reduced accordingly. 3

3 The maintenance contribution must be paid in advance, at times fixed by the judge.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
3 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Article 286 1 D. Action/V. Recent Developments

V. Recent Developments

1 The judge may order that the maintenance contribution be increased or reduced as soon as specific changes occur in the child's needs, the father's and mother's resources or the cost of living.

2 If the situation changes significantly, the judge shall amend or delete the maintenance contribution at the request of the father, mother or child.

3 The judge may compel the parents to make a special contribution when the child's unforeseen extraordinary needs require it. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

S. 287 1 E. Maintenance obligation Convention/I. Periodic contributions

E. Convention on the maintenance obligation

I. Periodic contributions

1 The maintenance contribution agreements require the child only after having been approved by the child protection authority.

2 Maintenance contributions fixed by convention may be amended, unless such modification has been excluded with the approval of the child protection authority.

3 If the agreement is entered into in court proceedings, the judge shall be competent for the approval.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 288 1 E. Maintenance obligation Convention/II. Single Benefit

II. Single Benefit

1 If the interest of the child warrants it, the parties may agree that the maintenance obligation shall be carried out by the payment of a single allowance.

2 The Convention binds the child only:

1.
When it has been approved by the child protection authority or, if it has been entered into in a judicial proceeding, by the judge, and
2.
When the allowance has been paid to the designated Office.

1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 289 1 F. Payment/I. Creditor

F. Payment

I. Creditor

1 The maintenance contributions are due to the child and are paid during the minority to his or her legal representative or to the custodial parent. 2

2 The claim to the maintenance contribution goes with all the rights attached to it to the public community when it is responsible for the maintenance of the child.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 290 1 F. Payment/II. Run/1. Appropriate Help

II. Executing

1. Appropriate Help

Where the maintenance obligation is neglected by the father or the mother, the child protection authority or another office designated by the cantonal law shall provide adequate and free assistance to the other parent requesting the execution of the Maintenance benefits.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 291 1 F. Payment/II. Enforcement/2. Notice to debtors

2. Advice to debtors

Where the father and mother fail to take care of the child, the judge may order their debtors to make all or part of their payments in the hands of the child's legal representative.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 292 1 F. Payment/III. Security Interests

III. Security Interests

Where the father and mother persist in neglecting their maintenance obligations or that they should admit that they are preparing to flee, dilapident their fortunes or cause them to disappear, the judge may require them to provide appropriate security for the Future maintenance contributions.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 293 1 G. Public Law

G. Public Law

1 The public law determines, subject to the parents' food debt, who is responsible for the maintenance costs when neither the father nor the mother nor the child can afford them.

2 Public law also regulates the payment of advances for the maintenance of the child when the father and mother do not meet their maintenance obligations.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 294 1 H. Foster Parents

H. Foster Parents

1 Unless the contrary has been agreed or is clearly the result of the circumstances, foster parents are entitled to equitable remuneration.

2 Free education is presumed when it comes to children of close relatives or children who are welcomed for adoption.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 295 1 J. Unmarried Mother's Rights

J. Unmarried Mother's Rights

1 The unmarried mother may ask the father of the child or his heirs, at the latest within one year after the birth, to compensate him for: 2

1.
Layer charges;
2.
Maintenance costs, at least four weeks before and at least eight weeks after birth;
3.
Other expenses related to pregnancy and childbirth, including the child's first trousseau.

2 For reasons of fairness, the judge may allocate all or part of these allowances, even if the pregnancy has been terminated prematurely.

3 To the extent that circumstances warrant, third party benefits to which the mother is entitled under the law or a contract shall be charged against such allowances.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Chapter III: Parental authority 13

Art. 1 A. In general

A. In general

1 Parental authority serves the good of the child.

2 The child is subject, during the minority, to the joint parental authority of his/her father and mother.

3 Minor or curatelle parents of a general nature do not have parental authority. This is the responsibility of parents when they become major. When the general curatelle is lifted, the child protection authority shall rule on the assignment of parental authority according to the child's property.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 1 A Bis . Death of a parent

A Bis . Death of a parent

1 In the event of the death of one of the holders of the joint parental authority, the parental authority shall return to the survivor.

2 In the event of the death of the parent who has the exclusive exercise of parental authority, the child protection authority shall assign parental authority to the surviving parent or appoint a guardian according to the child's property.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 298 1 A Ter Divorce and other matrimonial proceedings

A Ter Divorce and other matrimonial proceedings

1 In the context of a procedure for divorce or a procedure for the protection of the conjugal relationship, the judge shall entrust to one of the parents the exclusive parental authority if the property of the child orders it.

2 Where there is no agreement between the parents on this point, the judge may also confine himself to ruling on custody of the child as well as on the personal relationships or participation of each parent in his or her care .

3 It invites the child protection authority to appoint a guardian if neither of the parents is capable of exercising parental authority.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 298 A 1 A Cc . Recognition and judgment of authorship/I. Joint declaration by parents

A Cc Recognition and judgment of authorship

I. Joint Statement by Parents

1 If the mother is not married to the father and the father recognizes the child, or if the relationship of filiation is established by a court order and the joint parental authority is not yet established at the time of the court decision, the parents Obtain joint parental authority on the basis of a joint declaration.

2 The parents confirm in the joint statement:

1.
They are willing to jointly assume responsibility for the child;
2.
They agreed to the custody of the child, the personal relationships or the involvement of each parent in the care of the child, as well as the maintenance contribution.

3 Before making a declaration, parents may seek advice from the child protection authority.

4 If the parents file their declaration at the same time as the recognition of the child, the declaration is received by the registrar. If they file it later, it is received by the child protection authority of the child's place of residence.

5 Until the filing of the declaration, the child shall be subject to the exclusive parental authority of the mother.


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1). New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 (RO 2014 357; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 298 B 1 A Cc Recognition and judgment of authorship/II. Decision of the Child Protection Authority

II. Decision of the Child Protection Authority

1 Where a parent refuses to file a joint declaration, the other parent may contact the child protection authority at the child's place of residence.

2 The child protection authority shall establish the joint parental authority unless the child's property requires that the mother remain the sole holder of the parental authority or that the parent is exclusively assigned to the father.

3 When deciding on parental authority, the child protection authority shall also rule on the other points at issue. Food action is reserved.

4 If the mother is a minor or a general curatelle, the child protection authority shall assign parental authority to the father or appoint a guardian according to the child's good.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 298 C 1 A Cc Recognition and judgment of authorship/III. Paternity action

III. Paternity action

Where a judgment on paternity has been rendered, the judge shall pronounce the joint parental authority unless the child's property orders that the mother remains the sole holder of the parental authority or that the parental authority is exclusively assigned to the Father.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 298 D 1 A Cc Recognition and judgment of authorship/IV. Recent Developments

IV. Recent Developments

1 At the request of one of the parents or the child or ex officio, the child protection authority shall amend the assignment of parental authority when important new facts order it for the benefit of the child.

2 It may also be limited to the custody of the child, the personal relationships or the participation of each parent in the care of the child.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 1 A D Beaux-parents

A D Beaux-parents 2

Each spouse is required to assist his or her spouse in an appropriate manner in the exercise of parental authority with respect to the children of the other and to represent them when the circumstances so require.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 300 1 A Sexies . Foster Parents

A Sexies . Foster Parents 2

1 When a child is entrusted to the care of third parties, the latter, subject to other measures, shall represent the father and mother in the exercise of parental authority as indicated in order to enable them to perform their duties correctly.

2 Foster parents will be heard before any major decisions are made.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 301 1 B. Contents/I. In general

B. Contents

I. In general

1 The father and mother determine the care to be given to the child, direct his or her education for the child and make the necessary decisions, subject to his or her own capacity.

1bis The parent who has the child's care can take alone:

1.
Current or urgent decisions;
2.
Other decisions, if the other parent cannot be reached for a reasonable effort. 2

2 The child must obey his father and mother, who grant him the freedom to organise his life according to his degree of maturity and take into account as far as possible his opinion on matters of importance.

3 The child cannot leave the domestic community without the consent of his father and mother, nor can he be abducted without a legitimate cause.

4 The father and mother choose the first name of the child.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 301 A 1 B. Content/II. Determination of Place of Residence

II. Determination of Place of Residence

1 Parental authority includes the right to determine the place of residence of the child.

2 A parent jointly exercising parental authority may change the place of residence of the child only with the consent of the other parent or by decision of the judge or the child protection authority in the following cases:

A.
The new place of residence is located outside Canada;
B.
The move has important implications for the exercise of parental authority by the other parent and for personal relationships.

3 A parent acting alone who wishes to change the place of residence of the child must inform the other parent in good time.

4 A parent who wishes to change his or her place of residence has the same duty of information.

5 If necessary, parents agree, in the respect of the child's good, to adapt the system of parental authority, custody, personal relations and the contribution of maintenance. If they cannot agree, the decision rests with the judge or the child protection authority.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 302 1 B. Content/III. Education

III. Education 2

1 The father and mother are required to raise the child according to their faculties and means and have a duty to promote and protect their physical, intellectual and moral development.

2 They must give the child, in particular, the child with physical or mental disabilities, an appropriate general and vocational training, corresponding to his or her tastes and abilities as much as possible.

3 To this end, they must cooperate in an appropriate manner with the school and, where circumstances so require, with public institutions and public utility for the protection of young people.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Article 303 1 B. Content/IV. Religious education

IV. Religious education 2

1 The father and mother have the religious education of the child.

2 There are no conventions that would limit their freedom in this respect.

3 The 16-year-old child has the right to choose his/her confession.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

S. 304 1 B. Content/V. Representation/1. In respect of third parties/a. In general

Representation

1. In respect of third parties

A. In general 2

1 The parents are, within the limits of their parental authority, the legal representatives of their children vis-à-vis third parties.

2 When both the father and the mother are both holders of parental authority, third parties in good faith can assume that each parent acts with the consent of the other. 3

3 Fathers and mothers may not make suretyships or establish foundations or make donations on behalf of the child, with the exception of these uses. 4


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
4 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 305 1 B. Content/V. Representation/1. In respect of third parties/b. Legal status of the child

B. Legal status of the child 2

1 A child capable of discernment subject to parental authority may engage in his or her own actions within the limits provided for by the right of persons and exercise his or her rights strictly personal. 3

2 The child who is obliged is kept on his or her own property, regardless of the rights of administration and enjoyment of the father and mother.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 306 1 B. Content/V. Representation/2. With regard to the family

2. With respect to the family

1 The child subject to parental authority may, if he is capable of discernment, act for the family of the consent of his father and mother; in this case, he is not bound himself, but requires his father and mother.

2 If the father and the mother are prevented from acting or if, in a case, their interests conflict with those of the child, the child protection authority shall appoint a curator or take the necessary measures. 2

3 The existence of a conflict of interest automatically leads to the end of the powers of the father and mother in the case at issue. 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Article 307 1 C. Protection of the child/I. Protective measures

C. Child protection

I. Protective measures

1 The child protection authority shall take the necessary measures to protect the child if the child's development is threatened and the father and mother do not do so on their own or are not in a position to do so.

2 It is also held in the same circumstances in relation to children placed in foster parents or living in other cases outside the family community of their father and mother.

3 It may, in particular, remind the father and mother, foster parents or the child of their duties, give instructions or instructions on the care, education and training of the child, and designate a person or office Which will have a right of scrutiny and information.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Article 308 1 C. Child Protection/II. Curatelle

II. Curatelle 2

1 Where circumstances so require, the child protection authority shall appoint a guardian to assist the father and mother of his or her advice and support in the care of the child. 3

2 It may confer on the curator certain powers such as representing the child to establish his paternal filiation and to assert his claim for food and other rights, as well as the supervision of personal relations. 4

3 Parental authority may be limited accordingly.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
3 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
4 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 309 1

1 Repealed by c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 310 1 C. Child Protection/III. Withdrawal of Right to Determine Place of Residence

III. Withdrawal of Right to Determine Place of Residence 2

1 Where it cannot prevent the development of the child from being compromised, the child protection authority shall remove the child from the father and mother or third parties from whom the child is present and place the child in an appropriate manner.

2 At the request of the father and mother or the child, the child protection authority shall take the same measures when the relationship between them is so severely affected that the maintenance of the child in the family community has become unbearable and that, In any case, other means would be ineffective.

3 When a child has lived for a long time in foster parents, the child protection authority may prohibit the father and mother from retaking it if there is a serious threat to the child's development.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 311 1 C. Child Protection/IV. Withdrawal of parental authority/1. Ex-officio

IV. Withdrawal of parental authority

1. Ex-officio 2

1 If other measures for the protection of the child have remained without result or appear to be inadequate at the outset, the child protection authority shall pronounce the withdrawal of parental authority: 3

1. 4
When, because of inexperience, illness, infirmity, absence, violence or other analogous grounds, the father and mother are not able to exercise parental authority properly;
2.
When the father and mother did not seriously care about the child or seriously failed in their duties towards him.

2 If the father and the mother are deprived of parental authority, a guardian is appointed to the child.

3 Where the contrary has not been expressly ordered, the effects of the withdrawal extend to children born after it has been pronounced.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
4 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Article 312 1 C. Child Protection/IV. Withdrawal of parental authority/2. With parental consent

2. With parental consent 2

The child protection authority shall pronounce the withdrawal of parental authority: 3

1.
When the father and mother ask for them for just cause;
2.
When they have consented to the future adoption of the child by anonymous third parties.

1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 313 1 C. Child Protection/V. Recent Developments

V. Recent Developments

1 In new developments, the measures taken to protect the child must be adapted to the new situation.

2 Parental authority cannot be reinstated for one year from the date of withdrawal.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 314 1 C. Child protection/VI. Procedure/1. In general

VI. Procedure

1. In general

1 The provisions of the procedure before the adult protection authority shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2 The child protection authority may, if it considers it useful, urge the parents of the child to attempt mediation.

3 Where the child protection authority establishes a curatelle, it shall state in the operative part of the decision the tasks of the curator and possibly the limits given to the exercise of parental authority.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 314 A 1 C. Child protection/VI. Procedure/2. Hearing of the child

2. Child Hearing

1 The child shall be heard personally, in an appropriate manner, by the child protection authority or the third party who has been given responsibility for the child, unless his or her age or other fair grounds are opposed.

2 Only the results of the hearing which are necessary for the decision shall be recorded in the Minutes. The parents are informed.

3 A child who is capable of discernment can attack the refusal to be heard by way of appeal.


1 Introduced by ch. II of the 6 Oct LF. 1978 (RO 1980 31; FF 1977 III 1). New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2011 725; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 314 A Bis 1 C. Child protection/VI. Procedure/3. Representation of the child

3. Representation of the child

1 The child protection authority shall, if necessary, order the representation of the child and shall designate an experienced officer in the field of assistance and in the legal field.

2 It examines whether it should institute a curatelle, in particular when:

1.
The procedure relates to the placement of the child;
2.
The persons concerned table different conclusions relating to the assignment of parental authority or to important questions concerning contact with the child.

3 The curator can make proposals and take legal action.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 314 B 1 C. Child protection/VI. Procedure/4. Placement in a closed institution or in a psychiatric facility

4. Placement in a closed institution or in a psychiatric facility

1 Where the child is placed in a closed institution or in a psychiatric institution, the provisions of the adult protection on placement for assistance shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2 If the child is capable of discernment, he or she may himself appeal to the judge against the placement decision.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 315 1 C. Child Protection/VII. For and Competence/1. In general

VII. For and Competence

1. In general 2

1 Child protection measures shall be ordered by the child protection authority of the child's home. 3

2 When the child lives with foster parents or, in some other way, outside the family community of the father and mother, or when there is a danger in the home, the authorities of the place where the child is located are also competent.

3 Where such authority orders a child protection measure, it shall so notify the authority of the domicile.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 315 A 1 C. Child Protection/VII. For and competence/2. In a matrimonial proceeding/a. Jurisdiction of the judge

2. In a matrimonial proceeding

A. Jurisdiction of the judge

1 The judge responsible for settling the relations of the father and mother with the child in accordance with the provisions governing divorce or the protection of the conjugal relationship shall also take the measures necessary for the protection of the child and charge the authority of Protection of the child of their execution. 2

2 The judge may also vary, depending on the circumstances, the child protection measures that have already been taken.

3 However, the child protection authority remains competent to: 3

1.
To pursue a procedure for the protection of the child before the court proceedings;
2.
Take immediate action to protect the child when it is likely that the judge will not be able to take them on time.

1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1). New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 (RO) 1999 1118; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 315 B 1 C. Child Protection/VII. For and competence/2. In a matrimonial proceeding/b. Amendment of judicial measures

B. Amendment of judicial measures

1 The judge shall have jurisdiction to amend the judicial measures relating to the allocation and protection of children:

1.
In the divorce proceedings;
2.
In the procedure for amending the divorce judgment, in accordance with the provisions governing divorce;
3.
In the procedure for amending the protective measures of the conjugal relationship; the provisions governing divorce shall apply mutatis mutandis.

2 In other cases, the child protection authority is competent. 2


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 316 1 C. Child Protection/VIII. Surveillance of children placed in foster parents

VIII. Surveillance of children placed in foster parents

1 The placement of children with foster parents is subject to the authorisation and supervision of the child protection authority or another office of the foster parents designated by the cantonal law.

1bis When a child is placed for adoption, a single cantonal authority is competent. 2

2 The Federal Council shall lay down performance requirements.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 Introduced by ch. 2 of the Annex to the PMQ of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on the Adoption and Protection of the Child in the Case of International Adoption, in force since 1 Er Jan 2003 ( RO 2002 3988 ; FF 1999 5129 ).

Art. 1 C. Child protection/IX. Collaboration in youth protection

IX. Collaboration in youth protection

The cantons shall ensure, through appropriate provisions, effective cooperation between the authorities and services responsible for civil law measures for the protection of children, the criminal law of minors and other forms of assistance to young people.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Chapter IV: Children's property 14

Art. 318 1 Administration

Administration

1 The father and mother administer the child's property as long as they have parental authority.

2 In the event of the death of one of the parents, the surviving parent is required to submit an inventory of the child's property to the child protection authority. 2

3 Where the child protection authority considers it appropriate in the light of the type or importance of the child's property and the personal circumstances of the father and mother, it shall order the establishment of an inventory or the periodic discount of accounts and Reports. 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 319 1 B. Use of Income

B. Use of Income

1 The father and mother can use the income of the child's property for maintenance, education and training and, to the extent that it is fair, for the needs of the household.

2 The surplus goes into the child's property.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 320 1 C. Drawdown on children's property

C. Drawdown on children's property

1 Capital payments, damages and other similar benefits may be used in instalments for the maintenance of the child, as long as the current requirements so require.

2 Where this is necessary for the maintenance, education or training of the child, the child protection authority may allow the father and mother to draw on the other property of the child the contribution which it will determine.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Article 321 1 D. Released Assets/I. Property Pressupplied

D. Released Assets

I. Property furnished by direction

1 The father and mother cannot dispose of the income of the gifts made to the child in order for the amount to be placed in interest or on a savings book or under the express condition that the father and mother will not use them.

2 These liberalities are subtracted from the administration of the father and mother only if the person expressly ordered them when he or she made them.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 322 1 D. Released Assets/II. Hereditary reserve

II. Hereditary reserve

1 The child's reservation may also, by reason of death, be subtracted from the administration of the father and mother.

2 If the person providing the administration gives the administration to a third party, the child protection authority may require the child to submit periodic reports and accounts.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Article 323 1 D. Released Assets/III. Work Product, Professional Funds

III. Work Product, Professional Funds

1 The child has the administration and enjoyment of the product of his or her work and those of his/her property that the father and mother provide to him or her to practice a profession or an industry.

2 When the child lives in a common household with his or her father and mother, they may require the child to contribute equitably to the maintenance of the child.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 324 1 E. Protection of children's property/I. Protective measures

E. Protection of children's property

I. Protective measures

1 If a diligent administration is not sufficiently assured, the child protection authority shall take the necessary measures to protect the child's property.

2 It may, in particular, give instructions concerning the administration and, where the periodic accounts and the periodic report are not sufficient, require consignment or security.

3 For the procedure, the forum and the jurisdiction, the provisions on the protection of the child shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Article 325 1 E. Protection of children's property/II. Withdrawal of Administration

II. Withdrawal of Administration

1 If there is no other way to prevent the children's property from being put at risk, the child protection authority entrusting the administration to a curator.

2 The child protection authority acts on the same basis when the property of the child that is not administered by the father and mother is at risk.

3 If it is to be feared that the income of the child's property or the amounts levied on such property are not used in accordance with the law, the child protection authority may also entrust the administration to a curator.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 326 1 F. End of administration/I. Restitution

F. End of administration

I. Restitution

As soon as the parental authority or the administration of the father and mother ends, the property is returned, according to a final count, to the major child or its legal representative.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Article 327 1 F. End of Administration/II. Liability

II. Liability

1 The father and mother reply, in the same way as a representative, to the return of the property of the child.

2 They owe the sale price of the property disposed of in good faith.

3 They are not required to pay compensation for any deductions they were entitled to make for the child or for the household.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Chapter V: 15 Minors under guardianship

Article 327 A A. Principle

A. Principle

The child protection authority shall appoint a guardian when the child is not subject to parental authority.

Article 327 B B. Legal status/I. Children

B. Legal status

I. Children

The legal status of the child under guardianship is the same as that of the child subject to parental authority.

Article 327 C B. Legal status/II. From Guardian

II. From Guardian

1 The guardian has the same rights as the parents.

2 The provisions of adult protection, in particular those concerning the appointment of the curator, the exercise of the curatorate and the competition of the adult protection authority shall apply mutatis mutandis.

3 Where the child is placed in a closed institution or in a psychiatric institution, the provisions of the adult protection on placement for assistance shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Part 9: From the family

Chapter I: Food debt

Art. 328 1 A. Accounts receivable

A. Accounts receivable

1 Everyone, as long as he is fluent, is obliged to provide food to his parents in a direct ascending and descending line, when, in the absence of such assistance, they would fall into need.

2 The maintenance obligation of the father and mother and of the spouse or registered partner is reserved. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. 329 B. Food demand

B. Food demand

1 Food action shall be brought against debtors in the order of their inheritance rights; it shall tend to the benefits necessary for the maintenance of the applicant and compatible with the resources of the other party.

2 If, due to special circumstances, it appears unfair to require a debtor to discharge its obligations, the judge may reduce or eliminate the food debt. 1

3 The provisions concerning the child's food action and the transfer of his right to maintenance to the public community shall apply mutatis mutandis. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

S. 330 C. Maintenance of children found

C. Maintenance of children found

1 The child found is maintained by the municipality in which it was incorporated.

2 Where its origin is established, the municipality may require those of the parents who owe it food and, in the alternative, of the public corporation to assist it, the reimbursement of expenses incurred for its maintenance.

Chapter II: Domestic authority

Art. 331 A. Conditions

A. Conditions

1 The domestic authority on persons living in common household belongs to the person who is the head of the family under the law, contract or use.

2 This authority covers all those who work together as parents or allies, or under an individual contract of employment as workers or in a similar quality. 1


1 New content according to the c. II art. 2 hp. 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1971, in force since 1 Er Jan 1972 (RO) 1971 1461; FF 1967 II 249).

S. 332 Effects/I. Domestic order

Effects

I. Domestic order 1

1 Persons living in a common household are subject to the order of the house, which must be established in such a way as to take fair account of the interests of each person.

2 In particular, they enjoy the freedom they need for their education, profession or religious needs.

3 The head of the family shall ensure the conservation and safety of their effects with the same diligence as if they were his own.


1 In the German texts "Hausordnung und Fürsorge" and Italian "ordine interno et cura".

Art. 333 B. Effects/II. Liability

II. Liability

1 The head of the family shall be responsible for the damage caused by the minors, by persons under general supervision or by persons with mental disabilities or mental disorders under his or her authority, unless he or she Justifies having supervised them in the usual manner and with the attention ordered by the circumstances. 1

2 It is required to ensure that persons in the home with a mental disability or mental disorder do not expose themselves or others at risk or damage. 2

3 It shall be addressed, as appropriate, to the competent authority in order to provoke the necessary measures.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

S. 334 1 B. Effects/III. Creance of children and grandchildren/1. Conditions

III. Creance of children and grandchildren

1. Conditions

1 Major children or grandchildren who live in common with their parents or grandparents and devote their work or income to them are entitled to fair compensation.

2 In the event of a dispute, the judge shall decide on the amount, the guarantee and the details of the payment of that allowance.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the 6 Oct LF. 1972, effective since February 15, 1973 (RO 1973 93; FF 1970 I 813, 1971 I 753).

S. 334 Bis 1 B. Effects/III. Creance of children and grandchildren/2. Complaint

2. Claim

1 The equitable compensation payable to children or grandchildren may be claimed upon the death of the recipient of the corresponding benefits.

2 It may already be claimed from the debtor's life when a seizure or bankruptcy is made against him, when the common household he is forming with the creditor ends or when the business goes into other hands.

3 It is imprescriptible, but it must be claimed at the latest in the division of the debtor's estate.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 6 Oct LF. 1972, effective since February 15, 1973 (RO 1973 93; FF 1970 I 813, 1971 I 753).

Chapter III: Family assets

Art. 335 A . Family Foundations

A . Family Foundations

1 Family foundations may be established in accordance with the rules of the law of persons or estates; they shall be used for the payment of the costs of education, establishment and assistance of family members or similar purposes.

2 The constitution of family fideicommis is prohibited.

S. 336 B. Indivision/I. Constitution/1. Conditions

B. Indivision

I. Constitution

1. Conditions

Parents may agree to create an indivision, either by leaving all or part of a heritage, or by putting other assets into it.

S. 337 B. Indivision/I. Constitution/2. Form

2. Shape

The indivision may be validly constituted only by an authentic act bearing the signature of all the indivis or their representatives.

Art. 338 B. Indivision/II. Duration

II. Duration

1 The indivision is agreed upon or for an indefinite period of time.

2 In the latter case, it may be denounced by each individual with a prior warning of six months.

3 If the farm is an agricultural operation, the information is only eligible for the usual spring or fall term.

Article 339 B. Indivision/III. Effects/1. Common operation

III. Effects

1. Joint operation

1 The members of the indivision share it.

2 Their rights are presumed to be equal.

3 The indivis cannot, as long as the indivision lasts, neither seek nor dispose of them.

Art. 340 B. Indivision/III. Effects/2. Direction and representation/a. In general

2. Direction and representation

A. In general

1 The indivision is administered jointly by all entitled persons.

2 Each of them can do acts of simple administration without the help of others.

Art. 341 B. Indivision/III. Effects/2. Direction and representation/b. Skill of the Head of Indivision

B. Competence of the Head of Indivision

1 The indivis can designate one of them as the leader of the indivision.

2 The leader of the indivision represents it in all acts that concern him and directs the exploitation.

3 The fact that the other indivis is excluded from the right to represent indivision is enforceable against third parties in good faith only if the single representative has been registered in the trade register.

Art. 342 B. Indivision/III. Effects/3. Common Assets and Personal Property

3. Property and personal property

1 The property included in the indivision is the common property of the indivis.

2 The members of the indivision are jointly and severally liable for the debts.

3 The other assets of an indivis and those acquired during the indivision, as a succession or any other gratuitous title, shall be returned, unless otherwise specified, in its personal heritage.

S. 343 B. Indivision/IV. Dissolution/1. Cases

IV. Dissolution

1. Cases

The indivision ceases:

1.
By convention or denunciation;
2.
By the expiry of the time for which it was incorporated, except for the case of a tacit extension;
3.
When the share of an indivis is made after seizure;
4.
By the bankruptcy of an undivided person;
5.
At the request of an indivis based on just cause.
S. 344 B. Indivision/IV. Dissolution/2. Termination, insolvency, marriage

2. Denunciation, insolvency, marriage

1 If the indivision is denounced, if an indivis is declared bankrupt or if, its share has been seized, the realization is required, the other members of the indivision may continue to do so after liquidating the rights of their coindivis or disinterested Its creditors.

2 The indivis who marries may apply for the liquidation of his rights without prior denunciation.

Art. 345 B. Indivision/IV. Dissolution/3. Death

3. Deaths

1 Upon the death of an indivis, his heirs, if they are not themselves members of the indivision, may request only the liquidation of his rights.

2 If the deceased leaves for the heirs of the descendants, the descendants may be admitted in his place and place in the indivision, the consent of the other indivis.

Article 346 B. Indivision/IV. Dissolution/4. Sharing

4. Sharing

1 The division of the indivision takes place or the liquidation shares settle on the common property, in the state in which they were found when the cause of dissolution occurred.

2 Neither sharing nor liquidation can be provoked in a timely manner.

S. 347 B. Indivision/V. Indivision in Participation/1. Conditions

V. Indivision in Participation

1. Conditions

1 The exploitation of the indivision and its representation can be conventionally delivered to a single indivis, which will be required to pay each other a share of the net income each year.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, this share shall be determined fairly, based on the average yield of the undivided assets over a sufficiently long period and taking into account the benefits of the manager.

Article 348 B. Indivision/V. Indivision in Participation/2. Dissolution

2. Dissolution

1 Where the manager does not properly exploit the common goods or fails to meet his/her coindivis commitments, they may require dissolution.

2 Each of the indivis may, on fair grounds, ask the judge to allow him or her to participate in the operation of the manager, taking into account the provisions relating to estate sharing.

3 The rules concerning indivision with joint exploitation are also applicable to the indivision in participation.

S. 349 To 358 1

1 Repealed by c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Article 359 1

1 Repealed by c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, with effect from 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293).

Part Three: 16 Protection of the adult

Title Tenth: Early Personal Measures and Measures of Full Law

Chapter I: Early Personal Measures

Sub-chapter I: Mandate for incapacity

Art. A. Principle

A. Principle

1 Any person who has the exercise of civil rights (principal) may entrust a natural or legal person (agent) to provide him with personal assistance, to manage his heritage or to represent him in legal relations with third parties to the Becoming incapable of discernment.

2 The principal defines the tasks that he or she intends to assign to the agent and may provide instructions on how to perform them.

3 It may provide for alternatives in the event that the agent declines the mandate, would not be able to complete or terminate the mandate.

Art. B. Constitution and Revocation/I. Constitution

B. Constitution and Revocation

I. Constitution

1 The term of office for reasons of incapacity is constituted in the form of the olograph or Authentic form.

2 The terms of reference shall be in full, dated and signed by the principal.

3 The principal may request the Office of the Civil State to inscribe the constitution and place of filing of the mandate in the central databank. The Federal Council shall lay down the necessary provisions, in particular as regards access to data.

Article 362 B. Constitution and Revocation/II. Revocation

II. Revocation

1 The principal may revoke the warrant at any time in any of the forms provided for in his or her constitution.

2 It can also revoke it by deleting the act.

3 The term of office for reasons of incapacity which does not expressly revoke a previous mandate replaces it in so far as it is not undoubtedly the complement.

Article 363 C. Determination of Validity and Acceptance

C. Determination of Validity and Acceptance

1 Where the adult protection authority learns that a person has become incapable of discernment and that it is not clear whether the person has constituted a warrant for reasons of incapacity, it shall inform the Office of the Civil Registry.

2 If a warrant exists for reasons of incapacity, it shall examine:

1.
Whether the warrant was validly constituted;
2.
Whether the conditions for its implementation are met;
3.
If the agent is able to complete it;
4.
If it is to take other measures to protect the adult.

3 If the representative accepts the mandate, the adult protection authority shall pay attention to the duties arising from the rules of the code of obligations 1 On the terms of reference and provide it with a document that identifies its competencies.


1 RS 220

Article 364 Interpretation and Completting

Interpretation and Completting

The agent may request the adult protection authority to interpret the warrant and complete it on an ancillary basis.

Art. E. Execution

E. Execution

1 The agent shall represent the principal within the limits of the mandate due to incapacity and perform his duties diligently and according to the rules of the code of obligations 1 On the mandate.

2 If there is a need to settle cases that are not covered by the mandate or if there is a conflict of interest between the principal and the agent, the agent shall immediately seek the intervention of the adult protection authority.

3 In the event of a conflict of interest, the powers of the agent shall terminate in full.


1 RS 220

Art. 366 F. Compensation and Fees

F. Compensation and Fees

1 Where the mandate for incapacity does not contain a provision on the remuneration of the representative, the adult protection authority shall fix appropriate compensation if it appears justified in the light of the scope of the tasks to be performed or If the agent's benefits are usually earnings.

2 Remuneration and reimbursement of justified costs shall be borne by the principal.

Art. 367 G. Termination

G. Termination

1 The representative may terminate the term of office at any time by writing the adult protection authority in writing, for a period of two months.

2 It may terminate it with immediate effect for just cause.

Art. 368 H. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

H. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

1 If the interests of the principal are or are likely to be compromised, the adult protection authority shall take the necessary measures ex officio or at the request of a person close to the principal.

2 It may, in particular, give instructions to the agent, order it to establish an inventory of the assets of the principal, to submit periodic accounts and reports, or to withdraw its powers in whole or in part.

Art. 369 I. Recovery of discernment capacity

I. Recovery of discernment capacity

1 The term of office for reasons of incapacity ceases to have full effect in the event of the restoration of the principal's ability to discernment.

2 If the principal's interests are thereby compromised, the agent is required to continue to perform the duties assigned to the principal until the principal can defend his or her interests.

3 The principal is bound by the operations that the agent does before becoming aware of the termination of his or her mandate, as if the mandate were still producing its effects.

Sub-Chapter II: Advance Patient Instructions

S. 370 A. Principle

A. Principle

1 Any person capable of discernment may, in advance directives, determine the medical treatment to which he or she consents, or not, in the event that he becomes incapable of discernment.

2 It may also designate a natural person who will be called upon to speak to the physician about the medical care to be given to him or her and to decide on his or her behalf in the event that she becomes incapable of judgment. It can give instructions to that person.

3 It may provide for alternatives in the event that the designated person declines the mandate, would not be able to complete or terminate the mandate.

Art. 371 B. Constitution and Revocation

B. Constitution and Revocation

1 The advance directives shall be in writing; they shall be dated and signed by the author.

2 The originator of the advance directives may enroll the constitution and the place of filing of the directives on his insurance card. The Federal Council shall lay down the necessary provisions, in particular as regards access to data.

3 The provision governing the revocation of the term of office for reasons of inaptitude shall apply mutatis mutandis to advance directives.

Art. 372 C. Survenance of Incapacity for discernment

C. Survenance of Incapacity for discernment

1 When a physician treats a patient who is incompetent and it is not known if the patient has prepared advance directives, he or she is informed of their existence by consulting the patient's insured card. Emergency cases are reserved.

2 The doctor follows the patient's advance directives, unless they violate legal provisions, or if there are serious doubts that they are not the expression of his or her free will or that they do not correspond to his will Assumed in the given situation.

3 Where appropriate, the doctor shall record in the patient's medical record the reasons for not complying with the advance directives.

Article 373 D. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

D. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

1 A person close to the patient may make a written appeal to the adult protection authority when:

1.
The patient's advance directives are not being followed;
2.
The interests of the patient are compromised or likely to be compromised;
3.
Advance directives are not an expression of the patient's free will.

2 The provision governing the intervention of the adult protection authority within the framework of the mandate on grounds of incapacity shall apply mutatis mutandis to advance directives.

Chapter II: Applied measures of the right to persons unable to discernment

Sub-Chapter I: From Representation by Spouse or Registered Partner

Art. 374 A. Conditions and scope of representation

A. Conditions and scope of representation

1 Where a person with an inability to discern does not have a warrant for incompetence and his or her representation is not provided by a trustee, his or her spouse or registered partner shall have the legal authority to Representation if it is a common household with it or if it provides regular personal assistance.

2 The power of representation carries:

1.
On all legal acts usually necessary to satisfy the needs of the person incapable of discernment;
2.
On the ordinary administration of its income and other property;
3.
If necessary, on the right to read and liquidate correspondence.

3 For legal acts under the extraordinary administration of property, the spouse or registered partner must seek the consent of the adult protection authority.

Art. 375 Exercise of the power of representation

Exercise of the power of representation

The provisions of the Code of Obligations 1 On the terms of reference shall apply mutatis mutandis to the exercise of the power of representation.


1 RS 220

Art. 376 C. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

C. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

1 If there are doubts about the fulfilment of the conditions of representation, the adult protection authority shall rule on the representation power; where appropriate, it shall provide to the spouse or registered partner a document which states that: His skills.

2 If the interests of the person incapable of discernment are or are likely to be compromised, the adult protection authority shall, in whole or in part, withdraw the power of representation to the spouse or registered partner or institute a A curatelle, ex officio or at the request of a person close to the person incapable of discernment.

Sub-Chapter II: Representation in the medical field

Art. 377 A. Treatment Plan

A. Treatment Plan

1 Where a person incapable of discernment is to receive medical care on which he has not determined in advance directives, the treating physician shall establish the treatment with the person entitled to represent him in the field Medical.

2 The treating physician shall inform the person entitled to represent the person incapable of discernment on all relevant aspects of the treatment envisaged, in particular on his or her reasons, purpose, nature, modalities, risks and effects Costs, as well as the consequences of non-treatment and the existence of other treatments.

3 To the extent possible, the incompetent person is associated with the decision-making process.

4 The treatment plan must be adapted to the evolution of medicine and the state of the person concerned.

Article 378 Representatives

Representatives

1 The following are entitled to represent the person who is incapable of discernment and whether or not to consent to the medical care that the physician intends to provide to him or her in an ambulatory or institutional setting, in order:

1.
The person designated in the advance directives or in a warrant for non-compliance;
2.
The trustee who is responsible for representing it in the medical field;
3.
A spouse or registered partner, if he or she has a common household or provides regular personal assistance;
4.
The person who is a common household member and who provides regular personal assistance;
5.
Their descendants, if they provide regular personal assistance;
6.
Father and mother, if they provide regular personal assistance;
7.
Brothers and sisters, if they provide regular personal assistance.

2 In the case of a plurality of representatives, the doctor may, in good faith, assume that each of them acts with the consent of the others.

3 In the absence of advance directives giving instructions, the representative shall decide in accordance with the presumed will and the interests of the person incapable of discernment.

Art. 379 C. Emergency situations

C. Emergency situations

In the event of an emergency, the physician will administer the medical care in accordance with the alleged will and the interests of the indiscriminating person.

Art. 380 D. Treatment of Psychological Disorders

D. Treatment of Psychological Disorders

The treatment of psychic disorders of a person incapable of discernment in a psychiatric institution is governed by the rules on placement for assistance.

Article 381 E. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

E. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

1 The adult protection authority shall institute a representation curate where there is no person entitled to represent the person incapable of discernment or that no person entitled to do so agrees to represent him or her.

2 It shall designate the representative or establish a representative curate where:

1.
The representative cannot be clearly identified;
2.
Not all representatives agree with each other;
3.
The interests of the indiscriminable person are or are likely to be compromised.

3 It shall act ex officio or at the request of the doctor or other person close to the person incapable of discernment.

Subchapter III: From the person residing in a medico-social institution

Art. 382 A. Assistance contract

A. Assistance contract

1 Assistance to a person incapable of discernment resident for an extended period in a medical or social institution or in a home (institutions) shall be the subject of a written contract which establishes the benefits to be provided by The institution and its cost.

2 The wishes of the data subject must, to the extent possible, be taken into account when determining the benefits to be provided by the institution.

3 The provisions on representation in the medical field shall apply by analogy to the representation of the person incapable of discernment upon conclusion, modification or termination of the assistance contract.

S. 383 B. Measures restricting freedom of movement/I. Conditions

B. Measures to restrict freedom of movement

I. Conditions

1 The institution shall not restrict the freedom of movement of a person incapable of discernment only if less stringent measures have failed or appear to be insufficient a priori and this restriction is intended to:

1.
To prevent a serious danger threatening the life or bodily integrity of the person concerned or a third party;
2.
To put an end to a serious disruption of community life.

2 The data subject must be informed in advance of the nature of the measure, its reasons, its probable duration, and the name of the person who will take care of it during that period. The emergency is reserved.

3 The measure should be lifted as soon as possible; in all cases, its justification will be reconsidered at regular intervals.

S. 384 B. Measures limiting freedom of movement/II. Protocol and duty of information

II. Protocol and duty of information

1 Any measure restricting freedom of movement is the subject of a protocol. This includes the name of the person who decided the measure and the purpose, type and duration of the measure.

2 The person authorised to represent the person concerned in the medical field must be notified of the measure; it may be aware of the protocol at any time.

3 The persons exercising supervision of the institution shall also be entitled to read the protocol.

Art. 385 B. Measures to restrict freedom of movement/III. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

III. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

1 The person concerned or one of his or her relatives may, at any time, appeal in writing to the adult protection authority at the head office of the institution against the measure restricting freedom of movement.

2 If the adult protection authority finds that the measure is not in conformity with the law, it modifies it, removes it, or orders another measure. If necessary, it shall inform the Supervisory Authority of the institution.

3 Any request for a decision of the adult protection authority shall be forwarded to it immediately.

Art. 386 C. Personality Protection

C. Personality Protection

1 The institution shall protect the personality of the person incapable of discernment and shall as far as possible promote his or her relations with persons from outside the institution.

2 Where the person concerned is deprived of any external assistance, the institution shall notify the adult protection authority.

3 The free choice of the doctor is guaranteed, unless there are just grounds for it.

Art. 387 D. Institutional oversight

D. Institutional oversight

The cantons are subject to supervision by institutions that receive persons with disabilities, unless they are already prescribed by a federal regulation.

Title Eleventh: Measures taken by the authority

Chapter I: General principles

Art. 388 A. Purpose

A. Purpose

1 The measures taken by the adult protection authority guarantee the assistance and protection of the person in need of assistance.

2 They preserve and promote as much as possible their autonomy.

Art. 389 B. Subsidiarity and proportionality

B. Subsidiarity and proportionality

1 The adult protection authority orders a measure:

1.
Where the support provided to the person in need of assistance by family members, other relatives or by private or public services is not sufficient or seems to be insufficient;
2.
Where the need for assistance and protection of the person incapable of discernment is not sufficiently guaranteed by an early personal measure or by an applied measure of full right.

2 An adult protection measure is ordered by the authority only if it is necessary and appropriate.

Chapter II: Curatelles

Subchapter I: General provisions

Art. 390 A. Conditions

A. Conditions

1 The adult protection authority establishes a curatelle when a major person:

1.
Is partially or totally prevented from safeguarding her own interests by reason of a mental disability, mental disorder or other weakness that affects his or her personal condition;
2.
Is, by reason of a passing disability of discernment or because of absence, prevented from acting herself and that she has not appointed a representative for matters to be resolved.

2 The adult protection authority shall take into account the burden that the person concerned represents for his or her relatives and for third parties and their need for protection.

3 It shall establish the curatelle of its own motion or at the request of the person concerned or a relative.

Art. B. Tasks

B. Tasks

1 The adult protection authority shall determine, according to the needs of the person concerned, the tasks to be performed in the context of the curatelle.

2 These tasks relate to personal assistance, heritage management and legal relations with third parties.

3 Without the consent of the person concerned, the trustee shall not be informed of his or her correspondence or enter his or her dwelling except with the express authorization of the adult protection authority.

Article 392 C. Waiver of a curatelle

C. Waiver of a curatelle

Where the institution of a curate appears to be manifestly disproportionate, the adult protection authority may:

1.
To carry out the tasks to be performed, in particular to consent to a legal act;
2.
Give a third party a mandate to perform specific tasks;
3.
Designating a qualified person or office that will have a right of scrutiny and information in certain areas.

Sub-Chapter II: Types of Curatelle

Art. 393 A. Accompanying Curatelle

A. Accompanying Curatelle

1 An accompanying curatelle is established, with the consent of the person in need of assistance, when the aid is to be assisted in carrying out certain acts.

2 The accompanying curate shall not limit the exercise of the civil rights of the person concerned.

Art. 394 B. Representation Curatelle/I. In general

B. Representation Curatelle

I. In general

1 A representation curatelle is instituted where the person in need of assistance is unable to perform certain acts and must therefore be represented.

2 The adult protection authority may therefore limit the exercise of the civil rights of the person concerned.

3 Even if the person concerned continues to exercise all his or her civil rights, it is bound by the acts of the curator.

Art. 395 B. Representation Curatelle/II. Heritage Management

II. Heritage Management

1 Where the adult protection authority establishes a curate of representation whose object is the management of the heritage, it shall determine the property on which the powers of the curator are concerned. It may refer to the management of all or part of income or capital, or all assets.

2 Unless the adult protection authority decides otherwise, the administrator's powers of management extend to savings made on the basis of income and proceeds from managed capital.

3 Without limiting the exercise of the civil rights of the person concerned, the adult protection authority may deprive him of the right to access certain elements of his or her heritage.

4 If the adult protection authority depriving the person concerned of the right to dispose of a building, the person shall refer the matter to the land register.

S. 396 C. Cooperation Curatelle

C. Cooperation Curatelle

1 A cooperative curatoric is established when, in order to safeguard the interests of a person in need of assistance, it is necessary to submit some of its acts to the requirement of the consent of the trustee.

2 The exercise of the civil rights of the person concerned shall be limited in full in relation to those acts.

Art. 397 D. Combination of Curatelles

D. Combination of Curatelles

The curatelles of accompaniment, representation and cooperation can be combined.

Art. 398 E. General scope Curatelle

E. General scope Curatelle

1 A general curatelle is instituted when a person is in particular need of assistance, due in part to a sustained inability to discern.

2 It covers all areas of personal assistance, heritage management and legal relations with third parties.

3 The person concerned is deprived of full rights in the exercise of civil rights.

Sub-chapter III: From the end of the curatelle

S. 399

1 The curatelle shall terminate in full upon the death of the person concerned.

2 The adult protection authority shall lift the curatelle if it is no longer justified, ex officio or at the request of the person concerned or one of his relatives.

Sub-Chapter IV: Trustee

Art. 400 A. Appointment/I. General conditions

Appointment

I. General conditions

1 The adult protection authority appoints a natural person who possesses the skills and knowledge necessary to carry out the tasks assigned to him, who has the necessary time and who executes them in person. It may appoint more than one person if justified by particular circumstances.

2 Subject to fair grounds, the appointee is required to accept the curatelle.

3 The adult protection authority shall ensure that the trustee receives the instructions, advice and support required to perform his or her duties.

Art. 401 A. Appointment/II. The wishes of the person concerned or his relatives

II. The wishes of the person concerned or his relatives

1 Where the person concerned proposes a person as a curator, the adult protection authority shall accede to his/her wish, provided that the proposed person fulfils the necessary conditions and accepts the curatelle.

2 The adult protection authority shall take into consideration as far as possible the wishes of family members or other relatives.

3 It shall take into account as far as possible the objections raised by the person concerned to the appointment of a specified person.

Art. A. Appointment/III. Multi-person Curatelle

III. Multi-person Curatelle

1 When the curatelle is entrusted to several persons, the latter shall exercise it in common or in accordance with the powers entrusted by the adult protection authority to each of them.

2 Many people, however, cannot be charged without their consent to exercise the same curatelle in common.

Article 403 B. Preventing and Conflict of Interest

B. Preventing and Conflict of Interest

1 If the trustee is prevented from acting or if, in a case, his interests conflict with those of the person concerned, the adult protection authority shall appoint a substitute or rule the case itself.

2 The existence of a conflict of interest shall automatically result in the termination of the powers of the trustee in the case in question.

Art. 404 C. Compensation and Fees

C. Compensation and Fees

1 The trustee shall be entitled to appropriate remuneration and reimbursement of the costs justified; these sums shall be levied on the property of the person concerned. If it is a professional curator, it is the responsibility of the employer.

2 The adult protection authority shall fix the remuneration. In particular, it takes into account the scope and complexity of the tasks entrusted to the curator.

3 The cantons shall lay down the implementing provisions and pay the remuneration and the reimbursement of costs where the relevant sums cannot be levied on the property of the person concerned.

Sub-chapter V: From the exercise of the curatelle

Art. 405 A. Entering the Curator

A. Entering the Curator

1 The trustee shall gather the information necessary for the performance of his task and shall personally contact the person concerned.

2 If the curatelle includes heritage management, it shall, in cooperation with the adult protection authority, draw up an inventory of the heritage values to be managed.

3 If circumstances warrant, the adult protection authority may order a public inventory. This inventory has the same effects on creditors as the succession inventory benefit.

4 Third parties are required to provide all the information required for the establishment of the inventory.

Art. 406 B. Relations with the data subject

B. Relations with the data subject

1 The trustee shall safeguard the interests of the person concerned, take into account, as far as possible, his opinion and respect his will to organise his existence as she sees fit.

2 It works to establish a relationship of trust with it, to prevent a deterioration in its state of weakness or to mitigate its effects.

Art. C. Autonomy of the person concerned

C. Autonomy of the person concerned

The person concerned who is capable of discernment, even deprived of the exercise of civil rights, may engage in his own acts within the limits provided for by the right of persons and exercise his rights strictly personal.

Art. 408 D. Heritage Management/I. Tasks

D. Heritage Management

I. Tasks

1 The curator responsible for heritage management shall administer the assets of the person concerned diligently and shall carry out the legal acts relating to the management.

2 It may include:

1.
To ensure that benefits payable by third parties are received, with the effect of release;
2.
Settle debts as long as it is indicated;
3.
Represent, if necessary, the person concerned for his or her ordinary needs.

3 The Federal Council lays down the provisions on the placement and preservation of property.

Art. 409 D. Heritage Management/II. Amounts at disposition

II. Amounts at disposition

The trustee shall make available to the person concerned appropriate amounts that are levied on the property of the person concerned.

Art. 410 D. Heritage Management/III. Accounts

III. Accounts

1 The trustee shall keep the accounts and submit them for approval by the adult protection authority to the periods laid down by the latter, but at least every two years.

2 He shall inform the person concerned of the accounts and provide him with a copy of the account at his request.

Art. 411 E. Activity report

E. Activity report

1 As often as is necessary, but at least every two years, the curator provides the adult protection authority with a report on his activity and on the development of the situation of the person concerned.

2 Wherever possible, the person concerned shall be associated with the preparation of the report and shall submit a copy of the report to his or her request.

Art. 412 F. Specific cases

F. Specific cases

1 The trustee shall not, on behalf of the person concerned, carry out suretyships or establish foundations or make donations, except those present in use.

2 To the extent possible, it shall refrain from disposing of any property which is of particular value to the data subject or his family.

S. 413 G. Duty of care and obligation to keep secrecy

G. Duty of care and obligation to keep secrecy

1 The trustee performs his duties with the same duty of care as an agent within the meaning of the code of obligations 1 .

2 It shall be kept secret unless there are overriding interests.

3 When carrying out the tasks entrusted to it, it shall inform third parties of the existence of a curatelle.


1 RS 220

Art. 414 H. Developments

H. Developments

The trustee shall immediately inform the adult protection authority of the new facts which justify the modification or lifting of the curatelle.

Sub-Chapter VI: From the Competition of the Adult Protection Authority

Art. 415 Review of accounts and reports

Review of accounts and reports

1 The adult protection authority approves or rejects the accounts; as required, adjustments are required.

2 It reviews the reports of the curator and requires additional supplements.

3 It shall, if necessary, take the measures necessary to safeguard the interests of the person concerned.

Art. 416 B. Acts requiring the consent of the adult protection authority/I. By law

B. Acts requiring the consent of the adult protection authority

I. By law

1 Where the trustee acts on behalf of the person concerned, he shall require the consent of the adult protection authority to:

1.
Liquidate the household and terminate the contract for the accommodation of the person concerned;
2.
Conclude or terminate long-term contracts relating to the placement of the person concerned;
3.
Accept or repudiate an estate where an express statement is required, and enter into or terminate an estate pact or an estate-sharing agreement;
4.
Acquire or dispose of real property, pencils or other real rights, or build beyond the requirements of the ordinary administration;
5.
Acquire, dispose of, or pledge other assets, or usufruct if those acts go beyond the ordinary administration or operation;
6.
Contract or grant an important loan and underwrite foreign exchange commitments;
7.
To conclude or terminate contracts for which the object is a life annuity, a life interview or life insurance, unless they are entered into in the framework of the occupational foresight linked to a contract of employment;
8.
Acquire or liquidate a business, or enter into a company involving personal liability or substantial capital;
9.
Make an insolvency statement, argue, compromise, compromise or enter into a concordat, subject to interim measures taken by the trustee as a matter of urgency.

2 The consent of the adult protection authority is not necessary if the person concerned is capable of discernment, that the exercise of his or her civil rights is not restricted by the curatelle and that it gives its consent.

3 Contracts between the person concerned and the trustee shall be subject to the approval of the adult protection authority, unless it is a free term of office given by the person concerned.

Art. 417 B. Acts requiring the consent of the adult protection authority/II. On decision

II. On decision

In cases of just cause, the adult protection authority may decide that other acts will be submitted to it for approval.

Art. B. Acts requiring the consent of the adult protection authority/III. Failure to consent

III. Failure to consent

The legal act performed without the consent of the adult protection authority has, in respect of the person concerned, only the effects provided for by the right of the persons in the event of default of the consent of the legal representative.

Sub-Chapter VII: Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority

S. 419

The person concerned, one of his close relatives or any person who has a legal interest may appeal to the adult protection authority against the acts or omissions of the curator, or those of the third party or of the Office entrusted by the authority of Adult protection.

Sub-Chapter VIII: From the Curatelle entrusted to relatives

Article 420

When the curatelle is entrusted to the spouse, the registered partner, the father and mother, a descendant, a brother or sister of the person concerned or the person who leads a life of a couple with it, the adult protection authority May, if circumstances warrant, exempt them in whole or in part from the obligation to submit an inventory, to prepare periodic reports and accounts, and to seek consent for certain acts.

Sub-chapter IX: From the end of the functions of the curator

Art. 421 A. Right of Right

A. Right of Right

The duties of the Trustee shall terminate in full:

1.
The expiry of the term fixed by the adult protection authority, if they have not been renewed;
2.
When the curatelle has ended;
3.
In the case of the termination of the work reports of the professional curator;
4.
In the case of a curatorate, inability to discern or death of the curator.
Art. 422 B. Liberation/I. Upon request of the curator

B. Liberation

I. On request of the curator

1 The trustee has the right to be discharged from office at the earliest after a period of four years.

2 He is released before that deadline if he or she points out just cause.

Art. B. Liberation/II. Other cases

II. Other cases

1 The adult protection authority shall release the curator of his or her functions:

1.
Is no longer able to perform the duties assigned to it;
2.
If there is another just cause for release.

2 The person concerned or one of his or her relatives may request that the curator be released from his or her duties.

Art. 424 C. Transitional management

C. Transitional management

The trustee shall be responsible for the management of cases whose treatment cannot be deferred until the entry into office of his successor, unless the adult protection authority decides otherwise. This provision does not apply to the professional curator.

Art. 425 D. Report and final accounts

D. Report and final accounts

1 At the end of his or her duties, the trustee shall send to the adult protection authority a final report and, where appropriate, the final accounts. The authority may exempt the professional curator from this obligation if his or her work reports are terminated.

2 The adult protection authority shall review and approve the final report and the final accounts in the same manner as the periodic reports and accounts.

3 It shall address the report and the final accounts to the person concerned or his heirs and, where appropriate, to the new trustee, and shall make those persons attentive to the provisions on liability.

4 In addition, the Commission communicates to them the decision that releases the curator of his or her functions or the person who refuses to approve the final report or the final accounts.

Chapter III: Placement for assistance

Art. 426 A. Measures/I. Placement for assistance or treatment

A. Measures

I. Placement for assistance or treatment

1 A person may be placed in an appropriate institution where, due to mental illness, mental impairment or serious abandonment, the necessary assistance or treatment cannot be provided in any other way.

2 The burden that the person concerned represents for his or her relatives and for third parties and their protection shall be taken into account.

3 The person concerned shall be released as soon as the conditions of the placement are no longer fulfilled.

4 The person concerned or a close family member may request his or her release at any time. The decision must be taken without delay.

Art. A. Measures/II. Maintenance of a person who has entered voluntarily

II. Maintenance of a person who has entered voluntarily

1 Any person who wishes to leave the institution in which he or she has voluntarily entered the institution due to mental disorder may be retained on the order of the head of the institution for up to three days:

1.
If it puts its life or bodily integrity at risk;
2.
Seriously endanging the life or bodily integrity of others.

2 That period expired, she may leave the institution, unless an enforceable investment decision has been ordered.

3 The person concerned shall be informed in writing of his right to appeal to the judge.

Article 428 B. Placement and release skills/I. Adult protection authority

B. Competence in placement and release

I. Adult Protection Authority

1 The adult protection authority is competent to order the placement of a person or his or her release.

2 It may, in special cases, delegate to the institution its competence to release the person concerned.

S. 429 B. Skill in Placement and Release/II. Physicians/1. Jurisdiction

II. Doctors

1. Jurisdiction

1 The cantons may designate doctors who, in addition to the adult protection authority, are entitled to order an investment, the duration of which is fixed by the cantonal law. This period may not exceed six weeks.

2 The placement shall end at the latest at the end of the period provided for by the cantonal law, unless the adult protection authority extends it by a binding decision.

3 The decision to release the individual belongs to the institution.

Art. 430 B. Skill in Placement and Release/II. Physicians/2. Procedure

2. Procedure

1 The doctor shall examine the person concerned and hear it.

2 The decision to place the data subject shall mention at least:

1.
The location and date of the medical examination;
2.
The name of the physician who ordered the placement;
3.
The results of the examination, the reasons and the purpose of the placement;
4.
Means of redress.

3 The appeal shall not have suspensory effect, unless the doctor or judge grants it.

4 A copy of the decision to place the person concerned is given to him in his own hands, another to the institution upon admission.

5 As far as possible, the doctor shall communicate in writing the decision to place the person in an institution with one of his relatives and inform him of the possibility to appeal against that decision.

Art. 431 C. Periodic review

C. Periodic review

1 Within six months of the placement, the adult protection authority shall examine whether the conditions for maintaining the measure are still fulfilled and whether the institution is still appropriate.

2 A second review is conducted over the next six months. Thereafter, she conducts the examination as often as necessary, but at least once a year.

Art. 432 D. A trusted person

D. A trusted person

Every person placed in an institution shall have the right to appeal to a person of his or her choice who will assist him during the period of his or her stay and until the end of the procedures relating to it.

Article 433 E. Medical Care in the Case of Psychological Disorders/I. Treatment Plan

E. Medical care in the event of mental disorders

I. Treatment Plan

1 When a person is placed in an institution for treatment due to psychic disorders, the attending physician establishes a written treatment plan with the individual and, if so, the person who is trusted.

2 The treating physician shall inform the data subject and his/her trust on all the essential elements of the intended medical treatment, in particular the reasons, purpose, nature, modalities, risks and Secondary effects of treatment, as well as the consequences of a lack of care and the existence of other treatments.

3 The treatment plan shall be subject to the consent of the person concerned. If it is incapable of discernment, the attending physician shall take into consideration possible advance directives.

4 The treatment plan is adapted to the evolution of medicine and the state of the person concerned.

Art. E. Medical Care in the Case of Psychological Disorders/II. Treatment without consent

II. Treatment without consent

1 If the consent of the person concerned is lacking, the chief medical officer of the service concerned may prescribe in writing the medical care provided for in the treatment plan when:

1.
The lack of treatment seriously endangers the health of the person concerned or the life or bodily integrity of others;
2.
The data subject does not have the ability to discernment the need for treatment;
3.
There are no less stringent and appropriate measures.

2 The decision shall be communicated in writing to the person concerned and to his or her person of trust and shall indicate the remedies.

Article 435 E. Medical care for mental disorders/III. Emergency Case

III. Emergency Case

1 In the event of an emergency, the necessary medical care can be administered immediately if the protection of the person concerned or that of others requires it.

2 When the institution knows how the person intends to be treated, it takes into account its will.

Art. 436 E. Medical care for mental disorders/IV. Output Maintenance

IV. Output Maintenance

1 If there is a risk of recidivism, the attending physician tries to plan with the person concerned, before leaving the institution, what the therapeutic care will be in the case of a new placement.

2 The output maintenance is recorded in writing.

Art. 437 E. Medical care in the event of mental disorders/V. cantonal law

V. cantonal law

1 The cantonal law provides for the care of the person concerned when he leaves the institution.

2 It may provide for ambulatory measures.

Art. F. Measures limiting freedom of movement

F. Measures limiting freedom of movement

The rules on measures restricting the freedom of movement of a person residing in an institution shall apply by analogy to measures restricting the freedom of movement of the person placed in an institution for the purpose of assistance. The possibility of appealing to the judge is reserved.

Art. 439 G. Appeal to the Judge

G. Appeal to the Judge

1 The person concerned or one of his or her relatives may appeal in writing to the judge in case:

1.
Placement ordered by a physician;
2.
Maintenance by the institution;
3.
Rejection of a request for release by the institution;
4.
Treatment of mental disorders without the consent of the person concerned;
5.
Application of measures restricting the freedom of movement of the data subject.

2 The appeal period shall be ten days from the date of notification of the decision. For measures restricting freedom of movement, it may be called upon to the judge at any time.

3 The provisions governing the procedure before the judicial review body shall apply mutatis mutandis.

4 Any request for judicial review must be forwarded immediately to the competent judge.

Title XII: From the organisation of adult protection

Chapter I: Authorities and jurisdiction over the site

Art. 440 A. Adult Protection Authority

A. Adult Protection Authority

1 The adult protection authority is an interdisciplinary authority. It is designated by the cantons.

2 It shall take its decisions by at least three members. The cantons may provide for exceptions for specific cases.

3 It also acts as the child protection authority.

Art. 441 B. Supervisory Authority

B. Supervisory Authority

1 The cantons designate the supervisory authority (s).

2 The Federal Council may make provisions for monitoring.

Art. 442 C. Competence of the Site

C. Competence of the Site

1 The competent adult protection authority shall be that of the person's place of residence. When a procedure is in progress, competence remains until the end of the procedure.

2 Where there is a danger in the home, the authority of the place where the person concerned resides is also competent. If it has ordered a measure, it shall inform the authority of the place of residence.

3 The authority of the place where the majority of the heritage is administered or has been devolved to the person concerned is also competent to institute a curatelle if the person is prevented from acting on the grounds of absence.

4 The cantons may declare that their nationals domiciled in their territory are subject to the authority of protection of the adult of their place of origin in place of that of their place of residence, if the communes of origin have the burden To attend all or part of the persons in need.

5 If a person who is subject to a measure of protection changes from home, the competence is transferred immediately to the adult protection authority of the new place of residence, unless there is a fair ground.

Chapter II: Procedure

Subsection I: Before the Adult Protection Authority

S. 443 A. Right and Obligation to Notify Authority

A. Right and Obligation to Notify Authority

1 Everyone has the right to notify the adult protection authority that an individual appears to require assistance. The provisions on professional secrecy are reserved.

2 Any person who, in the exercise of his or her official function, is aware of such a case is obliged to inform the authority thereof. Cantons may have other obligations to notify the authority.

Art. 444 B. Proficiency Testing

B. Proficiency Testing

1 The adult protection authority shall examine ex officio whether the case falls within its jurisdiction.

2 If it considers itself to be incompetent, it shall forward the matter as soon as possible to the authority which it considers competent.

3 If it has any doubts as to its competence, it shall exchange views with the authority which it considers competent.

4 If the two authorities cannot agree, the adult protection authority that was first seized of the case shall submit the matter of its jurisdiction to the judicial review body.

Article 445 C. Provisional measures

C. Provisional measures

1 The adult protection authority shall, ex officio or at the request of a party to the proceedings, take all necessary provisional measures during the course of the proceedings. In particular, it may order an interim measure of protection of the adult.

2 In the event of a particular emergency, it may take provisional measures without hearing the persons involved in the procedure. At the same time, it gives them the opportunity to take a position; it then takes a new decision.

3 Any decision on provisional measures may be appealed within 10 days of its notification.

Art. 446 D. Maximes of the procedure

D. Maximes of the procedure

1 The adult protection authority shall establish the facts of its own motion.

2 It carries out the research and administration of the necessary evidence. It may charge a third party or a service to conduct an investigation. If necessary, it shall order an expert report.

3 It is not bound by the conclusions of the parties to the proceedings.

4 It applies the right of ex officio.

S. 447 E. Right to be heard

E. Right to be heard

1 The person concerned must be heard personally, unless the personal hearing appears to be disproportionate.

2 In the case of placement for the purpose of assistance, it is generally heard by the adult protection authority, meeting in college.

S. 448 F. Obligation to collaborate and administrative assistance

F. Obligation to collaborate and administrative assistance

1 Persons involved in the proceedings and third parties are required to cooperate in the establishment of the facts. The adult protection authority shall take the necessary measures to safeguard the interests worthy of protection. If necessary, it shall order that the obligation to cooperate be fulfilled under duress.

2 Physicians, dentists, pharmacists, midwives and their assistants shall only be required to cooperate if the person concerned has authorised them or, at the request of the adult protection authority, the higher authority shall Has been linked to professional secrecy.

3 The obligation to collaborate with the clergy, the lawyers, the legal defenders, the ombudsmen and the former curators appointed for the procedure is exempt.

4 The administrative authorities and the courts are obliged to provide the necessary documents, establish official reports and provide the necessary information, unless there are conflicting interests.

Article 449 G. Expertise conducted in an institution

G. Expertise conducted in an institution

1 If the psychiatric expertise is indispensable and cannot be carried out in an ambulatory manner, the adult protection authority shall place the person concerned in an appropriate institution for that purpose.

2 The provisions on the procedure relating to placement for assistance shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Article 449 A H. Representation

H. Representation

If necessary, the adult protection authority shall order the representation of the person concerned in the proceedings and designate a person experienced in the field of assistance and in the legal field.

Article 449 B I. Browse the file

I. Browse the file

1 Persons who are parties to the proceedings have the right to consult the file, provided that there is no overriding interest.

2 Where the authority denies a party to the proceedings the right to consult a part of the case, it shall not rely on that part unless it has disclosed, orally or in writing, the material important to the case.

Article 449 C J. Obligation to Communicate

J. Obligation to Communicate

The adult protection authority shall communicate to the Office of the Civil Status:

1.
Any placement of a person under curatelle of general significance because of a sustained inability to discern;
2.
Any mandate due to the inability of a person who has become permanently indiscriminately incapable of doing so.

Subchapter II: Before the judicial body of appeal

Art. 450 A. Recourse and quality of appeal

A. Recourse and quality of appeal

1 Decisions of the adult protection authority may be appealed to the competent court.

2 Have standing to use:

1.
Persons who are parties to the proceedings;
2.
The relatives of the person concerned;
3.
Persons who have a legal interest in the annulment or amendment of the contested decision.

3 The appeal must be duly substantiated and lodged in writing with the judge.

Art. 450 A Reasons

Reasons

1 The appeal may be lodged for:

1.
Violation of the law;
2.
A false or incomplete finding of relevant facts;
3.
Failure of the decision.

2 The denial of justice or undue delay may also be subject to appeal.

Art. 450 B C. Timeliness

C. Timeliness

1 The appeal period shall be 30 days from the date of notification of the decision. This period shall also apply to persons who have the right to appeal to whom the decision is not to be notified.

2 In the field of placement for assistance, the time limit shall be ten days from the notification of the decision.

3 Denial of justice or undue delay may be subject to appeal at any time.

Art. 450 C D. Suspensive effect

D. Suspensive effect

The appeal shall be suspensive, unless the adult protection authority or the judicial review body decides otherwise.

Art. 450 D E. Consultation of the first instance and reconsideration

E. Consultation of the first instance and reconsideration

1 The judicial review body provides an opportunity for the adult protection authority to take a position.

2 Instead of taking a position, the adult protection authority may reconsider its decision.

Art. 450 E Special provisions on placement for assistance

Special provisions on placement for assistance

1 The action brought against a decision taken in the field of investment for the purpose of assistance must not be justified.

2 It shall not have suspensory effect, unless granted by the adult protection authority or the judicial review body.

3 The decision on psychic disorders should be taken on the basis of an expert report.

4 The judicial body of appeal, in general meeting in college, hears the person concerned. It shall, if necessary, order its representation and appoint an experienced curator in the field of assistance and in the legal field.

5 The court of appeal shall rule generally within five working days after the filing of the appeal.

Sub-chapter III: Common provision

Art. 450 F

Moreover, if the cantons do not otherwise dispose of them, the provisions of the civil procedure shall apply mutatis mutandis.

Sub-Chapter IV: Enforcement

Art. 450 G

1 The adult protection authority shall execute decisions on request or ex officio.

2 If the adult protection authority or the judicial review body has already ordered the implementing measures in the decision, the decision is enforceable immediately.

3 The person responsible for enforcement may, if necessary, request the assistance of the police. Direct restraint measures should, as a general rule, be the subject of a warning.

Chapter III: The report on third parties and the obligation to collaborate

Art. 451 A. Secret and Information

A. Secret and Information

1 The adult protection authority shall be held incommunicative, unless there are overriding interests.

2 Any person whose interest is made likely may require the adult protection authority to indicate whether or not a specified person is subject to protective measures and what their effects are.

Art. B. Effect of measures on third parties

B. Effect of measures on third parties

1 The existence of an adult protection measure is effective against third parties in good faith.

2 Where a curatelle results in a limitation of the exercise of the civil rights of the person concerned, it shall be communicated to the debtors of the person concerned, who shall then be entitled to discharge validly in the hands of the curator. The existence of the curatelle cannot be opposed to debtors in good faith who have not been informed of it.

3 The person who is the subject of an adult protection measure who has falsely given the ability to do so responds to third parties of the damage caused to them by the person.

Art. C. Obligation to collaborate

C. Obligation to collaborate

1 If there is a real danger that a person in need of assistance puts his or her life or bodily integrity at risk or commons a crime or an offence that causes serious bodily, moral or material damage to others, the adult protection authority, the Concerned services and the police are obliged to cooperate.

2 In such a case, persons bound by the secrecy of function or professional secrecy shall be permitted to communicate the necessary information to the adult protection authority.

Chapter IV: Responsibility

Art. 454 A. Principle

A. Principle

1 Any person who, in the course of measures taken by the adult protection authority, is injured by an unlawful act or omission is entitled to damages and, as far as the gravity of the infringement justifies it, to a sum of money Moral reparation.

2 The same rights belong to the injured party when the adult protection authority or supervisory authority has acted unlawfully in other areas of adult protection.

3 The responsibility lies with the canton; the injured person has no right to compensation to the author of the damage.

4 The action against the author of the damage is governed by the cantonal law.

Art. 455 B. Prescription

B. Prescription

1 The action for damages or in payment of a sum of money as a moral remedy shall be prescribed in one year from the day on which the injured person was aware of the damage and, in all cases, ten years from the day on which the fact Harmful occurred.

2 If the action derives from a punishable act subject to a longer-term limitation period, this requirement shall apply to this action.

3 Where the person has been aggrieved by the fact that a measure of a lasting nature has been ordered or enforced, the requirement for action against the canton does not run until the measure has ceased or has been transferred to another canton.

S. 456 C. Accountability under Terms of Reference C. Accountability Under Terms of Reference

C. Responsibility for the rules of the mandate

The responsibility of the representative on the grounds of incapacity, of the spouse or registered partner of the person incapable of discernment or of the person entitled to represent him in the medical field, when they are not acting in the capacity of Trustees, is determined according to the provisions of the code of obligations 1 Applicable to the mandate.


1 RS 220



1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 3 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
3 New content according to the c. I 1 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179). See also art. 8 to 8 B Tit. End.
4 New content according to the c. I 1 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179). See also art. 9 to 11 A Tit. End.
5 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
6 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
7 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
8 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
9 Formerly chap. III.
10 New content according to the c. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
11 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
12 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
13 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
14 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
15 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
16 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Third Book: Estates

Part One: Heirs

Title thirteenth: Legal heirs

Article 457 A. Parents/I. Descendants

A. Parents

I. Descendants

1 The closest heirs are the descendants.

2 Children succeed per capita.

3 The predecessor children are represented by their descendants, who succour by strain to all degrees.

S. 458 A. Parents/II. The Parent's Parentèle

II. The Parent's Parentèle

1 The heirs of the deceased who did not leave posterity are the father and the mother.

2 They succeed per capita.

3 The predecessor father and mother are represented by their descendants, who succour by strain to all degrees.

4 In the absence of heirs in one of the lines, all the estate is vested in the heirs of the other.

Art. 459 A. Parents/III. The Parent of the Grandparents

III. The Parent of the Grandparents

1 The heirs of the deceased who left neither posterity nor father, nor mother, nor descendants of them, are grandparents.

2 They succeed per head in each of the two lines.

3 The pre-deceased grandparent is represented by his descendants, who succour by strain to all degrees.

4 In the event of death without a posterity of a grandparent of the paternal or maternal line, his share falls to the heirs of the same line.

5 In the event of the death without posterity of the grandparents of one line, the whole succession is vested in the heirs of the other.

Art. 460 1 A. Parents/IV. Last heirs

IV. Last heirs

Among the parents, the last heirs are the grandparents and their posterity.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 461 1

1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1). See, however, s. 12 A Of the tit. End.

Article 462 1 B. Surviving spouse, surviving registered partner

B. Surviving spouse, surviving registered partner 2

The surviving spouse or registered partner is entitled to: 3

1.
In competition with the descendants, half of the estate;
2.
In competition with the father, mother or their posterity, three-quarters;
3.
In the absence of the father, the mother or their posterity, to the whole succession.

1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).
3 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. 463 and 464 1

1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 1 C. ...

C. ...


1 Repealed by c. I 3 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, with effect from 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 466 1 D. Canton and commune

D. Canton and commune

In the absence of heirs, the estate shall devolve to the canton of the last domicile of the deceased or to the municipality designated by the legislation of that canton.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Title fourteenth: Provisions for cause of death

Chapter I: Capacity to dispose

Article 467 A. By Will

A. By Will

Any person who is capable of discernment and 18 years of age has the right to dispose of his property by will, within the limits and according to the forms established by law.

Art. 468 1 B. In an estate pact

B. In an estate pact

1 To conclude an inheritance pact, the person must be capable of discernment and at least 18 years of age.

2 Persons whose curate extends to the conclusion of an estate pact must be authorized by their legal representative.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 469 C. Null provisions

C. Null provisions

1 All provisions that the author has made under the empire of error, dol, threat or violence shall be null and void.

2 However, they are maintained, if they have not revoked them in the year after he has discovered the dol or error, or after he has ceased to be under threat or violence.

3 In the event of a manifest error in the designation of persons or things, the erroneous provisions shall be rectified according to the actual will of the author, if such will can be ascertained with certainty.

Chapter II: De la quotité disponible

Art. A. Available Quotiy/I. Scope

A. Available Quotiy

I. The extent of

1 A person who leaves descendants, his father and mother, his or her spouse or registered partner, has the right to dispose of the cause of death in excess of the amount of their reserve. 1

2 Apart from these cases, he or she may dispose of the entire estate.


1 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. 471 1 A. Available Quotiy/II. Reserve

II. Reserve

The reserve is:

1.
For a descendant, three-quarters of his or her right of succession;
2.
For the father or mother, of half;
3. 2
For the surviving spouse or registered partner, of half.

1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 New content according to the c. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. 1 A. Available Quotiy/III. ...

III. ...


1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. A. Available Quotiy/IV. Benefits to the surviving spouse

IV. Benefits to the surviving spouse

1 One of the spouses may, by reason of death, leave the usufruct to the survivor of the whole share devolved to their common children. 1

2 This usufruct shall be governed by the law of inheritance granted by law to the surviving spouse in competition with those descendants. In addition to this usufruct, the available quotity is one quarter of the estate. 2

3 If the surviving spouse remarries, his usufruct ceases to cause the future part of the estate which, upon the death of the testator, could not have been the subject of the usual rules on the reserves of the descendants. 3


1 New content according to the c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001, effective from 1 Er March 2002 ( RO 2002 269 ; FF 2001 1057 1901).
2 New content according to the c. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001, effective from 1 Er March 2002 ( RO 2002 269 ; FF 2001 1057 1901).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 474 A. Available Quoted/V. Calculation of Available Quotes/1. Deduction of debts

Calculation of the available quotity

1. Deduction of debts

1 The available quotity is calculated according to the state of the estate on the day of death.

2 The following are deducted from the assets the debts, funeral expenses, sealing and inventory expenses, and maintenance for one month of the persons who worked together with the deceased.

Art. 475 A. Quotiy Available/V. Calculation of Available Quotes/2 Vivos

2. Vivos Liberals

The inter vivos liberalities are in addition to existing assets, to the extent that they are subject to reduction.

Art. 476 A. Quotity Available/V. Calculation of Available Quotes/3. Insurance in the event of death

3. Insurance in the event of death

Insurance in the event of death on the head of the deceased person, contracted or disposed of in favour of a third party, by act between vofs or because of death, or which he has transferred free of charge to a third person in his lifetime, shall not be Included in the estate as for the commuted value calculated at the time of death.

Art. 477 B. Exheritance/I. Causes

B. Exheration

I. Causes

The reserved heir may be disinherited by provision for cause of death:

1. 1
When the person has committed a serious criminal offence against the deceased or one of his or her relatives;
2.
When he has seriously failed in his or her duties to the deceased or his or her family.

1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 478 B. Exheritance/II. Effects

II. Effects

1 The exhrende cannot claim a share of the estate or bring the action to reduce it.

2 Its share is vested, when the deceased has not otherwise disposed of it, to the legal heirs of the latter, as if the exheedd had not survived him.

3 Descendants of the exhreds are entitled to their reserve as if they were pre-deceased.

Art. 479 B. Exheritance/III. Burden of proof

III. Burden of proof

1 Exheredation shall be valid only if the deceased has indicated the cause in the act ordering it.

2 Proof of the accuracy of this indication shall be made, in the event of a challenge to the part of the exheredity, by the heir or the legatee who benefits from the exheredation.

3 If this evidence is not provided or the cause of the exheredation is not indicated, the wishes of the deceased shall be executed to the extent of the availability, unless they are the result of a manifest error on the cause of the Exheration.

Art. 480 B. Exheration/IV. Exheration of an insolvent

IV. Exheration of an insolvent

1 The descendant against whom there are acts of default of property may be exhered for half of its reserve, provided that this half is attributed to its children born or unborn.

2 Exheration lapses at the request of the exheredate if, at the time of the opening of the estate, there are no further acts of default of property or if the total amount of the sums for which it still exists does not exceed one quarter of its right Heritable.

Chapter III: Methods of disposal

Article 481 A. In general

A. In general

1 The provisions by will or covenant may include all or part of the heritage, within the limits of the available quotity.

2 The property of which the deceased is disposed of shall pass to his or her legal heirs.

Art. 482 B. Expenses and Conditions

B. Expenses and Conditions

1 The provisions may be subject to encumbrances and conditions, of which any person concerned has the right to request enforcement as soon as the provisions themselves have deployed their effects.

2 Any disposition of charges or conditions that are unlawful or contrary to morals shall be null and void.

3 Expenses and conditions that do not make sense or are purely vexatious to third parties shall be deemed not to be written.

4 Liberality for cause of death to an animal is considered to be responsible for taking care of the animal in an appropriate manner. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

Art. 483 C. Crown Institution

C. Crown Institution

1 One or more heirs may be established for universality or a share of the estate.

2 Any provision relating to the universality or a share of the estate shall be deemed to be an institution of heir.

Article 484 D. Legs/I. Purpose

D. Legs

I. Purpose

1 The settlor may, as bequests, make liberalities that do not carry an institution of heir.

2 It may either leave an object dependent on the succession or the usufruct of all or part of it, or require its heirs or legatees to make, on the value of the property, benefits in favour of a person or to free him from an obligation.

3 The debtor of the bequest of a specified thing that is not in the estate is released, unless the contrary is the result of the disposition.

S. 485 D. Legs/II. Issuance

II. Issuance

1 The bequefied thing is issued in its condition on the day of the opening of the estate, with its deterioration and its increases, free or encumbrated of charges.

2 The debtor of the bequest shall have the rights and obligations of a business manager for damages and damage subsequent to the opening of the estate.

Art. 486 D. Legs/III. Relationship between bequests and inheritance

III. Relationship between bequests and inheritance

1 Legacies that surplus either the forces of the estate, or the liberality made to the debtor of the bequests, or the available quotity, may be reduced proportionally.

2 Bequests are maintained, even when those who owe them do not survive, are declared indignant or repudient.

3 The legal or established heir has the right, even in the case of repudiation, to claim the bequest made to him.

Art. 487 E. Vulgar Substitutions

E. Vulgar Substitutions

The settlor may designate one or more persons who will collect the succession or bequest if the heir or the legatee of the estate or the heir to the estate is a predecessor or repudiate.

Art. 488 F. Trust Substitutions/I. Designation of conscripts

F. Loyal Substitutions

Designation of conscripts

1 The applicant has the right to encumber the heir established of the obligation to bring the estate to a third party, called the estate.

2 The same load cannot be imposed on the called.

3 These rules apply to bequests.

Article 489 F. Trust Substitutions/II. Opening Override

II. Opening Override

1 Substitution shall open, unless otherwise provided, upon the death of the encumbered asset.

2 Where another term has been fixed and it is not due to the death of the encumbered asset, the estate shall pass on to the heirs of the latter, who are dependent on them to provide security.

3 The succession is definitively acquired by the heirs of the encumbered asset from the moment when, for any cause, the devolution can no longer be accomplished in favor of the called.

Art. 490 F. Trust Substitutions/III. Security Interests

III. Security Interests

1 The competent authority shall draw up an inventory of the due date of the succession.

2 Unless expressly waived by the holder, the estate shall be issued to the encumbered asset only if it provides security; where it includes immovable property, security rights may consist of the annotation in the land registry of the charge of restitution.

3 There is a need to provide for the ex officio administration of the estate, where the encumbered asset cannot provide security or that it compromises the rights of the named estate.

Art. 491 F. Trust Substitutions/IV. Effects of substitution/1. Envers the Filed

IV. Effects of substitution

1. The greed

1 The encumbered asset acquires the estate as any other heir established.

2 It becomes owner, in check-in.

Art. 492 F. Trust Substitutions/IV. Effects of Substitution/2.

2. The Called

1 Substitution opens in favor of the called, when it is alive at the time of the checkin load.

2 In the event of the prefatality of the call, the substituted property shall, unless otherwise provided, be vested in the encumbered asset.

3 The so-called successor to the settlor, when the encumbered asset dies before the latter, is unworthy or repudiated.

Art. 492 A 1 F. Loyal Substitutions/V. Descendants unable to discern

V. Discrepable Descendants

1 If a descendant is permanently incapable of discernment and leaves neither a descendant nor a spouse, the settlor may order a surplus fidéicommissary substitution.

2 Substitution is extinguished in full if the descendant, against all expectations, becomes capable of discernment.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Article 493 G. Foundations

G. Foundations

1 The available quotity can be devoted, in whole or in part, to a foundation.

2 The foundation, however, is only valid if it meets the requirements of the Act.

Art. 494 H. Estate Pacts/I. Crown Institution and Bequests

H. Estate Pacts

I. Crown Institution and Bequests

1 The holder may, in an estate pact, be obliged to leave his estate or a bequest to the other Contracting Party or to a third party.

2 He continues to dispose freely of his property.

3 However, the provisions for the cause of death and the irreconcilable donations with the undertakings resulting from the succession pact may be attacked.

Art. 495 H. Succession Pacts/II. Waiver/1. Scope

II. Waiver Covenant

1. Scope

1 The holder may conclude, on a free or burdensome basis, a waiver of succession with one of his heirs.

2 The relinquishing loses his status as heir.

3 The pact is, unless otherwise specified, opposable to the descendants of the renunciation.

Article 496 H. Succession Pacts/II. Revocation Pact/2. Loyal

2. Loyal

1 Renunciation shall not be an option when, for any cause, the heirs established in the act in place of the renunciation shall not collect the estate.

2 Renunciation for the benefit of heirs shall be deemed to have effect only in respect of the heirs of the order formed by the descendants of the closest common author and shall not confer any rights on the more distant heirs.

Article 497 H. Succession Pacts/II. Waiver/3. Rights of hereditary creditors

3. Rights of Hereditary Creditors

The relinquishing and his heirs may, if the estate is insolvent at the time it opens, and if the heirs of the deceased do not pay the debts, be sought by the hereditary creditors, up to the property that they have received Under the terms of the succession pact in the five years prior to the death of the settlor and of which they are still fortified during devolution.

Chapter IV: The form of provisions for the cause of death

Article 498 A. Testaments/I. Forms/1. In general

A. Wills

I. Forms

1. In general

Testaments can be made either by public act or in the form of an oral form.

S. 499 A. Testaments/I. Formes/2. Public Testament/a. Drafting of the act

2. Public Testament

A. Drafting of the act

The public will shall be received, with the assistance of two witnesses, by a notary, an official or any other person having the right to that effect according to the cantonal law.

Art. 500 A. Testaments/I. Forms/2. Public/b. Competition of the Public Officer

B. Public Officership Competition

1 The person shall indicate his wishes to the public officer; the latter shall write them himself or make them write and then read them to the testator.

2 The act will be signed by the individual.

3 It will also be dated and signed by the public officer.

Art. 501 A. Testaments/I. Forms/2. Public/c. Witness Competitions

C. Witness Competitions

1 As soon as the instrument is dated and signed, the testator declares to the two witnesses, by-before the public officer, that he has read it and that this act contains his final wishes.

2 By an attestation signed by them and added to the act, the witnesses certify that the testator made this statement in their presence and appeared capable of disposing of it.

3 The testator may not disclose the content of the act to the witnesses.

Art. 502 A. Testaments/I. Forms/2. Public/d. Testator that has not read or signed

D. Testator that has not read or signed

1 If the person does not read or sign his will, the public officer shall read it in the presence of the two witnesses and the testator then declares that the act contains his last will.

2 The witnesses certify, by a signed statement of them, not only that the testator made the above statement and appeared to be able to dispose of them, but that the act was read in their presence by the public officer.

Art. A. Testaments/I. Forms/2. Public/e. People Concurrent to the Act

E. People Concurrent to the Act

1 Cannot contribute to the writing of the will as a public officer or witnesses persons who do not exercise civil rights, who are deprived of their civil rights 1 By a criminal judgment or who do not know to read or write; nor can the descendants, ascendants, brothers and sisters of the testator, their spouses and the spouse of the testator even participate in it.

2 The instrumented public officer and witnesses, as well as their descendants, ascendants, brothers and sisters or partners, cannot receive gifts in the will.


1 The deprivation of civil rights under a criminal judgment is abolished (see RO 1971 777; FF 1965 I 569 and RO 1975 55; FF 1974 I 1397).

Article 504 A. Testaments/I. Forms/2. Public/f. Deposit of the act

F. Filing of the Act

The cantons can ensure that the public officers keep in original or copy the wills they have received, or submit them to an authority responsible for this care.

Article 505 A. Testaments/I. Forms/3. Olograph shape

3. Olograph form

1 The holographic will is written in full, dated and signed by the testator's hand; the date consists of the reference to the year, the month and the day the act was drawn up. 1

2 The cantons provide that the act, which is open or closed, may be given to an authority responsible for receiving the deposit.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 4882; FF 1994 III 519, V 594).

Article 506 A. Testaments/I. Forms/4. Oral form/a. The latest provisions

4. Oral form

A. The latest provisions

1 The will may be made in the oral form, where, as a result of extraordinary circumstances, the person having the will is prevented from testing in another form; thus, in the event of imminent danger of death, of intercepted communications, of epidemics or of war.

2 The testator declares his last wishes to two witnesses, whom he is responsible for drawing up or making an act.

3 The causes of the incapacity of the witnesses are the same as for the public will.

Art. A. Testaments/I. Forms/4. Oral form/b. Subsequent action

B. Subsequent action

1 One of the witnesses shall immediately write the last wishes, the date by indicating the place, the year, the month and the day, the signs, the fact that the other witness shall sign them, and both shall submit this letter without delay in the hands of a judicial authority, By stating that the testator, who appeared to be able to dispose of them, declared their last will in the particular circumstances in which they were received.

2 The two witnesses may also make a record of the proceedings by the judicial authority, under the same statement as above.

3 If the last provisions emanate from a service member, an officer of the rank of captain or higher rank may replace the judicial authority.

Art. 508 A. Testaments/I. Forms/4. Oral form/c. Caducity

C. Caducity

The oral will ceases to be valid when fourteen days have elapsed since the testator has recovered the freedom to use one of the other forms.

Art. 509 A. Testaments/II. Revocation and Removal/1. Revocation

II. Revoke and delete

1. Revocation

1 The settlor may revoke his will at any time, provided that one of the prescribed forms is observed for testing.

2 Revocation may be complete or partial.

Art. 510 A. Testaments/II. Revocation and deletion/2. Deleting the act

2. Delete the act

1 The settlor may revoke his will by deleting the act.

2 Where the act is deleted by fortuitous event or by the fault of a third party and it is not possible to restore the contents exactly or completely, the will shall cease to be valid; all damages shall remain reserved.

Art. 511 A. Testaments/II. Revocation and Removal/3. Later Act

3. Posterior Act

1 The subsequent provisions which do not expressly revoke the previous provisions replace them in so far as they are not undoubtedly complementary clauses.

2 The bequest of a given thing is null and void, when it is irreconcilable with an act by which the testator later disposed of this thing.

S. 512 B. Estate Pact/I. Form

B. Estate Pact

I. Form

1 The succession pact is valid only if it is received in the form of the public will.

2 The Contracting Parties shall simultaneously declare their will to the public officer; they shall sign the act in front of it and in the presence of two witnesses.

Art. 513 B. The Estate Pact/II. Termination and Cancellation/1. Between Vifs/a. By contract or in the form of a will

II. Termination and Cancellation

1. Between Vifs

A. By contract or in the form of a will

1 The succession pact may be terminated at any time by a written agreement of the parties.

2 The settlor may cancel from his or her chief the institution of heir or the bequest, when after the conclusion of the pact the heir or the bearer is guilty of an act which would be a cause of inheritance.

3 This cancellation is in one of the prescribed forms for wills.

Article 514 B. The Estate Pact/II. Termination and Cancellation/1. Between Vifs/b. Due to non-execution

B. Due to non-execution

The one to whom the pact confers the right to claim inter vivos benefits may terminate it in accordance with the right of obligations, if the benefits are not made or guaranteed according to what was agreed.

Article 515 B. The Estate Pact/II. Termination and Cancellation/2. In case of survival of the

2. In case of survival of the

1 The succession pact is terminated by right, when the heir or the legatee does not survive.

2 However, the heirs of the deceased may, unless otherwise specified, repeat the enrichment on the day of death.

Art. 516 C. Reduced available quota

C. Reduced available quota

The liberalities by a will or an estate pact are not cancelled if, in the future, the ability to dispose of the author undergoes a reduction; they are simply reducible.

Chapter V: Executors

S. 517 Designation

Designation

1 The testator may, by means of a testamentary provision, charge the execution of his or her last wishes one or more persons capable of exercising civil rights.

2 Executors are notified ex officio of the mandate given to them and have fourteen days to declare whether they intend to accept it; their silence is tantamorphic to acceptance.

3 They are entitled to fair compensation.

Article 518 B. Scope of powers

B. Scope of powers

1 If the person has not ordered otherwise, the executors shall have the rights and duties of the official administrator of an estate.

2 They are responsible for enforcing the will of the deceased, including managing the estate, paying the debts, paying the bequests, and sharing in accordance with the orders of the individual or the law.

3 When several executors have been appointed, they are deemed to have received a collective mandate.

Chapter VI: The nullity and reduction of the provisions of the deceased

Article 519 A. Action for invalidity/I. Inability to dispose, unlawful or immoral character of the provision

A. The action for annulment

I. Inability to dispose, unlawful or immoral nature of the provision

1 Provisions for cause of death may be cancelled:

1.
When they are made by an incapable person at the time of the act;
2.
When they are not the expression of a free will;
3.
When they are unlawful or contrary to morals, either by themselves or by the conditions under which they are subject.

2 The action may be brought by any heir or legal person concerned.

Art. A. The action for invalidity/II. Form Vices/1. In general

II. Shape ices

1. In general 1

1 The layed provisions of a form are cancelled.

2 If the defect is in the contest for the act of persons who have received themselves or whose family members have received something in the will, these liberalities are only cancelled.

3 The action for a declaration of invalidity shall be subject to the rules applicable to the incapacity to dispose.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 4882; FF 1994 III 519, V 594).

Art. A 1 A. The action for invalidity/II. Form Vices/2. In the Case of a Will olograph

2. In the case of a holograph will

Where the indication of the year, month or day of the establishment of a holograph will is missing or inaccurate, the will may be cancelled only if it is not possible to determine in another manner the time data required by the And that the date is necessary to judge the ability to test the author of the act, of the priority between successive provisions or any other matter relating to the validity of the will.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 23 June 1995, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 4882; FF 1994 III 519, V 594).

Article 521 A. The action for invalidity/III. Limitation period

III. Limitation period

1 The action shall be prescribed for one year from the day on which the applicant became aware of the provision and the cause of invalidity; in all cases, ten years from the date of the opening of the act.

2 It only prescribes thirty years against the defendant in bad faith, where the provisions are null and void on account of their unlawful or immoral nature or the incapacity of their author.

3 Invalidity may be objected to at any time by way of exception.

Art. 522 B. Reduction/I. Conditions/1. In general

B. From action to reduction

I. Conditions

1. In general

1 The heirs who do not receive the amount of their reserve have the action in reduction to due competition against the liberalities that surplus the available quotity.

2 Clauses relating to lots of legal heirs are held for simple sharing rules, if the provision does not disclose a contrary intention of the author.

Art. 523 B. From action to reduction/I. Conditions/2. Liberals in favour of reservations

2. Reservist Liberals

The liberalities made by way of death to some of the heirs of the reserved heirs, and which exceed the available quotity, are reducible between consistency in proportion to the amount of what exceeds their reserve.

Art. 524 B. Reduction/I. Conditions/3. Right of creditors of an heir

3. Right of the creditors of an heir

1 The reduction shall, to the extent of the loss suffered, go to the bankrupt estate of the injured heir on its reserve or to the creditors who have against it, at the time of the opening of the estate, an act of default of property, if that heir Shall not wilt after having been summoned to do so; they may introduce him or her in the same period as he or she has.

2 Such an option belongs to them in respect of an exheration that the exhrende renounces to attack.

Art. 525 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/1. In general

II. Effects

1. In general

1 The reduction shall be made to the marc the franc against all the heirs established and the other gratified persons, if the provision does not disclose a contrary intention of the author.

2 Under the same condition, and if the gifts made to a person in charge of bequests are subject to reduction, that person may request that the bequests of which the person is a debtor be proportionately reduced.

Art. 526 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/2. Legs of a determined thing

2. Legs of a determined thing

When the bequest of a determined thing that cannot be shared without losing its value is subject to reduction, the legatee has the right either to be granted the thing against the refund of the surplus, or to claim the available.

Art. 527 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/3. With regard to the liberalities between vifs/a. Cases

3. With respect to the inter vivos liberalities

A. Cases

Are subject to reduction as a result of death due to death:

1.
The inter vivos gifts made for advancement of goods in the form of dowry, establishment or abandonment of property, when they are not subject to the report;
2.
Those made as early liquidation of hereditary rights;
3.
Donations that the settlor was free to revoke and those that were carried out in the five years prior to his or her death, excepted gifts of use;
4.
The disposals made by the deceased in the clear intent to evade the reserve rules.
Art. 528 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/3. With regard to the liberalities between vifs/b. Check-in

B. Restitution

1 The beneficiary of good faith shall be required to return only the value of its enrichment on the day of the opening of the estate.

2 If the gratified part in an estate pact has been reduced, it is allowed to repeat a proportionate share of the counter-benefits made to the individual.

Art. 529 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/4. Insurance in the event of death

4. Insurance in the event of death

Insurance in the event of death on the head of the deceased and which he has contracted or disposed of in favour of a third person by act between vivos or for cause of death, or that he has transferred free of charge to a third person in his lifetime, are subject to To be reduced for their redemption value.

Art. 530 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/5. In respect of usufruct or annuity liberalities

5. In respect of usufruct or annuity liberalities

The heirs of the heirs to a succession of usufruits or annuities to the extent that, depending on the assumed duration of such rights, their capitalized value would exceed the available quotity, have the choice to reduce them to due competition or to Release by abandoning the available.

Art. 531 1 B. Reduction/II action. Effects/6. In case of substitution

6. In case of substitution

All substitution clauses are null and void in respect of the heir, insofar as they complete his reservation; the provision on disdiscernable descendants is reserved.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 532 B. Reduction/III action. The order of reductions

III. The order of reductions

The reduction is exercised in the first line on the provisions for the cause of death, and then on the liberalities between vifs, going back from the most recent liberality to the oldest until the reserve is reconstituted.

Art. 533 B. Reduction action/IV. Limitation period

IV. Limitation period

1 The action for reduction shall be limited to one year from the day on which the heirs are aware of the lesion of their reserve and, in all cases, ten years, in respect of the testamentary dispositions, upon the opening of the act and, in respect thereof, Other provisions as soon as the estate is open.

2 Where the cancellation of a provision has revived a previous provision, the time limits are only at the moment when the invalidity was pronounced.

3 The reduction can be opposed at any time by way of exception.

Chapter VII: Actions deriving from the pacts of succession

Art. 534 A. Rights in the event of inter vivos transfer of property

A. Rights in the event of inter vivos transfer of property

1 The heir who has, in his lifetime, placed in possession of his property under an estate pact may make an inventory of his property with public warning.

2 If the transferor has not transferred all of its assets to it or has acquired new assets, the succession pact shall only extend to the goods for which the transfer took place.

3 To the extent that there has been a transfer between vifs, the rights and obligations arising from the contract shall pass, all clauses to the contrary reserved, to the succession of the established heir.

Art. 535 B. Reduction and restitution/I. Reduction

B. Reduction and restitution

I. Reduction

1 Where the benefits which the person has made between vifs to the heir forfeiting excess of the available quotity, the reduction may be requested by the other heirs.

2 However, it is subject to reduction only the amount of what exceeds the reserve of the renunciation.

3 Benefits are charged to the waiver based on the applicable reporting rules.

Art. 536 B. Reduction and Restoration/II. Check-in

II. Check-in

The renouncing obliged by the reduction to return all or part of the benefits which the person has made to him has the right to opt between that return and the report of all that he has received; in the latter case, he intervenes as if he Had not given up.

Part Two: Devolution

Title fifteenth: Opening of the succession

Art. 537 A. Cause of the opening

A. Cause of the opening

1 The succession opens with death.

2 Liberalities and inter vivos shares are appreciated, as they are of interest to the estate, depending on the state of the estate on the day of its opening.

Art. 538 B. Place of opening

B. Place of opening 1

1 The estate opens at the last domicile of the deceased, for all the property.

2 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
2 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 539 C. Effects of Opennation/I. Ability to Receive/1. Civil Rights Play

C. Effects of the opening

I. Ability to Receive

1. Civil rights

1 Can be heirs and acquire by will or death pact all those who are not legally incapable of receiving.

2 Liberalities made for a purpose determined by a group of persons who do not have the civil personality shall be vested in those persons individually, under the burden of applying them for the prescribed purpose or, if this is not possible, constituted in Foundations.

Art. 540 C. Effects of Openness/I. Ability to Receive/2. Causes

2. Indigness

A. Causes

1 Are outraged to be heirs or to acquire by disposition on account of death:

1.
The person who, by design and without rights, has given or attempted to give death to the deceased;
2.
The person who, by design and without rights, has placed the deceased in a state of permanent incapacity to test;
3.
The person who, by dol, threat or violence, induced the deceased, either to make or to revoke a provision of last will, or who prevented it;
4.
The person who concealed or destroyed by design and without right a final disposition of the deceased, in circumstances such as this one could not have done so again.

2 Forgiveness stops the indignity.

Art. 541 C. Effects of openness/I. Ability to receive/2. Indigness/b. Effects on descendants

B. Effects on descendants

1 The indignity is personal.

2 The descendants of the unworthy succeed as if their author was predeceased.

S. 542 C. Effects of openness/II. The survival point/1. The Heirs

II. The Survival Point

1. The heirs

1 May be an heir only who survives the deceased and who has the capacity to succeed.

2 The rights of the deceased heir after the opening of the estate shall pass to his heirs.

Article 543 C. Effects of openness/II. The point of survival/2. The legatees

2. The legators

1 The legatee is entitled to the bequefied thing when he survives the deceased and has the capacity to succeed.

2 In the case of a predecessor, his bequest benefits the person who would have been responsible for the payment, unless the evidence is made that a contrary intention is the result of the act.

Article 544 C. Effects of openness/II. The survival point/3. Children designed

3. Children designed

1 The child conceived is capable of succeeding, if he is born alive.

1bis If the child's interests so require, the child protection authority shall appoint a guardian. 1

2 The stillborn child does not succeed.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

S. 545 C. Effects of openness/II. The survival point/4. In case of substitution

4. In case of substitution

1 Heredity itself, or something dependent, may be left by a substitution clause to a person who is not alive at the time of the opening of the estate.

2 The legal heirs shall have the quality of the encumbered assets, if the deceased did not otherwise dispose of them.

Art. D. Declaration of absence/I. Succession of a absent/1. Sending in possession and security

D. Declaration of absence

I. Estate of a absent

1. Possession and security rights

1 When a person is declared absent, the heirs or other beneficiaries will provide guarantees, before the consignment in possession, to ensure the eventual return of the property to third parties with preferential rights, or to the absent person Itself.

2 These guarantees are provided, in the event of the disappearance of the absent person in danger of death, for five years, in the case of an absence without news, for fifteen years, and, at most, until the time when the absent would have reached the age of 100 years.

3 The five years will run as soon as they are sent, fifteen years from the last news.

Art. 547 D. Declaration of absence/I. Succession of an absent/2. Restitution

2. Check-in

1 Posters are required to return the estate to the absent party when it comes to reappear or to third parties claiming preferential rights; the rules of possession are applicable in either case.

2 If they are in good faith, they shall be liable to restitution to third parties having preferential rights only during the period of the petition of heredity.

Art. 548 D. Declaration of absence/II. Right of succession of a absent person

II. Right of succession of a absent person

1 It is necessary to administer ex officio the part of the absent heir whose existence or death on the day of the opening of the estate cannot be proved.

2 Those to whom the absent heir's share would be vested in his absence may, one year after the event in which he disappeared in danger of death or five years after the last news, ask the judge to declare the declaration of absence and Then the shipment in possession.

3 This share will be issued in accordance with the rules applicable to the consignment in the possession of the heirs of a absent person.

Art. 549 D. Declaration of absence/III. Correlation between the two cases

III. Correlation between the two cases

1 Where the heirs of a absent person have obtained the consignment in possession of his property and a succession is vested in him, his heirs may rely on the benefit of that consignment and are exempt from re-requesting the declaration of absence to be made Issue the property that has been due to it.

2 The heirs of the absent person may also rely on the benefit of a statement of absence made at the request of his heirs.

Art. 550 D. Declaration of absence/IV. Ex officio procedure

IV. Ex officio procedure

1 The declaration of absence shall be pronounced ex officio, at the request of the competent authority, where the property of the disappeared person or his or her share in an estate has been administered ex officio for ten years, or when that person has reached the age of 100 years.

2 If no person is entitled within the time limit of the summons, the property shall pass to the township or municipality which succeeds in default of heirs, or, if the absent person has never been domiciled in Switzerland, to his or her canton of origin.

3 The township or commune remains liable to the absent or third parties with preferential rights, according to the same rules as the envoys in possession.

Title Sixteenth: Effects of Devolution

Chapter I: Security measures

Art. 551 A. In general

A. In general

1 The competent authority shall be required to take the necessary measures to ensure the devolution of heredity. 1

2 These measures include, in the cases provided for by law, the affixing of the seals, the inventory, the administration of office and the opening of wills.

3 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
2 Repealed by c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 552 Apposition of seals

Apposition of seals

The seals shall be affixed in the cases provided for by the cantonal legislation.

Art. 553 C. Inventory

C. Inventory

1 The authority makes an inventory:

1.
Where a minor heir is under guardianship or must be placed under guardianship;
2.
In the case of an extended absence of an heir who has not appointed a representative;
3.
At the request of an heir or the authority to protect the adulter;
4.
When a major heir is or must be placed under a general curatelle. 1

2 The inventory shall be drawn up in accordance with cantonal legislation and, as a general rule, within two months of death.

3 Cantonal legislation may prescribe inventory in other cases.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. 554 D. Office of the Estate Office/I. In general

D. Office Administration of the Estate

I. In general

1 The authority shall order the administration of the estate:

1.
In the case of an extended absence of an heir who has not left a power-based authority, if the measure is ordered by the interest of the absent person;
2.
Where none of those who claim to the estate can provide sufficient proof of his or her rights or if there is an uncertainty of an heir;
3.
When all the heirs of the deceased are not known;
4.
In other cases provided for by law.

2 If there is a designated executor, the administration of heredity is given to the executor.

3 If a person under a heritage management curate dies, the trustee administers the estate, unless otherwise ordered. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).

S. 555 D. Office Administration of the Estate/II. When heirs are unknown

II. When heirs are unknown

1 Where the authority does not know whether the deceased has left heirs or where it is not certain to know them all, the authority shall invite the entitled persons, by duly published summons, to make their declaration of heir in the year.

2 The estate passes to the canton or commune, if the authority does not receive any declaration within that period and if there are no known heirs of elle; the action in the petition of heredity remains reserved.

Art. 556 E. Opening of wills/I. Obligation to communicate

E. Opening of wills

I. Obligation to communicate them

1 The will discovered at the time of death shall be given without delay to the competent authority, even if it appears to be void.

2 The following shall, as soon as they are aware of the death, comply with this obligation, under their personal responsibility: the public officer who has drawn up an act or received a will and who has accepted the custody or has found one of them Testator effects.

3 Following the surrender of the will, the authority shall send the legal heirs to provisional possession of the property or order the administration of the estate; if possible, the persons concerned shall be heard.

Article 557 E. Opening of wills/II. Opening

II. Opening

1 The will shall be opened by the competent authority within one month after the return of the act.

2 The known heirs of the authority are called upon to open.

3 If the deceased has left several wills, they are all deposited in the hands of the authority and the authority opens.

Art. 558 E. Opening of wills/III. Communication to right holders

III. Communication to right holders

1 All those who have rights in the estate receive, at the expense of the estate, copies of the testamentary clauses that concern them.

2 Those who do not have a known domicile are warned by a duly published summons.

Art. 559 E. Opening of wills/IV. Issuance of goods

IV. Issuance of goods

1 After the expiry of the month following the communication to the persons concerned, the heirs established whose rights have not been expressly challenged by the legal heirs or by the persons gratified in an earlier provision may claim Of the authority a certificate of their quality of inheritance; all acts of invalidity and of heredity remain reserved.

2 If so, the administrator of the estate will be responsible at the same time to issue it.

Chapter II: Acquisition of the estate

Art. 560 A. Acquisition/I. Heirs

Acquisition

I. Heirs

1 The heirs acquire the universality of the estate as soon as it is opened.

2 They are seized of the claims and shares, property rights and other real rights, as well as property that was in the possession of the deceased, and they are personally liable for their debts; subject to the exceptions provided for in the Law.

3 The effect of the acquisition by the established heirs dates back to the day of the death of the settlor and the legal heirs are required to make them the estate according to the rules applicable to the possessor.

Art. 561 1 Acquisition/II ...

II ...


1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. A. Acquisition/III. Recipients/1. Acquisition of the Legacy

III. Capees

1. Acquisition of bequest

1 The legatees have personal action against the debtors of the bequests or, in the absence of specially designated debtors, against the legal or established heirs.

2 This action belongs to them, if a contrary intention is not the result of the will, as soon as the debtors of the bequests have accepted the estate or are no longer able to repudiate it.

3 The heirs who do not meet their obligations to the legatees may be actioned either in the grant of the bequefied property or in damages if the bequest consists in the execution of any act.

Art. 563 A. Acquisition/III. Levers/2. Purpose of Bequests

2. Object of the bequest

1 Except as otherwise provided, bequests of usufruits, as well as bequests of annuities or other periodic benefits, shall be subject to the rules concerning actual rights and obligations.

2 Where the bequest consists of an insurance in the event of death on the head of the person, the legatee may assert his or her rights directly.

Art. 564 A. Acquisition/III. Recipients/3. Rights of creditors

3. Rights of creditors

1 The rights of the deceased's creditors take precedence over those of the legatees.

2 The personal creditors of the heir have the same rights as those of the deceased, where the debtor simply accepts the estate.

Art. A. Acquisition/III. Recipients/4. Reduction

4. Reduction

1 The heirs who, after the grant of the bequests, pay hereditary debts to them previously unknown have the right to exercise a proportionate repetition against the legatees, insofar as they may have claimed the reduction of the bequests.

2 The legatees, however, cannot be sought beyond their enrichment on the day of repetition.

S. 566 B. Repudiation/I. Statement to this effect/1. Faculty of repudiation

Repudiation

I. Statement to this effect

1. Faculty of repudiation

1 The legal or established heirs may repudiate the estate.

2 The estate is supposed to be repudiated, when the insolvency of the deceased was well known or officially recorded at the time of death.

S. 567 B. Repudiation/I. Statement to this effect/2. Timeframe/a. In general

2. Delay

A. In general

1 The deadline for repudiation is three months.

2 It runs, for the legal heirs, from the day on which they are aware of the death, unless they prove that they knew only later their status as heirs; for the teachers, from the day on which they were officially notified of the provision In their favour.

Art. 568 B. Repudiation/I. Statement to this effect/2. Timeframe/b. In case of inventory

B. In inventory

Where an inventory has been compiled as a precautionary measure, the period of repudiation shall begin to accrue to all heirs on the day on which the closure of the inventory has been brought to their knowledge by the authority.

Art. 569 B. Repudiation/I. Statement to this effect/3. Forwarding of the right of repudiation

3. Forwarding of the right of repudiation

1 The right to repudiate someone who dies before opting for his heirs.

2 In this case, the time-limit for repudiating from the day on which they knew that the estate was due to the author and expires at the earliest at the end of the period to repudiate his or her own succession.

3 If the repudiated succession is vested in heirs who were not previously entitled to it, the time limit for repudiation is limited to the day on which they are aware of the repudiation.

Art. 570 B. Repudiation/I. Statement to this effect/4. Shape

4. Shape

1 The repudiation shall be made by a written or verbal declaration by the heir to the competent authority.

2 It must be made without conditions or reservations.

3 The authority maintains a register of repudiations.

Art. 571 B. Repudiation/II. Dexpiry of the right to repudiate

II. Dexpiry of the right to repudiate

1 The heirs who do not repudiate within the time limit acquire the succession purely and simply.

2 Is deprived of the right to repudiate the heir who, before the expiry of the period, imparts in the affairs of the estate, acts other than the acts necessitated by the mere administration and continuation of those cases, entertains or Contains property of heredity.

Art. 572 B. Repudiation/III. Repudiation of one of the coals

III. Repudiation of one of the coals

1 When the deceased did not leave provisions for cause of death and one of his heirs is repudiated, the relinquishing part is vested as if he had not survived.

2 If there are provisions for the cause of death, the share of the established heir which is repudiate to be passed on to the legal heirs closest to the deceased, where the provisions do not disclose a contrary intention of the author.

Art. 573 B. Repudiation/IV. Repudiation of all the closest heirs/1. In general

IV. Repudiation of all the closest heirs

1. In general

1 The estate repudiated by all the legal heirs of the nearest rank is liquidated by the Office of Bankruptcy.

2 The balance of the liquidation, after payment of the debts, shall rest with the beneficiaries, as if they had not repudiated.

Art. 574 B. Repudiation/IV. Repudiation of all heirs closest to/2. Right of surviving spouse

2. Right of surviving spouse

When the estate is repudiated by the descendants, the surviving spouse is notified by the authority and has a month to accept.

Art. 575 B. Repudiation/IV. Repudiation of all the closest heirs/3. Repudiation for the benefit of distant heirs

3. Repudiation for the benefit of distant heirs

1 By repudiating the estate, the heirs may request that, before the liquidation, the heirs coming immediately after them be put on notice.

2 In such cases, the latter are formally notified of repudiation; their failure to accept in the month amounts to a repudiation.

Art. 576 B. Repudiation/V. Extension of time limits

Extensions of time limits

The competent authority may, on fair grounds, grant an extension of time or fix a new period for the legal and established heirs.

Art. 577 B. Repudiation/VI. Repudiation of the Legacy

VI. Repudiation of the Legacy

The repudiation of the bequest benefits the person who owes it, if the provision does not reveal a contrary intention of the author.

Article 578 B. Repudiation/VII. Protection of the rights of creditors of the heir

VII. Protection of the rights of creditors of the heir

1 When an obese heir is repudiated in order to harm his or her creditors, the creditors or the bankrupt estate have the right to attack the repudiation within six months, unless security rights are provided to them.

2 There is a formal liquidation, if the nullity of the repudiation has been declared.

3 The active surplus is for the first line to pay the requesting creditors; it is then used to pay the other creditors and the balance is returned to the heirs in favour of which the repudiation took place.

Art. 579 B. Repudiation/VIII. Liability for repudiation

VIII. Liability for repudiation

1 Creditors of an insolvent estate may seek the heirs, notwithstanding their repudiation, to the extent that they have received, during the five years preceding the death, property that has been subject to reporting in the case of Shared.

2 No action is given to creditors as a result of customary marriage settlement benefits or education and training costs.

3 The heirs of good faith shall be kept only to the extent of their enrichment.

Chapter III: From inventory benefit

Art. A. Conditions

A. Conditions

1 The heir who has the right to repudiate may claim the inventory benefit.

2 His request shall be submitted to the competent authority within one month; the forms to be observed shall be those of repudiation.

3 The request of one of the heirs benefits others.

Art. 581 B. Procedure/I. Inventory

B. Procedure

I. Inventory

1 The inventory shall be drawn up by the competent authority in accordance with the rules laid down by the cantonal legislation; it shall include a statement of assets and liabilities of the estate, with an estimate of all assets.

2 The person who has information about the financial situation of the deceased must be responsible for giving it to the authority, if it requires it.

3 The heirs are obliged, in particular, to report to the authority the debts of the estate to them known.

Art. 582 B. Procedure/II. Public Sumation

II. Public Sumation

1 The inventory authority shall make the necessary public authorities to invite creditors and debtors of the deceased, including creditors under bonds, to file their debts and to declare their debts within a period of time Determined.

2 It makes creditors attentive to the legal consequences of the lack of production.

3 The time limit shall be at least one month from the first publication.

Art. 583 B. Procedure/III. Accounts receivable and inventoried debts

III. Accounts receivable and inventoried debts

1 Accounts receivable and debts resulting from the public registers or papers of the deceased are inventoried ex officio.

2 Creditors and debtors are notified of the inventory.

Article 584 B. Procedure/IV. Outcome

IV. Outcome

1 The inventory shall be closed after the expiry of the deadline and may be consulted for at least one month by the parties concerned.

2 The costs shall be borne by the estate and, if it is insufficient, by the heirs who have requested the inventory.

Art. 585 C. Status of heirs during inventory/I. Administration

C. Status of heirs during inventory

I. Administration

1 Only the necessary acts of administration shall be made during the inventory.

2 If the authority permits the continuation of the affairs of the deceased by one of the heirs, the others may require security rights.

Art. 586 C. Status of heirs during inventory/II. Prosecutions and trials; prescription

II. Prosecutions and trials; prescription

1 During the inventory, the debts of the estate are not subject to prosecution.

2 The prescription is not short.

3 Except in cases of emergency, the ongoing trials are suspended and no new cases can be brought.

Art. 587 D. Effects/I. Time to take sides

D. Effects

I. Time to take sides

1 After the completion of the inventory, each heir is required to take sides within one month.

2 The competent authority may extend the time limit for new estimates, for the resolution of disputes and in other similar cases, if the extension is justified by the circumstances.

Art. 588 D. Effects/II. Statement by the heir

II. Statement by the heir

1 The heir has, during the period fixed, the right to repudiate, to request the official liquidation, to accept the succession under the benefit of an inventory or to accept it outright.

2 Its silence is equivalent to acceptance under an inventory.

Article 589 D. Effects/III. Effects of acceptance under inventory benefit/1. Post-inventory liability

III. Effects of acceptance under inventory benefit

1. Post-inventory liability

1 In the case of a beneficiary acceptance, the estate proceeds to the heir with the debts discovered by the inventory.

2 The effects of this transfer date back to the day of the opening of the estate.

3 The heir replies, both on the estate of the estate and on his own property, to the debts incurred in the inventory.

Art. 590 D. Effects/III. Effects of acceptance under inventory benefit/2. Accountability beyond inventory

2. Responsibility Beyond Inventory

1 The creditors of the deceased who are not included in the inventory for neglecting to produce in due time cannot find the heir either personally or on the property of the estate.

2 The heir, however, remains obliged, to the extent of its enrichment, to creditors who have failed to produce without their fault or whose claims, although produced, have not been brought to the inventory.

3 In all cases, creditors may assert their rights, as they are secured by guarantees against the assets of the estate.

Art. 591 E. Liability under surety bonds

E. Liability under surety bonds

The suretyships of the deceased are charged separately to the inventor; the heirs do not respond, even if they have accepted outright, that up to the dividend that would be due to the bonds in the event of the liquidation of the liabilities Hereditary under the rules of bankruptcy.

Art. 592 F. Successions devolved to the canton or the municipality

F. Successions devolved to the canton or the municipality

Any succession devolved to the canton or the municipality shall be inventoried ex officio in accordance with the above rules and the heir shall be responsible only to the competition of his or her emolument.

Chapter IV: Official liquidation

Art. 593 A. Conditions/I. At the request of an heir

A. Conditions

I. At the request of an heir

1 The heir may, instead of repudiating or accepting under inventory, require the official liquidation of the estate.

2 He is not entitled to this request, if one of the heirs accepts outright.

3 In the event of official liquidation, the heirs do not meet the debts of the estate.

Art. 594 A. Conditions/II. At the request of the deceased's creditors

II. At the request of the deceased's creditors

1 The creditors of the deceased who have serious reasons to fear that they are not paid may require the official liquidation within three months of the death or the opening of the will, if they are not Disinterested or not obtaining security rights.

2 The legatees are entitled, under the same circumstances, to request provisional measures for the protection of their rights.

Art. 595 B. Procedure/I. Administration

B. Procedure

I. Administration

1 The official liquidation shall be carried out by the competent authority, which may also entrust this care to one or more directors.

2 It opens with an inventory, with public warning.

3 The administrator shall be under the control of the authority and the heirs may use the latter against the measures projected or taken by him.

Art. 596 B. Procedure/II. Regular liquidation mode

II. Regular liquidation mode

1 The liquidation shall include the settlement of the current affairs of the deceased, the fulfilment of its obligations, the recovery of claims, the payment of bequests to the extent of the assets and, where necessary, judicial recognition of its rights and Its commitments, as well as the realization of assets.

2 The sale of the deceased's buildings is made at public auction, unless all heirs agree that it should be done voluntarily.

3 The heirs may request that all or part of the objects or cash that are not necessary to liquidate the estate be issued to them already during the liquidation.

Art. 597 B. Procedure/III. Liquidation according to bankruptcy rules

III. Liquidation according to bankruptcy rules

The liquidation of insolvent estates is done by the Office in accordance with the rules of the bankruptcy.

Chapter V: From action to petition of heredity

Art. 598 A. Conditions

A. Conditions

1 The act of petition of heredity belongs to any person who believes himself to be entitled to assert, as a legal heir or instituted, on a succession or on the property which depends on it, rights that are preferable to those of the possessor.

2 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, with effect from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 599 Effects

Effects

1 A locatee is returned in accordance with the rules of possession, to the successful applicant, to the estate or to the property that depends on it.

2 The defendant shall not oppose the acquisition of a petition of heredity.

Art. 600 C. Prescription

C. Prescription

1 The act of petition of heredity shall be prescribed against the possessor in good faith for a period of one year from the day on which the plaintiff became aware of his right and possession of the defendant; in any case, ten years from the date of death or From the opening of the will.

2 It only requires thirty years against the possessor in bad faith.

Art. 601 D. The legatee's action

D. The legatee's action

The action of the legatee shall be prescribed for ten years from the day on which he has been notified of the discharge, or from the day on which his bequest becomes due after the notice.

Title seventeenth: Sharing

Chapter I: From succession before sharing

Article 602 A. Effects of the opening of the estate/I. Hereditary community

A. Effects of the opening of the estate

I. Hereditary Community

1 If there are several heirs, all rights and obligations in the estate shall remain undivided.

2 The heirs are owners and have in common property that depends on the estate, except the rights of representation and administration reserved by the contract or law.

3 At the request of one of the heirs, the competent authority may appoint a representative of the hereditary community until the time of division.

Article 603 A. Effects of the opening of the succession/II. Responsibility of heirs

II. Responsibility of heirs

1 The heirs are jointly and severally liable for the deceased's debts.

2 To the extent that it does not exceed the possibilities of the estate, the equitable allowance payable to children or grandchildren as a result of benefits provided to the common household that they formed with the deceased is included in the deceased's debts. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 6 Oct LF. 1972, effective since February 15, 1973 (RO 1973 93; FF 1970 I 813, 1971 I 753).

Art. 604 B. Sharing Action

B. Sharing Action

1 Each heir has the right to request at any time the division of the estate, unless he is conventionally or legally obliged to remain in the indivision.

2 At the request of an heir, the judge may order that the division of the estate or certain objects be temporarily suspended, if the value of the property had to be substantially reduced by immediate liquidation.

3 The heirs of an insolvent may, as soon as the succession is open, require conservatory measures to safeguard their rights.

Art. C. Sharing Adjournment

C. Sharing Adjournment

1 If the rights of a conceived child are to be taken into account, the sharing shall be deferred until birth.

2 As it needs for its maintenance, the mother is entitled in the meantime to the enjoyment of the undivided goods.

Art. D. Rights of those who shared with the deceased

D. Rights of those who shared with the deceased

The heirs who, at the time of death, were housed and fed in the house and at the expense of the deceased may require that the estate bear these expenses for a month.

Chapter II: Sharing mode

Art. 607 A. In general

A. In general

1 The legal heirs share the same rules with each other and with the heirs established.

2 They freely agree on the method of sharing, unless otherwise ordered.

3 The heirs owning property of the deceased's estate or debtors are required to provide specific information in this regard during the division.

Article 608 B. Sharing rules/I. Provisions of the deceased

B. Sharing Rules

I. Provisions of the deceased

1 A person may, by means of a will or an estate pact, prescribe certain rules for the sharing and training of consignments to his heirs.

2 These rules are binding on the heirs, subject to restoring, where appropriate, the equality of the lots to which the possession would not have intended to be infringed.

3 The assignment of an object of succession to one of the heirs is not deemed to be a bequest, but a simple rule of sharing, if the provision does not disclose a contrary intention of the author.

Art. 609 B. Sharing Rules/II. Competition of authority

II. Competition of authority

1 Any creditor who acquires or seizes an heir, or who has against him an act of default of property, may request that the authority intervene in the division in place of that heir.

2 Cantonal legislation may, in other cases, prescribe the intervention of the authority to share.

Art. 610 C. Method of sharing/I. Equal rights of heirs

C. Sharing mode

I. Equal rights of heirs

1 Unless otherwise provided, the heirs shall have in the division a right equal to all the property of the estate.

2 They are required to communicate, on their status to the deceased, all information that is appropriate for equal and equitable distribution.

3 Each heir can request that debts be paid or secured prior to sharing.

Art. 611 C. Partition/II mode. Batch Composition

II. Batch Composition

1 The composition of as many lots as there are heirs or coparning stumps is made.

2 In the absence of an agreement by the heirs, each of them may request that the competent authority form the consignments; the consignments shall take account of the local uses, the personal situation of the heirs and the wishes of the majority.

3 The heirs agree to the allocation of the lots; otherwise, the lots are drawn by lot.

Art. 612 C. Partition/III mode. Allocation and sale of certain hereditary properties

III. Allocation and sale of certain hereditary properties

1 Property of the estate that cannot be shared without a significant decrease in value is attributed to one of the heirs.

2 Property on the sharing or allocation of which the heirs cannot agree is sold and the price is distributed.

3 The sale shall be made at auction, if one of the heirs so requests; in such a case, if the latter do not agree, the competent authority shall order that the auction shall be public or take place only between heirs.

Art. 612 A 1 C. Partition/IV mode. Allocation of accommodation and household furniture to the surviving spouse

IV. Allocation of accommodation and household furniture to the surviving spouse

1 Where the estate includes the house or apartment occupied by the spouses or household furniture, the surviving spouse may request that ownership of the property be allocated to the estate.

2 At the request of the surviving spouse or other legal heirs, the surviving spouse may, if the circumstances warrant, be given, in place of the property, a usufruct or a right of habitation.

3 The surviving spouse cannot claim these rights on the premises in which the deceased exercised a profession or carried on a business if they are necessary for a descendant to continue this activity; the provisions of the inheritance law Peasant are reserved.

4 This Article shall apply mutatis mutandis to registered partners. 2


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 Introduced by ch. 8 of the Annex to the PMQ of 18 June 2004 on the partnership, in force since 1 Er Jan 2007 ( RO 2005 5685 ; FF 2003 1192 ).

Art. D. Rules Concerning Certain Objects/I. Objects forming a whole, family papers

D. Rules for Certain Objects

I. Objects forming a whole, family papers

1 Objects that by their nature form a whole are not shared, if one of the heirs opposes it.

2 Family papers and things that have a value of affection are not sold, if one of the heirs opposes it.

3 If the latter cannot agree, the authority shall decide on the sale or assignment of such items with or without attribution, taking into account local uses and, in the absence of use, the personal situation of the heirs.

Art. A 1 D. Rules for Certain Objects/I Bis . Inventory

I Bis . Inventory

If, on the death of the farmer of an agricultural enterprise, one of his heirs alone pursues the lease, he may request that all the moveable assets (livestock, equipment, provisions, etc.) be attributed to him, on his inheritance, to the Value that they represent for the operation.


1 Introduced by Art. 92 ch. 1. Of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 614 D. Rules for Certain Objects/II. Debts of the deceased against the heir

II. Debts of the deceased against the heir

The claims that the deceased had against one of the heirs were imputed on the deceased's share.

Art. 615 D. Rules for Certain Objects/III. Property of the estate encumbered assets

III. Property of the estate encumbered assets

The heir to whom the encumbered assets are allocated for the debts of the deceased will be charged with these debts.

Art. 616 1

1 Repealed by Art. 92 ch. 1 of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 617 1 D. Rules for Certain Objects/IV. Real Property/1. Recovery/a. Charge Value

IV. Real Property

1. Resume

A. Charge Value

Buildings must be charged on hereditary shares to the venal value that they have at the time of sharing.


1 New content according to Art. 92 ch. 1 of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 618 D. Rules for Certain Objects/IV. Real Property/1. Recovery/b. Procedure

B. Procedure

1 Where the heirs cannot agree on the award price, the heirs shall be fixed by official experts. 1

2 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).
2 Repealed by c. I 1 of the 6 Oct LF. 1972, with effect from February 15, 1973 (RO 1973 93; FF 1970 I 813. 1971 I 753).

Art. 619 1 D. Rules relating to certain objects/V. Agricultural enterprises and buildings

V. Agricultural enterprises and buildings

The recovery and allocation of agricultural enterprises and buildings is governed by the Federal Law of 4 October 1991 on rural land law 2 .


1 New content according to Art. 92 ch. 1 of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).
2 RS 211.412.11

Art. 620 To 625 1

1 Repealed by Art. 92 ch. 1 of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).

Chapter III: Reports

Art. 626 Obligation to report

Obligation to report

1 The legal heirs are bound to each other in the report of all the liberalities between vifs received as a promotion of hoary.

2 The report is subject to the deceased's failure to expressly dispose of the contrary, dowry constitutions, settlement expenses, forfeitures of property, forgiveness of debts, and other similar benefits to descendants.

Art. 627 B. Report on incapacity or repudiation

B. Report on incapacity or repudiation

1 When an heir loses his or her quality before or after the opening of the estate, those who take its part are subject to the report in its place and place.

2 The descendant is obliged to report the liberalities made to his ancestors, even if they have not received it.

Art. 628 C. Conditions/I. In-kind or at least

C. Conditions

I. In kind or less

1 The heir has the option to report the goods in kind in kind, or to charge the value of the property, even when the amount of the proceeds exceeds the amount of his or her share.

2 The other provisions of the deceased and the rights deriving from the action for reduction shall remain reserved.

Art. 629 C. Conditions/II. Liberalities exceeding the hereditary portion

II. Liberalities exceeding the hereditary portion

1 Where the amount of the liberality exceeds the amount of the hereditary share, the surplus, subject to the action being reduced, is not subject to the report, if the evidence can be made that such was the will of the person.

2 The exemption from reporting is presumed to be in respect of the establishment costs, in the used measure, for the benefit of descendants, at the time of their marriage.

Art. 630 C. Conditions/III. Calculation Mode

III. Calculation Mode

1 The report takes place on the basis of the value of the liberalities on the day of the opening of the estate or after the sale price of things previously disposed of.

2 With regard to perceived fruit, inwards and damage, the heirs have the rights and obligations of the possessor.

Art. 631 D. Education costs

D. Education costs

1 The expenses incurred for the education and training of children shall not be repatriable, if an intention to the contrary of the deceased is not proven, only to the extent that they exceed the usual costs.

2 Children who are not raised at the time of death or who are infirm are entitled to a fair share of the allowance.

Art. 632 E. Present of use

E. Present of use

The present use is not subject to the report.

Art. 633 1

1 Repealed by c. I 1 of the 6 Oct LF. 1972, with effect from February 15, 1973 (RO 1973 93; FF 1970 I 813. 1971 I 753).

Chapter IV: Closing and sharing effects

Art. 634 A. Closure of sharing/I. Sharing agreement

A. Closure of sharing

I. Sharing Convention

1 Sharing requires the heirs as soon as the lots have been composed and received or the act of sharing has been passed.

2 This act is valid only if it is done in the written form.

Art. 635 A. Closure of Division/II. Convention on Hereditary Units

II. Convention on Hereditary Units

1 The written form is necessary for successive transfers of rights between heirs. 1

2 The agreements entered into between one of the coals and a third party give the latter no right to intervene in the sharing; the third party can claim only on the part attributed to its assignor.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 636 A. Closing of the Division/III. Pacts on unopened successions

III. Pacts on unopened successions

1 Any past contracts with respect to a non-open succession, by an heir with its heirs or a third party, shall be null and void, without the concurrence and concurrence of the person whose heredity has been the subject of the agreement.

2 Benefits made under a similar agreement are subject to repetition.

Art. 637 B. Guaranteed inter-party/I. Obligations as a result

B. Ensuring consistency between consistency

I. Resulting obligations

1 The coals remain, after sharing, guarantors to each other according to the rules of the sale.

2 They shall guarantee the existence of the claims distributed to each other and satisfy, as simple bonds, the creditworthiness of the debtors up to the sum for which such claims have been counted on the division, except that it does not For securities listed on the stock exchange.

3 The action as security is prescribed by one year; the period is short as soon as the claims are shared or due, if it is later than the share.

Art. 638 B. Warranty between consistency/II. Sharing decision

II. Sharing decision

Sharing can be rescinded for the same causes as other contracts.

Art. 639 C. Responsibility to third parties/I. Solidarity

C. Responsibility to third parties

I. Solidarity

1 The heirs shall be jointly and severally liable, even after the division and on all their property, from the debts of the estate, unless the creditors of the estate have expressly or tacitly consented to the division or the delegation of those debts.

2 Solidarity, however, ceases after five years; the period is short from the sharing or from the liability of the claims, if it is subsequent to the division.

Art. 640 C. Responsibility Towards Third Parties/II. Action between heirs C. Responsibility for third parties/II. Use between heirs

II. Use between heirs

1 The heir who has paid a debt of which he has not been charged or a share of the debt exceeds that for which he has been obliged, has a right of appeal against his heirs.

2 This recourse is exercised in the first line against the heir who took charge of the debt during the division.

3 The heirs also contribute, unless otherwise agreed, to the payment of the debts in proportion to their hereditary share.


Fourth Book: Rights in rem

First part: From property

Title eighteenth: General provisions

Article 641 A. Elements of property rights/I. In general

A. Elements of Property Rights

I. In general 1

1 The owner of a thing has the right to dispose freely within the limits of the law.

2 It can claim it against anyone who holds it without rights and repel any usurpation.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

Article 641 A 1 A. Elements of Ownership/II. Animals

II. Animals

1 Animals are not things.

2 Unless otherwise provided, the provisions applicable to matters shall also apply to animals.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

S. 642 B. Scope of Property Rights/I. The Integrative Parties

B. Scope of the Right of Ownership

I. Integrative parts

1 The owner of one thing is all that is an integral part of it.

2 It is an integral part of what, according to local usage, is an essential element of the thing and cannot be separated without destroying, damaging or altering it.

Art. 643 B. Scope of Ownership/II. Natural fruits

II. Natural fruits

1 The owner of one thing is also the natural fruit of this one.

2 These fruits are the periodic products and all that the use allows to draw from the thing according to its destination.

3 Natural fruits are an integral part of the thing until they are separated.

S. 644 B. Scope of Ownership/III. Accessories/1. Definition

III. Accessories

1. Definition

1 Any act of provision relating to the main thing extends to the accessories, if the opposite has not been reserved.

2 The following are accessories for movable objects which, according to the local use or the clearly expressed will of the owner of the main thing, are permanently assigned to the operation, enjoyment or custody of the main thing and that there is Attached, adapted or attached for the service of the thing.

3 Accessories do not lose their quality when they are temporarily separated from the main thing.

S. 645 B. Scope of Ownership/III. Accessories/2. Exception

2. Exception

Movable effects which are only temporarily assigned to the use of the owner of the main thing or are intended only to be consumed by him, those who are foreign to the special nature of the thing and those who are not attached to the To be kept or deposited at the end of the sale or lease, may not have the quality of accessories.

Art. 646 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/1. Relationships between co-owners

C. Property of more than one thing

I. Property

1. Reports between co-owners

1 When more than one person has ownership of something that is not physically divided, each person has ownership of it.

2 Their shares are assumed to be equal.

3 Each co-owner has the rights and expenses of the owner because of his or her share, which he or she may dispose of or engage and that his or her creditors can seize.

Art. 647 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/2. Regulations for use and administration

2. Regulations for use and administration

1 The co-owners may agree on a regulation of use and administration derogating from the legal provisions and provide that the latter may be amended by a majority of the joint owners. 2

1bis The amendment of the provisions of the regulations on use and administration relating to the allocation of special use rights must also be approved by the co-owners directly concerned. 3

2 The Regulation may not abolish or limit the right of each co-owner:

1.
To request that the acts of administration essential to the maintenance of the value and usefulness of the thing be carried out and, if necessary, ordered by the judge;
2.
To take, at the cost of the co-owners, the urgent measures required to preserve the item of imminent damage or worsen.

1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 647 A 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/3. Current administrative acts

3. Current Administrative Acts

1 Each co-owner shall be entitled to perform routine administrative acts, such as maintenance repairs, cultivation and harvesting, short-term custody and supervision, as well as to enter into contracts for this purpose and to exercise the Responsibilities arising from these contracts, rent-and-farm leases or business contracts, including the authority to pay and cash amounts of money for all co-owners.

2 By a decision taken by a majority of all co-owners, the competence to carry out routine administrative acts may be settled otherwise, subject to the provisions of the law relating to the necessary and urgent measures.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 647 B 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/4. More important administrative acts

4. More important administrative acts

1 A decision taken by a majority of all the joint owners, representing in addition, their combined shares, more than half of that, is necessary for the more important administrative acts, in particular the changes in culture or The use, conclusion or termination of rent and on-farm leases, participation in improvements to the land, and designation of an administrator whose duties will not be limited to current administrative acts.

2 The provisions on the necessary construction works shall be reserved.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 647 C 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/5. Construction Work/a. Needed

5. Construction jobs

A. Required

A decision taken by a majority of all co-owners is necessary for the maintenance, repair and repair work required to maintain the value and usefulness of the thing, except in the case of routine administrative acts Each of them can do.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 647 D 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/5. Construction Work/b. Useful

B. Useful

1 The repair and processing works intended to increase the value of the thing or improve its performance or its usefulness shall be decided by a majority of all the joint owners representing, in addition, their combined shares, more than half of the The thing.

2 Amendments having the effect of significantly and durably hamstrating a co-owner, the use or enjoyment of the thing according to its current destination or which compromise its performance cannot be carried out without its consent.

3 Where amendments would result in a co-owner of expenses which cannot be imposed on him, in particular because they are disproportionate to the value of his share, they may be executed without his consent unless the Other co-owners are responsible for their share of the costs, as they exceed the amount that may be claimed.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 647 E 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/5. Construction Work/c. For embellishment and convenience

C. For embellishment and convenience

1 Construction works intended exclusively to embellish the thing, to improve its appearance or to make its use easier, can only be performed with the consent of all the co-owners.

2 If these works are decided by a majority of all the joint owners representing in addition, their shares combined, more than half of the thing, they may also be executed in spite of the opposition of a co-owner whose right of use and Enjoyment is not impaired on a long-term basis, provided that the other co-owners compensate it for the temporary infringement of its right and incur its share of costs.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 648 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/6. Disposition of disposition

6. Disposition of disposition

1 Each co-owner may take care of the common interests; he shall enjoy the same thing and use it to the extent compatible with the law of others.

2 The competition of all is necessary for the disposals, constitutions of real rights or changes in the destination of the thing, unless they have unanimously established other rules in this respect.

3 If shares of co-ownership are subject to rights of pledge or land charges, co-owners can no longer encumber the same rights.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 649 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/7. Contribution to Expenses and Expenses

7. Contribution to Expenses and Expenses

1 The administrative costs, taxes and other charges resulting from the joint ownership or encumbering of the common thing shall be borne, unless otherwise provided, by all the joint owners because of their shares.

2 If one of the co-owners pays beyond his or her share, he or she has recourse against the others in the same proportion.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 649 A 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/8. Opposability; reference to the Land Registry

8. Opposability; mention in the Land Registry 2

The rules of use and administration agreed upon by the co-owners, the administrative measures taken by them, as well as judicial decisions and orders, are also effective against the co-owner and the acquirer A real right to a share of the condominium.

2 They may be mentioned in the land register in the case of condominiums of a building. 3


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 649 B 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/9. Community Exclusion/a. Co-owner

9. Community Exclusion

A. Co-owner

1 The co-owner may be excluded from the community by court order when, by his or her behaviour or that of persons to whom he has assigned the use of the thing or he or she responds to, obligations to all others or to certain co-owners Are so severely violated that they cannot be required to continue the community.

2 If the community includes only two co-owners, each of them may bring an action; in the other cases and unless otherwise agreed, an authorization voted by a majority of all co-owners, not including the defendant, is required.

3 The judge who decides the exclusion shall order the defendant to dispose of his share of the condominium and, in the absence of enforcement within the time limit fixed, order the sale at public auction on the part of the provisions relating to the forced execution of the buildings Subject to the exclusion of those governing the end of the condominium.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 649 C 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/9. Community Exclusion/b. Other rights holders

B. Other rights holders

The provisions relating to the exclusion of a co-owner shall apply mutatis mutandis to the usufructuary and to the holder of other rights of use on a share of co-ownership in the case of actual rights or of personal rights annotated in the register Land.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. 650 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/10. End of Condominium/a. Sharing Action

10. End of Condominium

A. Sharing action

1 Each co-owner has the right to require sharing, if he or she is not required to remain in the indivision by virtue of a legal act, as a result of the establishment of a property on a floor or by reason of the assignment of the thing for a sustainable purpose.

2 The division may be excluded by convention for up to 50 years; if it is real property, the convention must, in order to be valid, be received in the authentic form and it can be annotated in the land register. 2

3 Sharing should not be caused in a timely manner.


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 651 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/10. End of Condominium/b. Sharing mode

B. Sharing mode

1 Condominium ceases with the sharing in kind, by the sale of will or by auction with subsequent distribution of the price, or by the acquisition that one or more of the co-owners make shares of the others.

2 If the co-owners do not agree on the mode of sharing, the judge shall order the sharing in kind and, if the thing cannot be divided without any significant reduction in its value, the sale will be at the public auction or between the joint owners.

3 In the case of sharing in kind, the inequality of the shares can be compensated by relief.

Art. 651 A 1 C. Property of many on one thing/I. Property/10. End of Condominium/c. Animals living in the home

C. Animals living in domestic settings

1 In the case of animals which live in a domestic environment and are not kept for a heritage or gain purpose, the judge shall, in the case of a dispute, award the exclusive property to the party who, by virtue of the criteria applied for the protection of the Animals, is the best animal solution.

2 The judge may order the allocation of the animal to pay the other party a fair compensation; it shall freely fix the amount.

3 The judge shall take the necessary provisional measures, in particular for the temporary placement of the animal.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

Art. 652 C. Ownership of many on one thing/II. Common property/1. Cases

II. Common property

1. Cases

When several persons forming a community under the law or contract own one thing, the right of each one extends to the whole thing.

Art. 653 C. Ownership of many on one thing/II. Common property/2. Effects

2. Effects

1 The rights and duties of communists are determined by the rules of the legal or conventional community that unites them.

2 In the absence of any other rule, the rights of the communists, in particular the right to dispose of the thing, can only be exercised by a unanimous decision.

3 The sharing and entitlement to a share is excluded for as long as the community lasts.

Art. 654 C. Ownership of many on one thing/II. Common property/3. End

3. End

1 The common property is extinguished by the alienation of the thing or the end of the community.

2 The sharing shall be carried out, unless otherwise provided, as in the case of co-ownership.

Art. 654 A 1 C. Ownership of many on one thing/III. Ownership of many businesses and farm buildings

III. Ownership of many businesses and farm buildings

The dissolution of the property of several on enterprises and agricultural buildings is also governed by the Federal Law of 4 October 1991 on rural land law 2 .


1 Introduced by Art. 92 ch. 1. Of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).
2 RS 211.412.11

Title 19: Property ownership

Chapter I: The object, acquisition and loss of land ownership

Art. 655 1 A. Purpose/I. Building

A. Purpose

I. Building 2

1 Real property is the object of real property.

2 Are immovable within the meaning of this Law:

1.
Bian-founds;
2.
Separate and permanent rights, registered in the land registry;
3.
Mines;
4.
The condominium units of a building.

3 An easement on a building may be registered as a separate and permanent right under the following conditions:

1.
It is not established in favour of a dominant fund or exclusively in favour of a specified person;
2.
It is established for at least 30 years or for an indefinite period. 3

1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 655 A 1 A. Purpose/II. Dependent Property

II. Dependent Property

1 A building may be attached to another building in such a way that the owner of the principal building is also the owner of the building that is related to it. The dependent building shares the fate of the main building and cannot be disposed of, pledged or otherwise charged separately.

2 The right of legal preemption of co-owners and the right to demand sharing cannot be invoked when the thing has been assigned to a sustainable goal.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 656 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/I. Registration

Acquisition of land ownership

I. Registration

1 Registration in the Land Registry is necessary for the acquisition of land ownership.

2 A person who acquires immovable property by occupation, estate, expropriation, enforced execution or judgment shall, however, become the owner before registration, but may dispose of it in the land register only after that formality has been fulfilled.

Article 657 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/1. Translational Ownership Acts

II. Modes of acquisition

1. Translating property

1 Contracts for the transfer of ownership are valid only if they are received in the authentic form.

2 The provisions for the cause of death and the marriage contract remain subject to their own forms.

Art. 658 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/2. Occupation

2. Occupation

1 A registered building can only be acquired by occupation if it is the result of the land registry that this building has become a master.

2 The occupation of those portions of the ground that are not registered is subject to the rules concerning things without a master.

Art. 659 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/3. New land formation

3. New Land Formation

1 The useable lands that form in the non-master areas by alluvium, embankments, landslides, changes in the course or level of public waters, or in some other way, belong to the canton in which they are located.

2 The cantonal law may allocate these lands to the owners of the adjoining funds.

3 The person who proves that parts of his building have been detached has the right to resume them within a reasonable time.

Art. 660 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/4. Field smoothing/a. In general

4. Field smoothing

A. In general 1

1 Landslides do not alter the boundaries of buildings.

2 Land and other objects so transported from one building to another are subject to the shipwreck or accession rules.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 660 A 1 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/4. Field smoothing/b. Permanent

B. Permanent

1 The principle that landslides do not change the boundaries of buildings does not apply to permanent moving territories designated as such by the cantons.

2 When designating these territories, the nature of the buildings concerned must be taken into account.

3 The indication that a building belongs to such territory shall be communicated in an appropriate manner to the persons concerned and referred to in the land register.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 660 B 1 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/4. Field smoothing/c. New Boundary Fixation

C. New Limit Fixation

1 Where a boundary shift is no longer appropriate as a result of a landslide, the affected landowner may request that it be refixed.

2 The resulting capital gain or loss must be compensated.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 661 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/5. Prescription/a. Ordinary

5. Prescription

A. Ordinary

The rights of the person who has been registered without a legitimate cause in the land register as the owner of a building can no longer be challenged when he owned the building in good faith, without interruption and peaceably for ten years.

Art. 662 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/5. Prescription/b. Extraordinaire

B. Extraordinary

1 Anyone who has held for thirty years without interruption, peacefully and as an owner, a building that is not registered, may require registration as an owner.

2 The locatee may, under the same conditions, exercise the same right in respect of a building whose land register does not disclose the owner or whose owner was dead or declared absent at the beginning of the 30-year period.

3 However, registration takes place only on the order of the judge and if no opposition has occurred within a time limit fixed by official summons, or if the oppositions have been rejected.

Art. 663 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/5. Prescription/c. Delays

C. Timeliness

The rules allowed for the limitation period apply to the computation of time limits, interruption and suspension of the acquisitive prescription.

Art. 664 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/II. Modes of acquisition/6. Chose without master and public domain assets

6. Master's and Public Domain Choses

1 Matters without a master and goods in the public domain are subject to the high police of the State in whose territory they are located.

2 Unless there is evidence to the contrary, public waters, as well as unclean areas of culture, rocks, boulis, neuron, glaciers and springs, do not return to the private sector.

3 Cantonal legislation regulates the occupation of things without a master, as well as the exploitation and common use of public property, such as roads, squares, rivers and river beds.

Art. 665 B. Acquisition of Land Ownership/III. Right to registration

III. Right to registration

1 The person who is in favour of an acquisition title may require the owner to make the registration; in the event of refusal, he may apply to the judge for the attribution of the right of ownership.

2 Occupation, inheritance, expropriation, enforced execution and judgment allow the purchaser to claim the registration of his chief.

3 Deployments resulting from the effect of the law of a community of property or of its dissolution shall be entered in the Land Register at the requisition of one of the spouses. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 666 C. Loss of Land Property

C. Loss of Land Property

1 Land ownership is extinguished by the cancellation of the registration and the total loss of the property.

2 In the case of expropriation for reasons of public utility, the moment when the property is extinguished is determined by the special laws of the Confederation and the cantons.

Art. 666 A 1 D. Judicial Measures/I. Owner not found

D. Judicial measures

I. Owner not found

1 Where the person registered in the land register as an owner cannot be identified or his domicile is unknown, or the name or domicile of one or more of his heirs is unknown, the judge may, on request, order Necessary measures.

2 The judge may in particular appoint a representative. On request, it shall determine the extent of its power of representation. If the judge does not order anything else, this power is limited to protective measures.

3 The following are entitled to request measures:

1.
Any person with a proper interest in protection;
2.
The Office of the Land Registry of the location of the building.

4 The ordered measures do not interrupt the extraordinary acquisitive limitation period.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 666 B 1 D. Judicial Measures/II. Absence of prescribed bodies

II. Absence of prescribed bodies

Where a legal entity or other legal entity registered in the Land Register as the owner no longer has the prescribed bodies, any person having a good interest or the Office of the Land Registry of the place of situation Of the building are entitled to require the judge to order the necessary measures in relation to the building.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Chapter II: Effects of land ownership

Art. 667 A. Extent of land ownership/I. In general

A. Extent of land ownership

I. In general

1 The property of the ground exceeds that of the top and bottom, in all the height and depth useful to its exercise.

2 It includes, subject to legal restrictions, buildings, plantations and sources.

Art. 668 A. Extent of land ownership/II. Limitations/1. Specifying the limits

II. Limits

1. Specifying the limits

1 The boundaries of the buildings are determined by the plan and by the demarcation on the ground.

2 If there is a contradiction between the boundaries of the plan and the boundaries of the field, the accuracy of the first is assumed.

3 The presumption does not apply to permanent moving territories designated as such by the cantons. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. A. Extent of land ownership/II. Limits/2. Requirement to Borner

2. Borner obligation

Where the limits are uncertain, each owner shall be obliged, at the request of the neighbour, to lend his assistance in order to fix them either by the correction of the plan or by the demarcation on the ground.

Art. 670 A. Extent of land ownership/II. Limitations/3. Common Starts

3. Common Starts

The fences used for the demarcation of two buildings, such as walls, hedges, barriers, which lie on the boundary, are presumed to belong to the two neighbours.

Art. 671 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/1. Funds and Materials/a. Property

III. Fund Constructions

1. Funds and Materials

A. Property

1 Where an owner uses the materials of others to build on his or her own fund, or a third party employs its own materials on the fund of others, these materials become part of the building.

2 However, if the material has been used without the consent of the owner, the owner may claim and require the separation at the expense of the owner of the fund, provided that the material does not result in excessive damage.

3 If the construction was done without the approval of the owner of the fund, it may require, under the same reservation, that the materials be removed at the expense of the builder.

Art. 672 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/1. Funds and Materials/b. Allowances

B. Allowances

1 Where the separation does not take place, the owner of the fund shall be required to pay fair compensation for the materials.

2 If the construction has been made in bad faith by the owner of the fund, it may be condemned to the full reparation of the damage.

3 If they have been made in bad faith by the owner of the materials, the allowance may not exceed the minimum value of the buildings for the owner of the fund.

Art. 673 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/1. Funds and Materials/c. Allocation of ownership of the fund

C. Allocation of ownership of the fund

If the value of the buildings obviously exceeds the value of the fund, the party which is in good faith may request that ownership of the whole property be allocated to the owner of the materials, against the payment of a fair compensation.

Art. 674 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Constructions on the Fund/2. Building encroachment on the fund of others

2. Constructions encroachment on the fund of others

1 Construction and other works which encroach on the neighbouring fund shall remain an integral part of the other fund, where the owner of the other fund is for the benefit of a right in rem.

2 Such encroachments may be recorded as easements in the land registry.

3 Where the injured owner, after becoming aware of the encroachment, has not objected to it in due course, the author of the constructions and other works may request, if it is in good faith and circumstances permit, that the encroachment As a real right or the usurped surface is awarded to him for the payment of a fair compensation.

Art. 675 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/3. Surface Rights

3. Surface Rights

1 Constructs and other works established above or below a fund, or together with it in any other sustainable way, may have a separate owner, provided that they are registered as easements in the land registry.

2 The various floors of a house cannot be the subject of an area right.

Art. 676 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/4. Conduct

4. Driving 1

1 The service and evacuation lines which are outside the fund for which they are established shall, unless otherwise provided, be deemed to be part of the undertaking from which they arise or to which they lead and belong to the Owner of the property. 2

2 Where the right to establish them is not the result of the rules applicable to the neighbourly relations, such conduct shall be subject to the actual rights of the fund of others only if they are made in easements.

3 Easement shall be incorporated as soon as the conduct is established if it is apparent. Otherwise, it shall be constituted by its entry in the land register. 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 677 A. Extent of land ownership/III. Fund Constructions/5. Securities Constructions

5. Securities

1 Light constructions, such as cottages, shops, barracks, raised on the fund of others without any intention of establishing them there, belong to the owners of these things.

2 They are not registered in the Land Registry.

Article 678 A. Extent of Land Ownership/IV. Plantations

IV. Plantations

1 If someone has put in its fund plants belonging to others or its own plants in the fund of a third party, the persons concerned have the same rights and obligations as in the case of high construction with foreign materials or Securities.

2 An easement corresponding to the right of area on isolated plants or plantations may be established for at least ten years and for at least 100 years. 1

3 The encumbered owner may request the repurchase of the easement prior to the expiration of the agreed term if he or she has entered into a firm lease agreement with the holder on the use of the land and that contract is terminated. The judge shall decide on the pecuniary consequences taking into account all the circumstances. 2


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Er Jan 2004 ( RO 2003 4121 ; FF 2002 4395 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Er Jan 2004 ( RO 2003 4121 ; FF 2002 4395 ).

Art. 679 A. Extent of Land Ownership/V. Owner's Responsibility/1. In case of excess of the right of ownership

V. Owner's Responsibility

1. In the case of excess ownership 1

1 The person who is affected or threatened with damage because an owner exceeds his or her right, may activate the owner so that he or she can put things into the state or take measures to remove the danger, without prejudice to any damages.

2 Where a building or facility depriving the neighbouring building of some of its qualities, the owner may be activated only if the provisions governing the construction or installation in force at the time of construction have not been Respected. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 679 A 1 A. Extent of land ownership/V. Owner's liability/2. In the case of the lawful exploitation of a fund

2. In the event of the lawful exploitation of a fund

Where, by the lawful exploitation of its fund, in particular by construction work, an owner temporarily causes an unavoidable and excessive nuisance to cause damage, the neighbour shall not require the owner of the fund The payment of damages.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 680 B. Land ownership restriction/I. In general

B. Restriction of land ownership

I. In general

1 Legal restrictions on ownership exist without the need to register them in the land registry.

2 They can only be deleted or modified by an authentic act and registration.

3 Restrictions established in the public interest cannot be modified or deleted.

Art. 681 1 B. Land ownership restriction/II. The right of aliénation; legal preemption rights/1. Principles

II. The right of aliénation; rights of legal preemption

1. Principles

1 Legal preemption rights may also be exercised in the event of forced enforcement, but only at the auction itself and the conditions of the contract; moreover, legal preemption rights may be invoked under conditions Applicable to conventional preemption rights.

2 The right of pre-emption lapses when the building is disposed of to a person who has a right of preemption of the same rank or preferred rank.

3 Legal preemption rights shall not be transferable by succession or assignable. They take precedence over conventional pre-emption rights.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 681 A 1 B. Land ownership restriction/II. The right of aliénation; legal preemption rights/2. Exercise

2. Exercise

1 The seller must inform the holders of the right of pre-emption of the conclusion of the contract of sale and of its contents.

2 If the holder intends to exercise his right, he must rely on him within three months from the time he became aware of the conclusion of the contract and its contents, but no later than two years after the new owner has been registered in the Register Land.

3 Within these time limits, the holder may invoke his right against any owner of the building.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 681 B 1 B. Land ownership restriction/II. The right of aliénation; legal preemption rights/3. Change, Waiver

3. Change, Waiver

1 The convention abolishing or amending a right of legal preemption is valid only if it has passed into the authentic form. It may be annotated in the Land Registry where the right of pre-emption belongs to the current owner of another building.

2 After the occurrence of pre-emption, the holder may give up in writing to exercise a right of legal preemption.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 682 1 B. Land ownership restriction/II. The right of aliénation; legal preemption rights/4. In the case of condominium and area rights

4. In the case of condominium and area rights 2

1 Co-owners have a right of preemption against any acquirer on the one hand who is not a co-owner. When several co-owners assert their right of preemption, the share is allocated to them in proportion to their share of the condominium at the time of the award. 3

2 The owner of a fund charged with a separate and permanent area right also has a right of legal preemption against any purchaser of the right of area; the surface has the same right of preemption against any purchaser of the land, in the The extent to which the fund is involved in the exercise of the area right.

3 ... 4


1 New content according to the c. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).
3 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).
4 Repealed by c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 682 A 1 B. Land ownership restriction/II. The right of aliénation; legal preemption rights/5. Preemption rights in agricultural enterprises and buildings

5. Preemption rights on agricultural enterprises and buildings

The preemption rights on agricultural enterprises and buildings are also governed by the Federal Law of 4 October 1991 on rural land law 2 .


1 Introduced by Art. 92 ch. 1. Of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).
2 RS 211.412.11

Art. 683 1

1 Repealed by c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 684 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/1. Excessive damage

III. Neighborhood Report

1. Excessive violations 1

1 The owner is obliged, in the exercise of his right, especially in his industrial works, to refrain from any excesses to the detriment of the property of the neighbour.

2 In particular, air pollution, foul odours, noise, vibrations, radiation or the deprivation of light or sunshine that have a harmful effect and which exceed the limits of the tolerance shall be prohibited. Neighbours based on local use, the situation and the nature of the buildings. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 685 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighborhood report/2. Fouilles et constructions/a. Rule

2. Excavations and constructions

A. Rule

1 The owner who excavated or constructed must not harm his neighbours by shaking their land, exposing him to damage or compromising the works in them.

2 The legal provisions concerning the encroachment on the funds of others apply to constructions contrary to the rules on neighbourly relations.

Art. 686 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighborhood report/2. Fouilles et constructions/b. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law

B. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law

1 Cantonal legislation can determine the distances that owners are required to observe in excavations or construction.

2 It can establish other rules for construction.

S. 687 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/3. Plants/a. Rule

3. Plants

A. Rule

1 Every owner has the right to cut and keep the branches and roots that advance on his fund, if they are prejudiced and if, after claiming, the neighbour does not remove them within a reasonable period of time.

2 The owner who leaves branches of trees to advance on his or her buildings or crops is entitled to the fruits of these branches.

3 These rules do not apply to adjacent forests.

Art. 688 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/3. Plants/b. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law

B. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law

Cantonal legislation can determine the distance that owners are required to observe in their plantations, according to the various species of plants and buildings; on the other hand, it can force neighbours to suffer as branches and The roots of fruit trees are advancing on their funds, as well as settling or removing the owner's right to fruit on the ground.

Art. 689 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/4. Flow of water

4. Flow of water

1 The owner is required to receive on his or her land the waters that flow naturally from the upper land, such as rain, snow or uncollected sources.

2 None of the neighbours can alter this natural flow to the detriment of the other.

3 Water that flows to and from the bottom of the Fund may be retained only to the extent that it is essential to the upper fund.

Art. 690 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/5. Drainage

5. Drainage

1 The owner of a fund shall be obliged to receive without compensation the waters from the drainage of the upper fund, if they already flowed naturally on its land.

2 If it is injured by this fact, it may require the owner of the upper fund to establish at its own expense a conduct through the bottom fund.

Art. 691 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/6. Lines and pipes passing through a fonds/a. Obligation to tolerate

6. Lines and conduits through a fund

A. Obligation to tolerate them 1

1 The owner of a fund shall be required, against full reparation of the damage, to allow the establishment through its fund of lines or lines of service and evacuation to enable another fund to be serviced if it is not possible or Excessively expensive to equip it otherwise. 2

2 The ability to establish such works on the funds of others cannot be derived from the right of the neighbourhood in cases subject to cantonal or federal legislation concerning expropriation for reasons of public utility.

3 Such connections shall be entered as easements in the land register at the expense of the right holder, on the request of the right holder or the encumbered owner. The right of conduct is enforceable against a purchaser in good faith, even in the absence of registration. 3


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 692 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/6. Lines and pipes passing through a fonds/b. Saving the Interest of the encumbered Owner

B. Safeguard the interests of the encumbered owner

1 The encumbered owner may require that his or her interests be taken equitably into account.

2 In extraordinary circumstances and if the works consist of air lines, it may request that a suitable portion of the land on which these pipes be established be purchased at a price that is completely damaged.

Art. 693 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/6. Lines and pipes passing through a fund/c. Recent Developments

C. Recent Developments

1 If things change, the owner may demand that the facility be moved in accordance with its interests.

2 The costs of this travel are, in the rule, borne by the other party.

3 However, the encumbered owner may be required, if this obligation is justified by special circumstances, to pay a fair share of the costs.

Art. 694 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/7. Right of way/a. Required Passage

7. Rights of Way

A. Required Passage

1 The owner who has only an insufficient exit on the public road may require his neighbours to give him the necessary passage, subject to full indemnity.

2 This right shall be exercised first against the neighbour to whom the passage may be most naturally claimed because of the prior state of the properties and access routes, and, if necessary, against the one on whose fund the passage is the least Harmful.

3 The necessary passage shall be fixed with reference to the interests of both parties.

Art. 695 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/7. Right of way/b. Other passages

B. Other passages

Cantonal legislation may regulate the reciprocal ability of the owners to borrow the neighbouring land for the purposes of operating, repair or construction on their own land; it may also govern the rights of the plough, water, water and water Passing season of devalage and other similar rights.

Art. 696 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/7. Right of way/c. Reference to the Register

C. Reference to the Register

1 The right of way directly established by law is exempt from registration.

2 However, it is mentioned in the Register if they are permanent.

Art. 697 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/8. Fences

8. Fencing

1 Each owner shall bear the cost of closing the fund, subject to the rules applicable to the common fencing.

2 The obligation to close funds and the method of closure is governed by the cantonal law.

Art. 698 B. Land ownership restriction/III. Neighbourhood Report/9. Maintenance of works

9. Maintenance of Works

The works necessary for the exercise of the rights of the neighbourhood are the responsibility of the owners because of the interest of each of them.

Art. 699 B. Land ownership restriction/IV. Right of access to the fund of others/1. Forests and pastures

IV. Right of access to the funds of others

1. Forests and pastures

1 Everyone has free access to the forests and pastures of others and may appropriate berries, mushrooms and other wild fruits, in accordance with local use, unless the competent authority has enacted, in the interest of cultures, defences Limited to certain funds.

2 Cantonal legislation can determine the extent to which it is permissible to enter another's fund for hunting or fishing.

Art. 700 B. Land ownership restriction/IV. Right of access to the fund of others/2. Shipwreck searches, etc.

2. Shipwreck searches, etc.

1 When, by the effect of water, wind, avalanches, other natural force or by chance, any objects are drawn on the fund of a third party, or that animals, such as bestial, swarms of bees, poultry, fish, Carry, the owner of the building must permit the search and removal of the property to the right holders.

2 If the result is an injury, it may claim compensation and exercise the right of retention of that right.

Art. 701 B. Land ownership restriction/IV. Right of access to the fund of others/3. Necesswork Case

3. Need Case

1 If someone cannot preserve or preserve others from imminent harm or present danger that by infringing on the property of a third party, the third party is liable to suffer the damage, provided that it is of little importance in comparison to the Damage or danger to prevent.

2 The owner may, if he has been prejudicable, claim a fair compensation.

Art. 702 B. Restriction of land ownership/V. Restrictions on public law/1. In general

V. Restrictions on public law

1. In general

It is reserved for the right of the Confederation, the cantons and the municipalities to provide in the public interest other restrictions on land ownership, in particular in relation to the health police, the police of buildings, fire, forests and Roads, slipways, bornage and trigonometric signals, improvements to the soil, fragmentation of funds, parcelled meetings of rural or building land, measures for the conservation of antiquities and Natural curiosities or the protection of sites and sources of mineral water.

Article 703 1 B. Restriction of land ownership/V. Restrictions on public law/2. Soil improvements

2. Soil Improvements

1 Where improvements to the ground (water correction, drying, irrigation, reforestation, roads, piecemeal meetings, etc.) can only be carried out by a community of owners, and the works necessary for this purpose Are decided by the majority of those with more than half of the land, the others are obliged to adhere to this decision. Interested owners who do not participate in the decision will be deemed to adhere to the decision. Membership will be mentioned in the Land Registry.

2 The cantons regulate the procedure. They must, in particular for piecemeal meetings, lay down detailed rules.

3 Cantonal legislation may lighten the conditions under which this Code applies the performance of this work and shall apply mutatis mutandis the same rules to the land to be built and the territories in permanent movement. 2


1 New content according to Art. 121 of the LF of 3 Oct. 1951 on agriculture, in force since 1 Er Jan 1954 (RO) 1953 1095; FF 1951 II 141).
2 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 704 C. Sources/I. Ownership and servitude

C. Sources

I. Ownership and servitude

1 The sources are an integral part of the fund, and the property can only be acquired with the land where it is flowing.

2 The right to springs flowing from another is made up of an easement by its registration in the land register.

3 Groundwater is treated as sources.

Article 705 C. Sources/II. Derivation

II. Derivation

1 The right to derive sources may, in the public interest, be subject to certain conditions, restricted or deleted by cantonal legislation.

2 The Federal Council makes no use of disputes between cantons.

Art. 706 C. Sources/III. Cut Sources/1. Allowance

III. Cut Sources

1. Compensation

1 It shall be liable to damages for damages to the owner or the owner, by cutting, even partially, or by suing, by any excavation, construction or work, from sources already used in a measure Significant or captured for use.

2 Where the damage has not been caused by reason or negligence, or where it is attributable to a fault of the injured party, the judge shall assess whether compensation is due and shall fix, where appropriate, the amount and the nature.

Article 707 C. Sources/III. Cut-off Sources/2. Site Recovery

2. Site Recovery

1 If necessary sources for the operation or habitation of a building, either for a food service, are cut or soiled, the restoration of the prior condition may be required to the extent possible.

2 This recovery may be required in other cases only if it is justified by special circumstances.

Art. C. Sources/IV. Common sources

IV. Common sources

1 Where two or more adjacent sources belonging to different owners have the same food supply and thus form the same group, each owner may request that the sources be collected in common and distributed among all Rights holders in proportion to their previous enjoyment.

2 The beneficiaries shall bear the costs of the joint installations in the measure of their interest.

3 In the event of opposition from one of them, each of the rightholders may make the rational work of capture and adduction for its source, even if it resulted in a decrease in the flow of the other sources, and it shall be subject to compensation of that head only in the Measure where the work has increased the flow of its own source.

Art. 709 C. Sources/V. Source Usage

V. Use of sources

Cantonal legislation may grant to neighbours or other persons the right to use, for example, the use of water and livestock, springs, fountains and streams that are privately owned.

Art. 710 C. Sources/VI. Required Fontaine

VI. Required Fontaine

1 The owner, who can only obtain the necessary water at the cost of work and excessive costs, has the right to require a neighbour to give up the water for which he or she does not need it.

2 The interests of the disposing party will essentially be taken into account.

3 Amendments to the arrangements may be requested, if new circumstances arise.

Art. 711 C. Sources/VII. Expropriation/1. From sources

VII. Expropriation

1. Sources

1 The owner of springs, fountains or creeks having no utility, or a utility unrelated to their value, shall be obliged to transfer them against full indemnity for food, moisturizing or other undertakings Of general interest.

2 The allowance may consist of the distribution of part of the resulting water.

Art. 712 C. Sources/VII. Expropriation/2. Soil

2. Soil

Expropriation of land around sources that depend on a food service may be requested in so far as it is necessary to prevent such sources from being soiled.

Chapter III: Ownership by floor 1

Art. 712 A A. Elements and Objects/I. Elements

A. Elements and Objects

I. Elements

1 The condominium units of a building may be set up on a floor-by-floor basis, in such a way that each co-owner has the exclusive right to use and internally develop specified parts of a building.

2 The co-owner has the power to administer, use and develop its premises in so far as it does not restrict the exercise of the right of other co-owners, does not damage the parts, works and common installations of the building, hinders Not their use or does not modify the external appearance.

3 It is required to maintain its premises in such a way as to maintain the irreproachable state and appearance of the building.

Art. 712 B A. Elements and Objects/II. Purpose

II. Purpose

1 It may be the subject of the exclusive right on floors or parts of floors which, consisting of apartments or commercial or other premises, form a whole with its own access, the possibility of including separate premises being reserved.

2 The co-owner may not acquire the exclusive right to:

1.
The land and, where applicable, the area of land under which the building was constructed;
2.
The important parts for the existence, arrangement and solidity of the building or the premises of other co-owners or that determine the exterior shape and appearance of the building;
3.
Works and facilities that are also used by other co-owners for the use of their premises.

3 The co-owners may, in the act of ownership of the property by floors, or in a subsequent convention submitted in the same form, declare common still other parts of the building; to that defect they are presumed to be the object of the right Exclusive.

Art. 712 C A. Elements and Objects/III. Disposition of disposition

III. Disposition of disposition

1 The co-owner does not have the right of legal preemption against any third party buyer on the one hand, but a right of pre-emption can be created in the deed of ownership of the property on a floor or by subsequent convention and annotated in the land register.

2 The Constitution or a subsequent Convention may provide that a floor shall be validly alienated, encumbered by a usufruct or a right of habitation or leased only if the other co-owners have not, by virtue of a majority decision, formed Opposition within 14 days after receiving notice of the transaction.

3 The opposition has no effect if it is not based on just cause. 1


1 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 712 D B. Constitution and Ending/I. Constitutive Act

B. Constitution and the end

I. Constitutive Act

1 The property on a floor level consists of registration in the land register.

2 Registration may be required:

1.
Under a contract by which the co-owners agree to submit their shares to the ownership structure on a floor;
2.
Pursuant to a declaration by the owner of the land or the owner of a separate and permanent area right, relating to the creation of condominium units under the ownership regime on a floor-by-floor basis.

3 The legal act is valid only if it is passed in the authentic form or, if it is a will or an act of inheritance, in the form prescribed by the law of succession.

Art. 712 E B. Constitution and Ending/II. Delimitation and quotas

II. Delimitation and quotas 1

1 The constituent instrument shall indicate the delimitation of the floors or parts of the floor and, in quota shares having a common denominator, the share of the value of the land or area right represented by each floor or part of the floor. 2

2 The shares may only be amended with the consent of all directly interested persons and the approval of the meeting of the joint owners; however, each joint owner may request a correction if his share has been Error, fixed inaccurately or becomes inaccurate as a result of modifications to the building or its entwings.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 712 F B. Constitution and Ending/III. End

III. End

1 The property on a floor level ends with the loss of the land or the extinction of the right of land and the cancellation of the registration in the land register.

2 Cancellation may be requested by virtue of a convention terminating the ownership by floors or, to that defect, by any co-owner who unites all shares, subject to the consent of the persons on the floors of the Real rights that cannot be transferred without any inconvenience to the entire building.

3 Each co-owner may request the dissolution of the property on a floor under one of the following conditions:

1.
The building is destroyed for more than half of its value and reconstruction would be a difficult burden to bear;
2.
The building has been owned by floors for more than 50 years and can no longer be used depending on its destination due to its degradation. 1

4 Co-owners who wish to maintain the community may, however, avoid dissolution by discarving others. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 712 G C. Administration and Use/I. Applicable Provisions

C. Administration and Utilization

I. Applicable provisions

1 The condominium rules apply to the jurisdiction to carry out administrative acts and construction work.

2 If these rules do not preclude them, they may be replaced by different provisions laid down in the constitution or adopted unanimously by all the joint owners.

3 For the rest, each co-owner may require that a regulation of administration and use, valid as soon as it has been adopted by the majority of the joint owners, in addition to more than half the value of the shares, be established and Mentioned in the Land Register; even if the Regulation is included in the Constitution, it may be amended by decision of that double majority.

4 Any change in the regulatory allocation of specific rights of use must also be approved by the owners of the floors directly concerned. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 712 H C. Administration and Use/II. Common Charges and Charges/1. Definition and Distribution

II. Common charges and expenses

1. Definition and Distribution

1 The co-owners contribute to the common expenses and the costs of the common administration in proportion to the value of their shares.

2 In particular, such charges and charges are:

1.
The expenses necessitated by the routine maintenance, by repairs and refections of the common parts of the property and the building, as well as common works and installations;
2.
Administration costs, including the allowance paid to the administrator;
3.
Contributions of public law and taxes owed to all co-owners;
4.
Interest and annuities to be paid to creditors holding guarantees on the property or to which the co-owners have jointly committed themselves.

3 If certain parts of the building are used only very little or not at all by certain co-owners, account shall be taken of them in the apportionment of costs.

Art. 712 I C. Administration and Use/II. Common charges and charges/2. Guarantee of contributions/a. Legal Mortgage

2. Contribution Guarantee

A. Legal Mortgage

1 To guarantee the right to contributions over the past three years, the community may require the registration of a mortgage on the part of each current co-owner.

2 The administrator or, in the absence of an administrator, each co-owner authorized by a decision taken by a majority of the co-owners or by the judge, as well as the creditor in favour of which the contribution is seized may require registration.

3 For the rest, the provisions on the constitution of the legal mortgage of craftsmen and entrepreneurs apply by analogy.

Art. 712 K C. Administration and Use/II. Common charges and charges/2. Guarantee of contributions/b. Right of retention

B. Right of retention

To guarantee the right to the contributions of the past three years, the community has on the furniture that fills the premises of a co-owner and that serve either their development or their use the same right of retention as a lessor.

Art. 712 L C. Administration and Use/III. Exercise of civil rights

III. Exercise of civil rights

1 The community acquires, on its behalf, the assets resulting from its management, in particular the contributions of the co-owners and the available funds, such as the renovation fund.

2 It may, on its behalf, operate or be sued, as well as prosecute and be sued. 1


1 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).

Art. 712 M D. Organisation/I. Assembly of co-owners/1. Jurisdiction and legal status

D. Organization

I. Assembly of co-owners

1. Jurisdiction and legal status

1 In addition to those mentioned in other provisions, the meeting of the co-owners includes the following powers:

1.
Dealing with administrative matters that are not within the jurisdiction of the Administrator;
2.
Appoint the administrator and monitor his/her activity;
3.
Appoint a committee or a delegate, to which it may entrust administrative tasks, in particular those of advising the administrator, monitoring its management and submitting to the Assembly a report and proposals on this subject;
4.
Approving the annual cost estimate, the accounts and the apportionment of costs between the co-owners;
5.
Deciding on the creation of a renovation fund for maintenance and repair work;
6.
To insure the building against fire and other risks and to conclude the usual liability insurance, in addition to obliging the co-owner who has made extraordinary expenses to develop his premises to pay a premium share Except in the case of supplementary insurance for his or her own account.

2 Except for special provisions of the law, the rules applicable to the organs of the association and the challenge of its decisions shall apply to the meeting of the joint owners and the committee.

Art. 712 N D. Organisation/I. Assembly of co-owners/2. Convening and Presidency

2. Convening and Presidency

1 The meeting of the co-owners shall be convened and presided over by the administrator, if it has not decided otherwise.

2 Decisions must be the subject of a record kept by the administrator or co-owner who holds the chair.

Art. 712 O D. Organisation/I. Assembly of co-owners/3. Exercise of voting rights

3. Exercise of right to vote

1 When more than one person is a joint owner of a floor, they have only one voice and express it by a representative.

2 Similarly, the co-owner and the usufructuary of one floor shall agree on the exercise of the right to vote, otherwise the usufructuary shall vote on all matters of administration, with the exception of works of construction which are only useful or serve to Embellishment or convenience.

Art. 712 P D. Organisation/I. Assembly of co-owners/4. Quorum

4. Quorum

1 The meeting of the co-owners may validly discharge if half of all the joint owners, but at least two, representing at least half the value of the shares, are present or represented.

2 If the Assembly does not reach a quorum, a second meeting shall be convened, which may be held at the earliest ten days after the first meeting.

3 The new assembly may validly release if one-third of all co-owners, but at least two, are present or represented.

Art. 712 Q D. Organization/II. Administrator/1. Appointment

II. Administrator

1. Appointment

1 If the co-owner assembly fails to appoint the director, each co-owner may ask the judge to appoint him or her.

2 The same right belongs to a person who has a legitimate interest, in particular a secured creditor or an insurer.

Art. 712 R D. Organization/II. Administrator/2. Revocation

2. Revocation

1 The co-owner assembly may revoke the administrator at any time, subject to possible damages.

2 If, in the absence of proper reasons, the assembly refuses to revoke the director, any co-owner may, in the month, ask the judge to issue the revocation.

3 The administrator appointed by the judge may not be dismissed without the consent of the judge before the term of office.

Art. 712 S D. Organization/II. Administrator/3. Attributions/a. Implementation of provisions and decisions on administration and use

3. Attributions

A. Delivery of provisions and decisions on administration and use

1 The Administrator shall carry out all acts of common administration, in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the Rules of Procedure and the decisions of the Assembly of Joint Owners; it shall take on its own right all the urgent measures required for To prevent or repair damage.

2 It allocates common expenses and expenses between the co-owners, their invoice address, cash their contributions, manages and uses the funds it holds.

3 It shall ensure that, in the exercise of the exclusive rights and in the use of the common parts and installations of the property and the building, the law, the settlement of the community and the settlement of the house are observed.

Art. 712 T D. Organization/II. Administrator/3. Attributions/b. Representation towards third parties

B. Representation towards third parties

1 The administrator represents the community and the co-owners towards third parties, in all cases under the common administration and falls within its statutory authority.

2 Except in summary proceedings, the administrator may not take legal action as plaintiff or defendant without prior authorization from the meeting of the co-owners, subject to the emergency cases for which the authorization may be requested Later.

3 Declarations, summons, judgments and decisions for all co-owners may be validly notified to the administrator, his domicile or the place of situation of the thing.

Title 20: Property

Art. 713 A. Purpose of the security

A. Purpose of the security

The object of the security is the things that can be carried from one place to another, as well as the natural forces which are capable of appropriation and are not included in the buildings.

Art. 714 B. Modes of acquisition/I. Tradition/1. Transfer of possession

Modes of acquisition

Tradition

1. Possession transfer

1 Possession is necessary for the transfer of the security property.

2 A person who, in good faith, is placed as owner in possession of a piece of furniture shall acquire the property, even if the author of the transfer did not have quality for the operation; the property shall be acquired as soon as it is protected under the rules of the Possession.

Article 715 B. Modes of acquisition/I. Tradition/2. Reserve property pact/a. In general

2. The Reserve Property Pact

A. In general

1 The pact under which the alienator reserves the ownership of a piece of furniture transferred to the purchaser is only valid if it has been entered in the current residence of the purchaser, in a public register maintained by the prosecution office.

2 The retention of ownership pact is prohibited in the livestock trade.

Art. 716 B. Modes of acquisition/I. Tradition/2. Reserve property pact/b. Sales by instalments

B. Instalment sales

Those who make instalment sales may claim objects sold subject to ownership only on condition that the initial payments are returned, under fair rent and in respect of wear and tear.

Art. 717 B. Modes of acquisition/I. Tradition/3. Possessory Constitut

3. Possessory

1 Where the person who disposes of a thing holds it to a special title, the transfer of the property shall not be enforceable against third parties, if it was intended to damage or evade the rules concerning the pledge of furniture.

2 The judge likes.

Art. 718 B. Modes of acquisition/II. Occupation/1. Chose without a master

II. Occupation

1. Chose without a master

Whoever takes possession of something without a master, with the will to become an owner, acquires ownership of it.

Art. 719 B. Modes of acquisition/II. Occupancy/2.

2. Escape animals

1 Captive animals no longer have a master as soon as they recover the freedom, if their owner does not carry out immediate and uninterrupted research.

2 Appriated animals that have returned permanently to the wild also have no more control.

3 Bee swarms do not become a master by the mere fact of entering the fund of others.

Art. 720 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Choses Found/1. Advertising and Research/a. In general

III. Choses Found

1. Advertising and Research

A. In general 1

1 Whoever finds a lost thing is obliged to inform the owner and, if he does not know it, to notify the police or to take the publicity measures and to do the research ordered by the circumstances.

2 He is required to notify the police when the value of the thing is clearly greater than 10 francs.

3 The person who finds a thing in a dwelling house or in premises and facilities assigned to a public service must deposit it in the hands of the master of the house, the tenant or the staff responsible for supervision.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

Art. 720 A 1 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Choses Found/1. Advertising and Research/b. Animals

B. Animals

1 Subject to Art. 720, para. 3, the person who finds a lost animal is obliged to inform the owner or, failing that, the competent authority.

2 The cantons designate authority within the meaning of para. 1. 2


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).
2 This para. Enter into force on 1 Er Apr 2004.

Art. 721 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Things found/2. Guard of thing and auction

2. Guard of thing and auction

1 The thing found must be kept with the necessary care.

2 It may be sold at public auction with the permission of the competent authority, when the guard is expensive, whether the very thing is exposed to a prompt deterioration or that it has remained in the hands of the police for more than a year Or in a public deposit; the auctions are preceded by publications.

3 The selling price replaces the thing.

Art. 722 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Choses Found/3. Property Acquisition, Check In

3. Property Acquisition, Check In

1 The thing is acquired by the person who found it and who has met its obligations, if the owner cannot be found within five years from the notice to the police or advertising measures.

1bis In the case of animals that live in a domestic environment and are not kept for a heritage or gain purpose, the time limit is two months. 1

1ter When the person who found the animal entruss him to a refuge with the will to abandon possession of the animal permanently, the refuge may freely dispose of the animal two months after the animal has been entrusted to it. 2

2 When it is returned to the owner, the person who found it is entitled to the reimbursement of all its costs and to a fair reward.

3 If the thing has been found in a house inhabited or in premises and facilities assigned to a public service, the master of the house, the tenant or the establishment have the obligations of the one who found the thing, but cannot claim a Gratification.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).

Article 723 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Choses Found/4. Treasury

4. Treasury

1 It is considered as a treasure the precious things that it seems certain, at the time of their discovery, that they are buried or hidden for a long time and have no owner.

2 The treasure becomes the property of the one to which the building or piece of furniture in which it has been found belongs; remains reserved for the provisions concerning objects that offer scientific interest.

3 He who discovered it has the right to a fair reward, which will not exceed half the value of the treasure.

Art. 724 B. Modes of acquisition/III. Choses Found/5. Objects with Scientific Value

5. Objects with Scientific Value

1 Natural curiosities and antiquities that do not belong to anyone and offer a scientific interest are the property of the canton on whose territory they were found. 1

1bis They shall not be disposed of without the authorization of the competent cantonal authorities. They cannot be the subject of an acquisitive prescription, nor can they be acquired in good faith. The claim action is imprescriptible . 2

2 The owner in whose fund similar things are found is obliged to allow the necessary excavations, subject to compensation for the damage caused by this work.

3 The author of the discovery and the same, if it is a treasure, the owner is entitled to a fair compensation, which will not exceed the value of the thing.


1 New content according to Art. 32 ch. 1 of the LF of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property, in force since 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 1869 ; FF 2002 505 ).
2 Introduced by Art. 32 ch. 1 of the LF of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property, in force since 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 1869 ; FF 2002 505 ).

Art. B. Modes of acquisition/IV. Epaves

IV. Epaves

1 The rules concerning the things found are applicable to those which, by the violence of water, wind, avalanches, any other natural force or by chance, are brought to the power of others and to the foreign animals that Carry.

2 The swarm of bees that takes refuge in an occupied hive belonging to another is acquired without compensation to the owner of the hive.

Art. 726 B. Modes of acquisition/V. Specification

V. Specification

1 When a person has worked or transformed a material that did not belong to him, the new thing is acquired by the worker, if the industry is more valuable than the material, otherwise, to the owner of the material.

2 If the worker was not in good faith, the judge can assign the new thing to the owner of the material, even if the industry is more valuable.

3 Demits reserved the actions for damages and those that derive from enrichment.

Art. 727 B. Modes of acquisition/VI. Join and Blend

VI. Join and Blend

1 When things belonging to various owners have been mixed or united in such a way that it is no longer possible to separate them without any significant deterioration, or that at the price of excessive work and costs, the persons concerned become Co-owners of the new thing because of the value of the parts at the time of blending or addition.

2 If, in the mixture or the union of two things, one can only be considered as the accessory of the other, the new thing is acquired by the owner of the main part.

3 Demits reserved the actions for damages and those that derive from enrichment.

Art. 728 B. Modes of acquisition/VII. Acquisitive Prescription

VII. Acquisitive Prescription

1 The person who, in good faith, as the owner, peaceably and without interruption, has owned the thing of others for five years by prescription.

1bis In the case of animals that live in a domestic environment and are not kept for a heritage or gain purpose, the time limit is two months. 1

1ter Except as provided by law, the statutory limitation period for cultural property within the meaning of s. 2, para. 1, of the Act of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property 2 Is 30 years old. 3

2 The limitation period is not interrupted by the inadvertent loss of possession, provided that possession is recovered in the year or by an action brought within the same time limit.

3 The rules established for the limitation period apply to the computation of time limits, interruption and suspension of the acquisitive prescription.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 ; FF 2002 3885 5418).
2 RS 444.1
3 Introduced by Art. 32 ch. 1 of the LF of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property, in force since 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 1869 ; FF 2002 505 ).

Art. 729 C. Loss of security

C. Loss of security

The movable property shall not be extinguished by the loss of possession, until the owner has abandoned his right or the thing has not been acquired by a third party.

Part two: Other real rights

Title Twenty-first: Easements and land charges

Chapter I: Land easements

S. 730 A. Purpose of easements

A. Purpose of easements

1 The easement is a charge on a building in favour of another building and requires the owner of the land to suffer, from the owner of the dominant fund, certain acts of use, or to refrain from exercising certain Property rights.

2 An obligation to do so can only be attached to an easement. This obligation shall bind the purchaser of the dominant fund or the fund used only if it is the result of a registration in the land register. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 731 B. Constitution and Extinguishment of Easements/I. Constitution/1. Registration

B. Constitution and Extinction of Easements

I. Constitution

1. Registration

1 Enrolment in the land registry is necessary for the constitution of easements.

2 The ownership rules shall apply, unless otherwise provided, to the acquisition and registration.

3 The acquisitive prescription of easements is only possible in respect of buildings whose ownership itself can be acquired in this way.

Art. 732 1 B. Constitution and extinguishment of easements/I. Constitution/2. Constituent Act

2. Constituent Act

1 The constituent instrument of an easement is valid only if it has been passed in the authentic form.

2 The easement must be drawn on a plan extract from the land registry when its exercise is limited to part of the building and the place where it is exercised is not described in sufficient detail in the title.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 733 B. Constitution and Extinguishment of Easements/I. Constitution/3. Servitude on its own fund

3. Servitude on its own fund

The owner of two funds has the right to encumber one easement in favour of the other.

Art. 734 B. Constitution and Extinction of Easements/II. Extinction/1. In general

II. Extinction

1. In general

The easement is extinguished by the cancellation of the registration and the total loss of the fund or the dominant fund.

Art. 735 B. Constitution and Extinction of Easements/II. Extinction/2. Meeting of Funds

2. Fund meeting

1 When the two funds are together in the same hand, the owner can cause the easement to be canceled.

2 The easement remains as a right as long as the cancellation has not taken place.

Art. 736 B. Constitution and Extinction of Easements/II. Extinction/3. Judicial Liberation

3. Judicial Release

1 The encumbered owner may require the cancellation of an easement that has been lost to the dominant fund.

2 It may obtain the full or partial release of an easement that retains only a reduced utility, out of proportion to the expenses imposed on the fund.

Art. 737 C. Effects of easements/I. Scope/1. In general

C. Effects of Easements

I. Scope

1. In general

1 The person to whom the easement is due may take all necessary measures to preserve it and to use it.

2 It is obliged to exercise its right in the least harmful manner.

3 The encumbered owner may in no way prevent or render inconvenient the exercise of the easement.

Art. 738 C. Effects of Easements/I. Scope/2. Under Registration

2. Under Registration

1 Registration is a rule, as it clearly designates the rights and obligations deriving from the easement.

2 The extent of this may be specified, within the limits of the inscription, either by its origin or by the manner in which the easement was exercised for a long time, peacefully and in good faith.

Art. 739 C. Effects of easements/I. Scope/3. New needs of the dominant fund

3. New needs of the dominant fund

The new needs of the dominant fund do not result in any worsening of the easement.

Art. 740 C. Effects of easements/I. Scope/4. Cantonal law and local uses

4. Cantonal law and local uses

Passing rights, such as foot or tank passage, or in the dead season, or through fields, timber output, grazing, watering, watering, watering, irrigation and other similar rights, have, except as a special provision, the extent to which they Assign the cantonal legislation and the use of the premises.

Art. 740 A 1 C. Effects of easements/I. Scope/5. Plurality of right holders

5. Plurality of rights holders

1 Where several rights holders participate in an easement of the same rank and content in a joint installation, the rules of the condominium are, unless otherwise agreed, applicable by analogy.

2 The right to leave the community by renunciation of the easement may be excluded for up to 30 years by an agreement in the prescribed form for the constituent instrument of the easement. This convention may be annotated in the Land Registry.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 741 C. Effects of servitudes/II. Maintenance Load

II. Maintenance Load

1 The owner of the dominant fund shall maintain the works necessary for the exercise of the easement.

2 If these works are also useful to the encumbered owner, the maintenance burden falls on both parties, in proportion to their interest. A convention derogating from this principle requires the purchaser of the dominant fund or the fund to be used only if it results from the supporting documents in the land register. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 742 C. Effects of Easements/III. Load Carriage

III. Load Carriage 1

1 Where the easement is exercised only on a portion of the servant's land, the encumbered owner may, if there is interest and expense, require that it be transported to another location where it would not be less convenient.

2 He has this faculty, even though the primitive base of the easement is in the land registry.

3 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 743 1 C. Effects of servitudes/IV. Division of a Fund

IV. Division of a Fund

1 If the fund or dominant fund is divided, the easement remains on all parcels.

2 If, according to the supporting documents or the circumstances, the easement is restricted to certain parcels, the easement must be removed from the parcels not affected.

3 The treatment procedure is governed by the provisions on cancellation and alteration of entries in the land register.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 744 1

1 Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Chapter II: Other easements, in particular usufruct

Art. 745 A. usufruct/I. Its purpose

A. usufruct

I. Its purpose

1 The usufruct may be established on furniture, buildings, rights or heritage.

2 It shall confer on the usufructuary, unless otherwise provided, a full right of enjoyment on the matter.

3 The usufruct of a building may be limited to a defined part of a building or building. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 20 June 2003, in force since 1 Er Jan 2004 ( RO 2003 4121 ; FF 2002 4395 ).

Art. 746 A. usufruct/II. Establishment of usufruct/1. In general

II. Constitution of usufruct

1. In general

1 The usufruct of the securities and the claims shall be established by their transfer to the usufructuary, that of the real estate by the registration in the land register.

2 The rules concerning ownership shall apply, unless otherwise provided, to the acquisition of the usufruct of both movable and immovable property and to registration.

Art. 747 1 A. usufruct/II. Establishment of usufruct/2. ...

2. ...


1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 748 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/1. Causes of extinction

III. Extinction of usufruct

1. Causes of extinction

1 The usufruct is extinguished by the total loss of the thing and, in addition, if it is real property, by the cancellation of the registration, where it is necessary to establish it.

2 Other causes of extinction, such as the expiry of the term, the renunciation and the death of the usufructuary, confer on the owner, in terms of usufruct of immovable property, only the right to require the cancellation.

3 The legal usufruct is extinguished with the cause that gave birth to him.

Article 749 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/2 Duration of usufruct

2. Duration of usufruct

1 The usufruct is extinguished by the death of the usufructuary and, if the usufructuary is a legal person, by the dissolution of the usufructuary.

2 However, the usufruct of legal persons cannot exceed one hundred years.

Art. 750 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/3. Counter value of thing destroyed

3. Counter value of thing destroyed

1 The owner is not required to restore the destroyed thing.

2 If restored, the usufruct is reborn.

3 The usufruct extends to the counter-value which replaced the destroyed thing, in particular in the case of insurance and expropriation for reasons of public utility.

Art. 751 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/4. Check in/a. Obligation

4. Check-in

A. Obligation

The owner is required to return the thing to the owner as soon as the usufruct has ended.

Art. 752 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/4. Restitution/b. Liability

B. Responsibility

1 The usufructuary answers the loss and the depreciation of the thing, if it does not prove that the damage occurred without its fault.

2 He replaces the things he has consumed without having the right to do so.

3 It shall not be compensated for the depreciation caused by the normal use of the item.

Article 753 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/4. Check in/c. Awards

C. Awards

1 The usufructuary who has made an award or new works without being obliged to do so may claim compensation for the termination of the usufruct, according to the rules of business management.

2 If the owner has made installations for which the owner refuses to indemnify him, he shall have the right to remove them, to restore the prior state.

Art. 754 A. usufruct/III. Extinction of usufruct/5. Provision of compensation

5. Provision of compensation

The rights of the owner due to changes or impairments, those of the usufructuary for his impenses and the ability of him to remove the installations by him, shall be prescribed by one year upon the return of the thing.

Art. 755 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/1. Rights of usufructuary/a. In general

IV. Effects of usufruct

1. Usufructuary rights

A. In general

1 The usufructuary has the possession, use and enjoyment of the thing.

2 It also has management.

3 It observes, in the exercise of its rights, the rules of good administration.

Art. 756 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/1. Rights of usufructuary/b. Natural fruit

B. Natural fruit

1 The natural fruit that matured during the life of the usufruct belongs to the usufruitier.

2 The owner or the usufructuary who provides the culture may demand for his or her inwards, the person who has harvested, a fair compensation, which will not exceed the value of the harvest.

3 The integral parts of the thing that are not fruit or products remain vested in the owner.

Art. 757 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/1. Rights of usufructuary/c. Interest

C. Interest

The interest of the capital subject to the usufruct and the other periodic income shall be accrued to the usufructuary of the day on which the right begins until the date on which the interest is terminated, even if the interest is due only later.

Art. 758 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/1. Rights of usufructuary/d. Assignment of usufruct

D. Assignment of usufruct

1 The usufructuary whose right is not eminently personal may transfer the exercise to a third party.

2 In this case, the owner can act directly against the assignee.

Art. A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/2. Rights of the owner/a. Monitoring

2. Owner's Rights

A. Monitoring

The owner may object to any act of unlawful use or not in accordance with the nature of the thing.

Art. 760 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/2. Rights of the owner/b. Right to charge security

B. The right to charge security

1 The owner who proves that his or her rights are at risk may require security rights of the usufructuary.

2 It may require, even without proof and before issue, whether the usufruct relates to consumables or securities.

3 If the usufruct is for securities, the deposit of securities is sufficient.

Art. 761 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/2. Rights of the owner/c. Security Interests in Cases of Donations and Legal usufruits

C. Security interests in cases of legal donations and usufruits

1 Security rights cannot be claimed from the donor who reserved the usufruct of the given thing.

2 In the case of legal usufruits, the obligation to provide security is subject to special rules.

Art. 762 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/2. Rights of the owner/d. Failure to provide security rights

D. Suites of failure to provide security

If the usufructuary does not provide security within a sufficient period of time, which will be fixed for that purpose, or if, in spite of the owner's opposition, it continues to make unlawful use of the property, the judge shall, until further notice, take possession of the To give them to a curator.

Art. 763 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/3. Inventory

3. Inventory

The owner and the usufructuary may require at any time that an authentic inventory of the properties subject to the usufruct be prepared at common expense.

Art. 764 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/4. Obligations of usufructuary/a. Retention of the thing

4. Usufructuary obligations

A. Retention of the thing

1 The usufructuary is required to keep the substance of the thing and to make ordinary maintenance repairs and refections.

2 If more important work or other measures are necessary for the conservation of the thing, the usufructuary is required to notify the owner and suffer.

3 It may provide for itself, at the expense of the owner, if the owner does not do so.

Art. 765 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/4. Obligations of usufructuary/b. Maintenance, taxes and other expenses

B. Maintenance, taxes and other expenses

1 The usufructuary shall bear the ordinary maintenance and operating expenses of the thing, as well as the interest of the debts of which it is encumbered, and shall be liable to pay the taxes and other charges; all in proportion to the duration of the His right.

2 If taxes or other royalties are paid by the owner, the usufructuary shall compensate the owner to the extent indicated.

3 The other expenses are the responsibility of the owner, who may, however, make goods subject to the usufruct in order to pay them, if the necessary funds are not available to him for free by the usufructuary.

Art. 766 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/4. Obligations of usufructuary/c. Interest on debts of a heritage

C. Interest on debts of a heritage

The usufructuary of a heritage pays the interest of the debts incurred, but it may request, if the circumstances permit, to be exempt from this obligation; in this case, its enjoyment is reduced to the surplus of the assets after acquittal of the Debts.

S. 767 A. usufruct/IV. Effects of usufruct/4. Obligations of usufructuary/d. Insurance

D. Insurance

1 The usufructuary is required to insure the property, in the interest of the owner, against the fire and other risks, as this measure comes back from the local use in those ordered by good administration.

2 He shall pay the premiums for the duration of his or her enjoyment; this obligation shall also apply to him, if the usufruct includes things already insured.

Art. 768 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/1. Real Property/a. With regard to fruit

Special cases of usufruct

1. Real Property

A. With regard to fruit

1 The usufructuary of a building must ensure that the enjoyment of the thing is not excessive.

2 Undue fruit is owned by the owner.

Art. 769 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/1. Real Property/b. Destination of the thing

B. Destination of the thing

1 The usufructuary shall not make any changes to the destination of the building that could cause significant damage to the owner.

2 It cannot, in particular, transform or essentially modify the thing subject to usufruct.

3 It cannot open quarries, bogs or bogs, or commence the operation of other similar things only after notice given to the owner and if the destination of the fund is not substantially altered.

Art. 770 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/1. Real Property/c. Forests

C. Forests

1 The usufructuary of a forest has the right to enjoy it within the limits of rational planning.

2 The owner and the usufructuary may require that the operation be governed by a development which takes account of their rights.

3 When, as a result of storms, snowfall, fire, invasion of insects, or other causes, a significant amount of timber is required to be significantly higher than ordinary enjoyment, the operation shall be reduced to repair Gradually the damage or development is adapted to the new circumstances; the price of timber beyond the ordinary enjoyment is in the interest and is used to compensate for the decrease in yield.

Art. 771 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/1. Real Property/d. Mining

D. Mines

The usufruct of things whose enjoyment consists of the extraction of integral parts of the soil, in particular that of mines, is subject to the rules concerning the usufruct of forests.

Art. 772 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/2. Consumable shoses and things evaluated

2. Consumables and Things Assessed

1 The things that are consumed by the use become, unless otherwise provided, the property of the usufructuary, which remains an accounting of their value at the beginning of the usufruct.

2 Unless otherwise provided for, the usufructuary may freely dispose of other securities estimated at the time of their surrender, but becomes an accountant of their value if it exercises that right.

3 The usufructuary can make the owner of the same species and quality, if it is a farm equipment, a flock, a commodity fund or other similar things.

Art. 773 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/3. Receivables/a. Extent of enjoyment

3. Receivables

A. Extent of the enjoyment

1 The usufruct of a claim gives the right to collect the income.

2 Any notice of repayment, any act of disposition in respect of the securities subject to the usufruct must be made by the owner and the usufructuary jointly; the debtor denounces the refund to both.

3 Where the claim is compromised, the owner and the usufructuary shall have the right to require the accession of each other to the measures ordered by good management.

Art. 774 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/3. Receivables/b. Refunds and remplows

B. Refunds and remplows

1 The debtor who has not been authorized to be held in the hands of either the owner or the usufructuary must pay both jointly or record.

2 The object of the benefit, in particular the capital reimbursed, is subject to the use of the usufructuary.

3 The owner and the usufructuary have the right to demand that the capital be invested in safe and productive interests.

Art. 775 A. usufruct/V. Special situations of usufruct/3. Receivables/c. Right to the transfer of claims

C. Right to transfer of claims

1 The usufructuary may require, within three months from the beginning of the usufruct, the assignment of the claims and securities subject to its right.

2 If the assignment takes place, it becomes a debtor to the owner of the value of the claims and securities at the time of the transfer and is required to provide security of that chief, unless the owner has waived his claim.

3 If the owner has not waived the requirement for security rights, the transfer of the property shall take place only after they have been provided.

Art. 776 B. Housing rights/I. In general

B. Right of habitation

I. In general

1 The right of habitation is the right to remain in a house or to occupy part of it.

2 It is unassignable and does not pass to heirs.

3 The rules of usufruct are applicable unless otherwise provided by law.

Art. 777 B. Right of habitation/II. Scope of the right of habitation

II. Scope of the right of habitation

1 The extent of the right to housing is generally regulated by the personal needs of the person to whom it belongs.

2 This right includes, if it was expressly limited to the person to whom it was granted, the ability of the person to live in the encumbered building with his or her family and the people of his or her home.

3 A person who has a right of residence on only part of a building shall have the facilities for common use.

Art. 778 B. Right of habitation/III. Expenses

III. Expenses

1 The right holder is responsible for ordinary maintenance, if he has the exclusive enjoyment of the house or apartment.

2 If the right of residence is exercised in common with the owner, maintenance costs shall be the responsibility of the owner.

Art. 779 C. Surface rights/I. Purpose and registration in the Land Registry

C. Surface rights

I. Purpose and registration in the Land Registry 1

1 The owner may establish in favour of a third party an easement conferring on him the right to have or to make constructions either on the encumbered fund or below.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, this right is assignable and passes to the heirs.

3 If this easement is a separate and permanent right, it may be registered as a building in the land registry.


1 New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 A 1 C. Surface rights/II. Constituent Act

II. Constituent Act

1 The constituent instrument of an area right shall be valid only if it has been passed in the authentic form.

2 The rent of the area right and any other contractual arrangements must be in the authentic form when the land register is to be annotated.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of March 19, 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993). New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 (RO) 2011 4637; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 779 B 1 C. Surface rights/III. Content, Scope and Annotation

III. Content, Scope and Annotation 2

1 The contractual provisions on the effects and scope of the right of surface area, in particular on the situation, structure, volume and destination of construction, as well as on the use of non-built-up areas The exercise of the right, are compulsory for any purchaser of the right of area and of the encumbered building.

2 If the parties agree, other contractual provisions may be annotated in the Land Registry. 3


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 779 C 1 C. Surface rights/IV. Effects on Expiration of Duration/1. Return Constructs

IV. Effects on the expiry of the term

1. Return Constructs

Upon the expiry of the area right, the buildings return to the owner of the land and become an integral part of this fund.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 D 1 C. Surface rights/IV. Effects on Expiry of Duration/2. Compensation

2. Compensation

1 For construction upon return, the owner of the land pays to the surface a fair compensation that is, however, for the creditors in favour of which the right of land was secured, a guarantee for the balance of Their claims and cannot be paid to the surface without their consent.

2 If the indemnity is not paid or guaranteed, the surface or a creditor in favour of which the right of land was secured may require that, instead of the right of land radiated, a mortgage of the same rank be recorded as security of Compensation due.

3 Registration must take place no later than three months after the expiry of the area right.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 E 1

1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of March 19, 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993). Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 (RO) 2011 4637; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 779 F 1 C. Surface rights/V. Anticipated return/1. Conditions

V. Early return

1. Conditions

If the surface seriously exceeds its actual right or seriously violates contractual obligations, the owner may cause the anticipated return by requesting the transfer to his name of the right of area with all the rights and charges therein Attached.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 G 1 C. Surface rights/V. Expected return/2. Exercise of the right of return

2. Exercise of the right of return

1 The right of return can only be exercised by means of a fair compensation for the construction which returns to the owner, the fault of the surface which can justify the reduction of the allowance.

2 The right of land is transferred to the owner only if the allowance has been paid or guaranteed.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 H 1 C. Surface rights/V. Anticipated return/3. Other Application Cases

3. Other Application Cases

The provisions concerning the exercise of the right of return shall apply to any means which the owner has reserved to prematurely terminate the right of surface area or to request the surrender of the right of land in the event of a breach of its obligations by the owner Surface.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 I 1 C. Surface/VI. Guarantee of the rent of the area right/1. The right to require a mortgage

VI. Guarantee of the right of surface area

1. The right to require a mortgage

1 The owner may ask at any current surface to guarantee the rent of the right of surface area by means of a mortgage on three annuities to the maximum of the right of area registered in the land register.

2 If the annuity does not consist of an equal annuity, the registration of the legal mortgage may be required for the amount that, as the annuity is uniformly distributed, represents three annuities.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 K 1 C. Surface/VI. Guarantee of the rent of the right of area/2. Registration

2. Registration

1 The mortgage may be recorded at any time during the term of the area right and, in case of forced realization, it is not radiated.

2 The provisions relating to the constitution of the mortgage of craftsmen and entrepreneurs shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 779 L 1 C. Surface rights/VII. Maximum duration

VII. Maximum duration

1 The area right may not be constituted for more than one hundred years as a separate right.

2 It may at any time be extended, in the form prescribed for its constitution, for a new maximum period of one hundred years, but any commitment made in advance on this subject is null and void.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of 19 March 1965, in force since 1 Er Jul. 1965 (RO 1965 449; FF 1963 I 993).

Art. 780 D. Right to a Source on the Funds of Others

D. Right to a Source on the Funds of Others

1 The right to a source on another's own funds requires the owner of the land to allow the appropriation and diversion of water.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, this right is assignable and passes to the heirs.

3 If the easement is a separate and permanent right, it may be registered as a building in the land registry.

Article 781 E. Other easements

E. Other easements

1 The owner may establish, in favour of any person or community, other easements on his or her land, provided that the land is suitable for a specified enjoyment, for example, for shooting or for a passage.

2 Such rights shall be non-transferable, unless otherwise agreed, and the scope shall be governed by the ordinary needs of the person entitled.

3 Provisions concerning land easements are also applicable.

Article 781 A 1 F. Judicial measures

F. Judicial measures

If the owner is not found or the prescribed bodies of a legal entity or other legal entity are lacking, the provisions on judicial measures shall apply mutatis mutandis to the rights holders of an easement registered in the Land registry.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Chapter III: Property charges

Art. 782 A. Purpose of the Land Load

A. Purpose of the Land Load

1 The land charge imposes on a third party the current owner of a fund for certain benefits for which it is only held on its property.

2 The charge may be due to the current owner of another fund.

3 Subject to public legal charges, benefits must be correlated with the economy of the encumbered fund or relate to the needs of the dominant fund. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 783 B. Constitution and Extinction/I. Constitution/1. Acquisition and Registration

B. Constitution and Extinction

I. Constitution

1. Acquisition and Registration

1 Registration in the Land Registry is necessary for the establishment of land charges.

2 The registration shall indicate an amount determined in Swiss currency as the value of the charge; if the latter consists of periodic benefits, its value, if no other estimate, is equal to twenty times the amount of the annual benefits.

3 Unless otherwise provided, the acquisition and recording of land charges shall be subject to the rules on property ownership.

Art. 784 1 B. Constitution and extinguishment/I. Constitution/2. Property charges under public law

2. Land charges under public law

The provisions on legal mortgages of the cantonal law shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the establishment of public property charges and their effects on third parties in good faith.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 785 1

1 Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 786 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/1. In general

II. Extinction

1. In general

1 The land charge is extinguished by the cancellation of the registration and the total loss of the encumbered building.

2 Renunciation, redemption and other causes of termination give the owner of the encumbered fund the right to require the creditor to consent to the cancellation.

Art. 787 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/2. Rachat/a. Creditor's right to demand

2. Buy

A. Creditor's right to demand

1 The creditor may request the repurchase of the land charge, when authorized by a convention and, in addition:

1. 1
If the encumbered building is divided and the creditor does not accept the carry-forward of the debt on the parcels;
2.
If the owner reduces the value of the building without offering security in return;
3.
He has not paid his benefits for three consecutive years.

2 If the creditor requests the repurchase of the land charge as a result of the division of the building, the creditor must, within one month of the day on which the rescheduling of the debt has become final, denounce the land charge with effect after twelve months. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 788 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/2. Buy/b. Right of the debtor to operate

B. Right of the debtor to operate

1 The debtor may request the redemption, when authorized by a convention and, in addition:

1.
If the land tenure contract is not observed by the other party;
2.
Thirty years after the establishment of the load, even if it had been established for a longer time or declared irractable.

2 When the redemption takes place after thirty years, the debtor must denounce it, in any case, one year in advance.

3 The land burden associated with a perpetual servitude is not redeemable.

Art. 789 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/2. Rachat/c. Buyback Price

C. Buyback price

The redemption is for the sum recorded in the Land Register as the value of the charge, except the right to prove that the actual value is less than that amount.

Art. 790 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/3. Imprescibility

3. Imprescibility

1 The land charge is imprescriptible.

2 The required benefits are required as soon as they become a personal debt of the encumbered owner.

Art. 791 C. Effects/I. Creditor's right

C. Effects

I. Creditor's right

1 The land charge does not give any personal claim against the debtor, but only the right to be paid on the price of the encumbered building.

2 Each benefit becomes personal debt three years after the time it is due and ceases to be guaranteed by the building.

Article 792 C. Effects/II. Nature of debt

II. Nature of debt

1 When the property changes ownership, the recipient is fully entitled to the benefits that are the subject of the land charge.

2 If the encumbered building is divided, the landowners of the parcels become debtors of the land charge. The provisions on the division of mortgage-encumbered buildings apply to the carry-forward of the debt on the parcels. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Title Twenty-second: Real estate pledge

Chapter I: General provisions

Art. 793 A. Conditions/I. Forms of Real Estate Security

A. Conditions

I. Forms of estate pledge

1 The mortgage can be made in the form of a mortgage or mortgage. 1

2 Any other form is prohibited.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 794 A. Conditions/II. Warranty Claims/1. Capital

II. Warranty Claims

1. Capital

1 The real estate pledge can only be made for a specified debt, the amount of which will be indicated in Swiss currency.

2 If the claim is indeterminated, the parties shall indicate a fixed sum representing the maximum amount of the real estate guarantee.

Art. 795 A. Conditions/II. Warranty Claims/2. Interest

2. Interest

1 The service of interest is freely settled by the parties, subject to the legal provisions against wear.

2 Cantonal legislation may set the maximum rate of interest authorized for claims secured by a building.

Art. 796 A. Conditions/III. Purpose of the pledge/1. Real property that can be pledged

III. Purpose of the pledge

1. Real property that can be pledged

1 The real estate pledge is made only on real estate registered in the land register.

2 Cantonal legislation may be subject to special rules or even prohibit the undertaking of public domain buildings, land ends or pastures which belong to corporations and that of the rights of use attached to such property.

Art. 797 A. Conditions/III. Purpose of the pledge/2. Designation/a. Single building

2. Designation

A. Single building

1 The encumbered building must be specially designated during the constitution of the pledge.

2 The parcels of a building cannot be secured as long as the division has not been entered into the land registry.

Art. 798 A. Conditions/III. Purpose of the pledge/2. Designation/b. Various encumbered buildings

B. Various encumbered buildings

1 Several buildings may be pledged for the same claim, when they belong to the same owner or to joint debtors.

2 In all other cases of pledge made on several buildings for the same debt, each of the buildings must be encumbered for a specified share of the same debt.

3 The distribution of the guarantee shall be, unless otherwise agreed, in proportion to the value of the various buildings.

Art. 798 A 1 A. Conditions/III. Purpose of the pledge/3. Agricultural furniture

3. Agricultural furniture

The commitment of agricultural buildings is also governed by the Federal Law of 4 October 1991 on rural land law 2 .


1 Introduced by Art. 92 ch. 1. Of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 on rural land law, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1410; FF 1988 III 889).
2 RS 211.412.11

Art. 799 B. Constitution and Extinction/I. Constitution/1. Registration

B. Constitution and Extinction

I. Constitution

1. Registration

1 The real estate pledge is made up of the registration in the land register; remains reserved for the exceptions provided for by law.

2 The deed of the estate pledge is valid only if it is passed in the authentic form. 1


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 800 B. Constitution and extinguishment/I. Constitution/2. If the building is property of several

2. If the building is property of several

1 Each co-owner of a building may encumber its share of a lien.

2 In cases of common ownership, the building can be secured only in full and on behalf of all Communists.

Art. 801 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction

II. Extinction

1 The real estate pledge is extinguished by the cancellation of the registration and the total loss of the building.

2 Expropriation, in cases of expropriation for reasons of public utility, is governed by the special laws of the Confederation and the cantons.

Art. 802 B. Constitution and Extinction/III. In case of piecemeal meetings/1. Move Warranty

III. In case of parcellar meetings

1. Move Warranty

1 Where parcelled meetings are held with the assistance or under the supervision of public authorities, the pledges of the transferred buildings shall, by maintaining their rank, be placed on the buildings received in exchange.

2 If a building replaces several that are encumbered for different claims or are not all encumbered, the security rights transferred to the building strike it for its new capacity and, if possible, retain their primitive rank.

Art. 803 B. Constitution and Extinction/III. In cases of joint meetings/2. Denunciation by the debtor

2. Denunciation by the debtor

The debtor may purchase, at the time of the transaction, and subject to a three-month advance warning, the security rights in the buildings included in a piecemeal meeting.

Art. 804 B. Constitution and Extinction/III. In case of piecemeal meetings/3. Allowance in cash

3. Cash allowance

1 When an allowance is paid for a building that is charged with a pledge, it is distributed among the creditors according to their rank or the franc if they are of the same rank.

2 The indemnity shall not be paid to the debtor without the consent of the creditors, if it is more than one twentieth of the secured claim or if the new building is not sufficient security.

Art. 805 C. Effects/Scope of Creditor Right

C. Effects

I. Scope of the creditor's right

1 The real estate pledge hits the building with its integral parts and accessories.

2 Objects specifically designated as accessories in the act of assignment and mentioned in the land register, such as machinery or hotel furniture, are presumed to be such, if it is not proven that the quality cannot be attributed to them. Terms of the law.

3 The rights of third parties on the accessories remain reserved.

Article 806 C. Effects/II. Rents and Fermages

II. Rents and Fermages

1 The pledge in a leasehold building also includes rent or fermages that have accrued, since the claim commenced by the creditor or the debtor's declaration of bankruptcy, up to the time of realization.

2 This right is enforceable against tenants and farmers only after notification of the continuation or after the publication of the bankruptcy.

3 The legal acts of the owner in respect of unmatured rent or fermages, or the seizure of such benefits by other creditors, shall not be enforceable against the creditor who pursued his pledge prior to the rental period and Fermentation became payable.

Art. 807 C. Effects/III. Imprescibility

III. Imprescibility

The registration of a real estate pledge makes the debt imprescriptible.

S. 808 C. Effects/IV. Security Interests/1. Depreciation of the building/a. Conservatory Measures

IV. Security Interests

1. Depreciation of the building

A. Conservatory Measures

1 Where the owner decreases the value of the encumbered building, the creditor may order the owner to cease all prejudicial acts.

2 The creditor may be authorized by the judge to take the necessary measures and even has the right, if there is a danger in the house, to take them from its leader.

3 The cost is owed to him by the owner and the refund is guaranteed by a lien on the building. This pledge arises without registration in the Land Register and takes precedence over any charges placed on the building. 1

4 If it exceeds 1,000 francs and if it has not been registered within four months of the end of the measures, the pledge may not be against third parties who have relied in good faith on the land register. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 809 C. Effects/IV. Security Interests/1. Depreciation of building/b. Security interests and restoration of the prior state

B. Security interests and restoration of the prior state

1 In the event of a depreciation of the property, the creditor may require security rights or the restoration of the prior state.

2 It may also request security rights if there is a risk of impairment.

3 It is entitled to claim a sufficient refund for its guarantee, where the debtor does not execute within the time limit fixed by the judge.

Art. 810 C. Effects/IV. Security Interests/2. Deprecation without the fault of the owner

2. Deprecation without the owner's fault

1 Impairments that occur without the owner's fault give the creditor the right to demand security or partial reimbursement, only to the extent that the owner is compensated for the damage suffered.

2 However, the creditor is authorized to take measures to prevent or prevent impairments. The fee is guaranteed by a lien on the building itself, but without the owner being personally liable for it. This pledge arises without registration in the Land Register and takes precedence over any charges placed on the building. 1

3 If it exceeds 1,000 francs and it has not been entered in the land register within four months of the end of the measures, the right of pledge cannot be opposed to third parties who have relied in good faith on the land register. 2


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 811 C. Effects/IV. Security Interests/3. Disposal of Small Parcels

3. Disposal of Small Parcels

Where the owner of the immovable property is disposing of a parcel of a value less than the twentieth of the debt, the creditor shall not refuse the relief of that parcel, provided that a proportional deposit is paid to it or that the remainder of The building provides a sufficient guarantee.

Art. 812 C. Effects/V. Subsequent Constitution of Rights

V. Subsequent Constitution of Rights

1 The owner of the pledged building cannot validly waive the right to encumber other rights in rem.

2 The immovable property takes precedence over all easements or land charges whose immovable could be encumbered subsequently without the creditor having allowed the constitution; they are written off, if, at the time of the realization of the pledge, their existence is Previous creditor.

3 However, in respect of creditors subsequently registered, the entitlement may, in the case of realization, require that the value of the easement or land charge be paid in preference to it.

Art. 813 C. Effects/VI. Mortgage Case/1. Effects

VI. Mortgage Case

1. Effects

1 The guarantee provided by the real estate pledge is attached to the mortgage box assigned to it by the registration.

2 A lien may be set in second place or in any other place, provided that the amount by which they are awarded is indicated in the registration.

Art. 814 C. Effects/VI. Mortgage Case/2. Order

2. Order

1 Where different pledges are made on immovable property, the cancellation of one of them does not advance the later creditor in the free box.

2 The owner has the option of establishing a new lien in place of the one that has been deleted.

3 The agreements giving the later creditors the right to enjoy the free boxes have no real effect unless they are annotated in the land register.

Art. 815 C. Effects/VI. Mortgage Case/3. Free Cases

3. Free Cases

Where a lien has been set up in the posterior rank and there is no such right, or where the debtor has not disposed of an earlier pledge, or the earlier debt does not reach the registered amount, the price of the building Is in the event of a realization awarded to secured creditors, according to their rank and without regard to the free boxes.

Art. 816 C. Effects/VII. Realization of the right of pledge/1. Realization mode

VII. Realization of the security right

1. Realization mode

1 In the absence of the debtor to meet its obligations, the creditor has the right to pay on the price of the building.

2 Any clause that would allow the creditor to take ownership of the property in the absence of payment is void.

3 If more than one property is pledged for the same debt, the creditor must proceed simultaneously with the realization of the same debt, but only to the extent deemed necessary by the prosecution office.

Art. 817 C. Effects/VII. Realization of the right of pledge/2. Price distribution

2. Price Distribution

1 The sale price of the building is distributed among the creditors according to their rank.

2 Creditors of the same rank contribute to the franc.

Art. 818 C. Effects/VII. Realization of the right of pledge/3. Warranty Scope

3. Warranty Coverage

1 The real estate pledge guarantees to the creditor:

1.
Capital;
2.
Prosecution and moratoria costs;
3. 1
The interest of three years matured at the time of the opening of the bankruptcy or the requisition of sale and those who have run since the last maturity; the mortgage schedule guarantees to the creditor only the interests actually owed.

2 The primary interest rate cannot be increased by more than 5 % to the detriment of the later creditors.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 1 C. Effects/VII. Enforcement of the right of pledge/4. Guarantees for necessary awards

4. Guarantees for necessary awards

1 The necessary impenses that the creditor makes for the conservation of the building, in particular by paying the insurance premiums owed by the owner, are guaranteed by a lien on the building. This pledge arises without registration in the Land Register and takes precedence over any charges placed on the building.

2 If it exceeds 1000 francs and it has not been entered in the land register within four months from the completion of the act in question, the right of pledge shall not be against third parties who have relied in good faith on the land register.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 820 C. Effects/VIII. The right of pledge in case of improvements to the ground/1. Rank

VIII. The right of pledge in case of improvements to the ground

1. Rank

1 Where a rural building has increased its value as a result of the improvement of the land carried out with the assistance of public authorities, the owner may, for his part, in favour of his creditor, have the right of pledge, which is recorded in the A land register and which takes precedence over all other charges on the land.

2 The owner may only encumber his or her fund for up to two-thirds of its costs, when the improvement of the land has been carried out without the subsidy of the State.

Art. 821 C. Effects/VIII. The right of pledge in case of improvements to the ground/2. Extinction of the debt and the pledge

2. Extinguishment of the debt and pledge

1 In case of land improvements carried out without a state subsidy, the registered debt will be amortized by annuities which cannot be less than 5 % of the capital.

2 The right of pledge is extinguished, both for the debt and for each annuity, three years after they became due, and the later creditors advanced according to their rank.

Art. 822 C. Effects/IX. Right to insurance compensation

IX. Right to insurance compensation

1 The insurance benefits payable can only be paid to the owner of the consent of all creditors who have a lien on the property.

2 However, they are paid against adequate security to the owner for the restoration of the encumbered building.

3 The rules of the cantonal law on fire insurance were reserved.

Art. 823 1 C. Effects/X. Creditor not found

X. Creditor not found

Where the gaining creditor cannot be identified or his domicile is unknown, the judge may, at the request of the debtor or other interested parties, order the necessary measures in cases where the creditor's personal intervention is provided for by the Where a decision is to be taken as a matter of urgency.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Chapter II: Mortgage

Art. 824 A. Purpose and Nature

A. Purpose and Nature

1 The mortgage can be created for the security of any debt, whether current, future or simply possible.

2 The encumbered building may not belong to the debtor.

Art. 825 B. Constitution and Extinction/I. Constitution

B. Constitution and Extinction

I. Constitution

1 The mortgage, even for the security of claims of an undetermined or variable amount, shall receive a fixed box and keep its rank, notwithstanding any fluctuation in the amount guaranteed.

2 The Office of the Land Registry shall issue an extract to the requesting creditor; this extract, exclusively for the purpose of demonstrating registration, is not a paper-value.

3 The extract may be replaced by a certificate of registration on the contract.

Art. 826 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/1. Radiation

II. Extinction

1. Radiation

Where the claim is extinguished, the owner of the encumbered building has the right to require the creditor to consent to the cancellation.

Art. 827 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/2. Owner's right not personally held

2. Owner's right not personally held

1 The owner who is not personally liable for the mortgage debt may unburden the property on the same terms and conditions as those made to the debtor to extinguish the debt.

2 It is subrogated to the rights of the creditor that it disinterested.

Art. 828 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/3. Mortgage Purge/a. Conditions and procedure

3. Mortgage Purge

A. Conditions and procedure

1 Where an immovable is encumbered beyond its value of debts of which the purchaser is not personally liable, the cantonal legislation may authorise the latter to serve before any continuation of the recorded mortgages, by paying the creditors the price Purchase or, in the case of a free acquisition, the amount to which it evaluates the building.

2 It provides, in writing and six months in advance, its offer to creditors to purge listed mortgages.

3 The amount offered is divided among the creditors according to their rank.

Art. 829 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/3. Mortgage Purge/b. Public Auction

B. Public Auction

1 Creditors shall have the right, within one month of the offer of purging, to require the sale of the pledge at public auction against the advance of costs; the auction shall take place, after publication, in the month 1 From the day on which they were required.

2 If a price greater than the amount offered has been obtained, this price is distributed among the creditors.

3 The costs of the auction shall be borne by the purchaser, if the price was higher than the amount offered; otherwise, to the expense of the creditor who required them.


1 The expression "in the month" corresponds to the German and Italian texts. The typo in the French text of the RO, in which it was written "in the second month", came from a clear oversight which occurred during the parliamentary procedure.

Art. 830 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/3. Mortgage Purge/c. Official Estimate

C. Official estimate

Cantonal legislation can replace public auctions with an official estimate, which is the rule for distribution among creditors.

Art. 831 B. Constitution and Extinction/II. Extinction/4. Denunciation

4. Denunciation

Where the owner is not personally liable, the disclosure of the reimbursement by the creditor shall be effective against him only if it has taken place both in respect of the owner and the debtor.

Art. 832 C. Effects of mortgage/I. Ownership and pledge/1. Total Alienation

C. Mortgage Effects

Property and pledge

1. Total Alienation

1 The alienation of the mortgaged property shall not, unless otherwise agreed, bring any change to the obligation of the debtor and the guarantee.

2 However, if the purchaser took charge of the debt, the original debtor is released unless the creditor declares in writing, in the year, that he or she intends not to waive his or her rights against him.

Art. 833 C. Mortgage effects/I. Property and pledge/2. Parcely

2. Parcely

1 If a portion of the encumbered building is sold or the disposition is for one of several encumbered buildings owned by the same owner, or if the building is divided, the guarantee, unless otherwise agreed, is prorated to the Value of the various parts of the pledge.

2 A creditor who does not accept this allocation may, within one month from the day on which it becomes final, charge the refund in the year.

3 When acquirers take on the portion of debts assigned on their parcels, the original debtor is released, unless the creditor declares in writing, in the year, that he or she intends not to waive his or her rights against him.

Art. 834 C. Mortgage effects/I. Ownership and pledge/3. Notice to Creditor

3. Notice to Creditor

1 If the purchaser is responsible for the debt, the registrar shall notify the creditor of the debt.

2 He or she must make his or her statement within one year of this notice.

Art. 835 C. Effects of mortgage/II. Assignment of the receivable

II. Assignment of the receivable

Registration in the Land Registry is not necessary to validate the assignment of secured claims by a mortgage.

Art. 836 1 D. Legal Mortgages/I. Cantonal law

D. Legal Mortgages

I. Cantonal law

1 Where the cantonal law grants the creditor a claim to the establishment of a right of immovable property for claims in direct relation to the encumbered building, that right shall be constituted by its entry in the land register.

2 If legal mortgages exceeding 1,000 francs are born without entry to the land register under the cantonal law and are not registered in the land register within four months from the due date of the claim on which They are based or not later than two years from the date of the birth of the debt, they may not be opposed, after the registration period, to third parties who have relied in good faith on the land register.

3 More restrictive cantonal regulations are reserved.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 837 1 D. Legal Mortgages/II. Federal Private Law/1. Cases

II. Federal private law

1. Cases

1 May require the registration of a legal mortgage:

1.
The vendor of a building, on that property as a guarantee of the debt;
2.
The co-workers and other indivis, on the buildings which belonged to the community, as security for the claims resulting from the division;
3.
Craftsmen and contractors employed in the construction or destruction of buildings or other works, the mounting of scaffolding, the securing of an excavation or other similar work, on the building for which they provided Materials and work or work only, whether the debtor is the landowner, an artisan or an entrepreneur, a tenant, a farmer, or another person who has a right to the building.

2 If the debtor of the receivable is a tenant, farmer or other person having a right to the property, the craftsmen and entrepreneurs have the right to request the registration of a legal mortgage only if the landowner has given his Agreement to perform the work.

3 The entitled person cannot renounce these legal mortgages in advance.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 838 D. Legal Mortgages/II. From federal private law/2. Seller, cohesiveness, indivis

2. Seller, consistency, indivis

The legal mortgage of the seller, the heirs or the indivis will be recorded no later than three months after the transfer of the property.

Art. 839 1 D. Legal Mortgages/II. Federal private law/3. Artisans and entrepreneurs/a. Registration

3. Artisans and Contractors

A. Registration

1 The mortgage of craftsmen and entrepreneurs may be recorded from the day on which they have been obliged to carry out the work or the works promised.

2 Registration must be obtained no later than four months after the completion of the work.

3 It shall take place only if the amount of the pledge is established by the recognition of the owner or by the judge; it may not be required if the owner provides sufficient security to the creditor.

4 If the building is unquestionably part of the administrative heritage and the debt is not the result of its contractual obligations, the owner shall reply to the craftsmen and entrepreneurs of the claims recognised or recognised by judgment, In accordance with the rules on simple surety, provided that the creditors have asserted their claim in writing no later than four months after the completion of the work on the basis of the legal deposit.

5 If the ownership of the property in the administrative heritage is contested, the craftsman or the entrepreneur may request provisional registration of his right of pledge in the land register no later than four months after the completion of the Jobs.

6 If it is found on the basis of a judgment that the building is part of the administrative heritage, the provisional registration of the pledge shall be cancelled. In so far as the conditions laid down in para. 4 are completed, the legal deposit replaces it. The time limit shall be deemed to be safeguarded by the provisional registration of the right of pledge.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. D. Legal Mortgages/II. Federal private law/3. Artisans and entrepreneurs/b. Rank

B. Rank

Artisans and entrepreneurs to the benefit of legal mortgages separately registered concur with each other on equal rights, even if the entries are of different dates.

Art. 841 D. Legal Mortgages/II. Federal private law/3. Artisans and Contractors/c. Privilege

C. Privilege

1 If artisans and entrepreneurs suffer a loss in the realization of their wages, former creditors shall indemnify them on their own share of collocation, net of the value of the ground, to the extent that such creditors Could recognize that the creation of their wages would be detrimental to craftsmen and entrepreneurs.

2 Previous-ranking creditors who dispose of their mortgage securities respond to the craftsmen and entrepreneurs who are frustrated by the transfer.

3 As soon as the beginning of the work has been mentioned in the land register on the advice of a person entitled, and until the end of the registration period, no real estate pledge can be registered, except in the form of a mortgage.

Chapter III: 2 From the mortgage schedule

S. 842 A. General provisions/I. Purpose; relationship to the basic claim

A. General provisions

I. Purpose; relationship to the basic claim

1 The mortgage schedule is a personal claim secured by a real estate pledge.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, the debt resulting from the mortgage schedule coexists, if any, with the receivable to be secured from the basic relationship between the creditor and the debtor.

3 The debtor remains free, in the case of the receivable arising out of the schedule, to assert the personal exceptions arising from the basic report in respect of the creditor and his successors, if they are not in good faith.

Art. 843 A. General provisions/II. Types

II. Types

The mortgage schedule takes the form of a register mortgage or a mortgage on paper.

Art. 844 A. General provisions/III. Owner's right not personally held

III. Owner's right not personally held

1 The owner who is not personally liable shall be subject to the applicable rules on mortgages.

2 It may oppose the creditor with all the debtor's exceptions.

S. 845 A. General/IV. Alienation division

IV. Alienation division

The effects of the alienation and division of the building are governed by the mortgage provisions of the mortgage.

Art. 846 A. General provisions/V. Creance of the mortgage schedule and ancillary agreements/1. In general

V. Creance of the mortgage schedule and related conventions

1. In general

1 The claim resulting from the mortgage schedule cannot refer to the base report or to include any conditions or counterbenefits.

2 The mortgage schedule may contain ancillary agreements relating to interest, depreciation and denunciation, as well as other accessory clauses relating to the debt resulting from the mortgage schedule. It may then be referred to a separate convention.

Art. 847 A. General provisions/V. Creance of the mortgage schedule and ancillary agreements/2. Denunciation

2. Denunciation

1 Unless otherwise agreed, the mortgage schedule may be terminated by the creditor or the debtor for the end of a month with six months' notice.

2 Such an agreement may not provide for a period of denunciation for the creditor less than three months, unless the debtor remains in place for the payment of the amortization or interest.

Art. 848 A. General provisions/VI. Protection of good faith

VI. Protection of good faith

The content of the registration shall be the rule for the debt resulting from the mortgage schedule and the right of pledge in respect of any person in good faith.

Art. 849 A. General provisions/VII. Debtor Exceptions

VII. Debtor Exceptions

1 The debtor can claim only the exceptions deriving from the registration in the land register, those which he personally has against the continuing creditor, or, in the case of the mortgage schedule on paper, those deriving from the title.

2 Conventions which contain accessory clauses relating to the debt resulting from the mortgage schedule shall be enforceable against third parties in good faith only if they are entered in the immovable property register; in the case of the mortgage schedule on They must also be the result of the title.

Art. 850 A. General provisions/VIII. Power-based

VIII. Power-based

1 A power-based authority can be appointed when a mortgage schedule is created. It is responsible for paying and cashing, receiving communications, providing relief, and generally ensuring that the rights of both the creditor and the debtor and the owner are duly safeguarded.

2 The name of the authority must be in the land registry and on the pledge title.

3 If the powers are extinguished and the persons concerned cannot agree, the judge shall take the necessary measures.

Art. 851 A. General provisions/IX. Place of payment

IX. Place of payment

1 Unless otherwise agreed, the debtor must make all payments at the creditor's home.

2 If the creditor does not have a known domicile or if he changes his domicile in a manner prejudicial to the debtor, the debtor may free himself by recording such payments, in his own domicile or in the previous domicile of the creditor, in the hands of the creditor. The competent authority.

Art. 852 A. General/X. Amendments

X. Changes

1 If the mortgage schedule is amended in favour of the debtor, in particular if the debtor pays a deposit, he or she may request the creditor to consent to the recording of the amendments to the land registry.

2 In the case of paper mortgage lines, the Land Registry Office records changes to the title.

3 In the absence of registration in the land register or in the title, the modifications that have occurred are not prejudicial to the purchaser in good faith of the mortgage schedule.

Art. 853 A. General provisions/XI. Full payment

XI. Full payment

Where the debt contained in the mortgage schedule has been fully repaid, the debtor may require the creditor to:

1.
In the case of a registry mortgage, that it consents to the transfer on its behalf;
2.
In respect of a mortgage schedule on paper, that he remits the title not cancelled.
Art. 854 A. General provisions/XII. Extinction/1. Failing Creditor

XII. Extinction

1. Failing Creditor

1 If there is no creditor or the creditor renounces his or her right of pledge, the debtor has the option of deregisting the registration or leaving it in the land registry.

2 The debtor may also reuse the mortgage.

Art. 855 A. General provisions/XII. Extinction/2. Radiation

2. Radiation

The mortgage on paper shall not be deleted from the register before the cancellation or the judicial annulment of the title.

Art. 856 A. General provisions/XIII. Summits to Creditor to make themselves known

XIII. Summits to Creditor to make themselves known

1 Where the mortgagee of a mortgage pendulum has been unknown for ten years and the interest has not been claimed during that period, the owner of the encumbered building may require the judge to publicly sum up the creditor Know within six months.

2 If the creditor is not known within six months and is the result of the investigation that, in all likelihood, the debt no longer exists, the judge shall order:

1.
In the case of the register mortgage, the cancellation of the right of pledge in the land register;
2.
In the case of the mortgage schedule on paper, its cancellation and the cancellation of the right of pledge in the land register.
Art. 857 B. Registry mortgage schedule/I. Constitution

B. Registry mortgage schedule

I. Constitution

1 The registry mortgage schedule is constituted by the registration in the land registry.

2 It is entered in the name of the creditor or owner.

Art. 858 B. Registry Mortgage/ II. Transfer

II. Transfer

1 The transfer of the registry mortgage schedule takes place through the registration of the new creditor in the land registry on the basis of a written declaration by the former creditor.

2 The debtor can only perform his benefit with a liberating effect in the hands of the person who, at the time of payment, is entered in the register as a creditor.

Art. 859 B. Registry Mortgage Schedule/III. Pledging, seizure and usufruct

III. Pledging, seizure and usufruct

1 The establishment of a movable pledging right on a register mortgage schedule shall be made by the registration in the Land Register of the holder of the right on the basis of a written declaration by the registered creditor.

2 The seizure shall take place by the entry in the Land Register of the restriction of the right to dispose.

3 The usufruct consists of the registration in the land register.

Art. 860 C. Paper mortgage on paper/I. Constitution/1. Registration

C. Paper mortgage

I. Constitution

1. Registration

1 A title is issued for any paper mortgage on the land registry.

2 The paper mortgage schedule may indicate as the creditor the holder or a specified person, in particular the owner himself.

3 Registration produces its effects before the title is created.

Art. 861 C. Paper mortgage on paper/I. Constitution/2. Title of pledge

2. Title of pledge

1 The paper mortgage is prepared by the Land Registry Office.

2 It is only valid with the signature of the custodian of the land registry. The Federal Council shall adopt the forms applicable to the title.

3 The mortgage schedule may be issued to the creditor or its representative only with the express consent of the debtor and the owner of the encumbered building.

Art. 862 C. Paper/II mortgage. Protection of good faith

II. Protection of good faith

1 The content of the prescribed mortgage on paper shall be the rule in respect of any person who has relied in good faith on the title.

2 The land registry is authentic if the title does not comply with the registration or there is no registration.

3 The purchaser in good faith of the title, however, is entitled, according to the rules established for the land register, to compensation for the damage that he has suffered.

Art. 863 C. Paper Mortgage on Paper/III. Rights of Creditor/1. Exercise

III. Rights of Creditor

1. Exercise

1 The debt resulting from a mortgage schedule may not be alienated, pledged or otherwise disposed of, except by way of the title.

2 The right to claim the debt shall be reserved in the event of judicial annulment of the title or where the title has not yet been drawn up.

Art. 864 C. Paper Mortgage on Paper/III. Rights of Creditor/2. Transfer

2. Transfer

1 The remission of the title to the purchaser is necessary for the transfer of the receivable identified by a mortgage schedule.

2 If the title is nominative, the transfer and the name of the purchaser are mentioned.

Art. 865 C. Paper mortgage/IV. Cancellation

IV. Cancellation

1 Where a title is lost or has been destroyed without intent to extinguish the debt, the creditor may require the judge to declare the debt cancellation and require payment or, if the debt is not yet payable, to issue a new security.

2 The cancellation takes place in the prescribed manner for bearer shares; the opposition period is six months.

3 The debtor also has the right to have the cancellation of a duty paid, which cannot be represented.

Art. 866 To 874

Repealed

Chapter IV: Land Titles

Art. 875 A. Property obligations

A. Property obligations

Nominal or bearer bonds can be guaranteed by a real estate pledge:

1.
Making a mortgage or mortgage schedule for the entire loan and designating a representative of the creditors and the debtor;
2.
By constituting a real estate guarantee for the whole of the loan to the institution responsible for the issue and by encumbering the debt thus guaranteed in favour of the bondholders.
Art. 876 To 883 1

1 Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Title twenty-third: pledge of furniture

Chapter I: Collateral and retention

Art. 884 A. Settlement/I. Constitution/1. Possession of Creditor

A. Collateral

I. Constitution

1. Possession of Creditor

1 Apart from the exceptions provided for in the law, securities can only be pledged as collateral.

2 The person who, in good faith, receives a pledge, acquires a lien there, even if the author of the pledge did not have the right to dispose of it; remains reserved for the rights deriving from third parties in their previous possession.

3 The right of pledge does not exist, as long as the grantor is exclusively in control of the thing.

Art. 885 A. Settlement/I. Constitution/2. Livestock commitment

2. Livestock Involvement

1 Livestock rights of pledge may be constituted, without transfer of possession, by registration in a public register and a notice given to the Office of the Prosecution, to guarantee the claims of credit institutions and companies Cooperatives which have obtained from the competent authority of the canton where they have their registered office the right to do similar operations.

2 The Register shall be governed by an order of the Federal Council. 1

3 The cantons may collect fees for entries in the register and the operations connected to them; they shall designate the districts and officials responsible for the keeping of the register. 2


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).
2 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 886 A. Settlement/I. Constitution/3. Subsequent pledge

3. Subsequent pledge

The owner may be a subsequent pledging right, provided that he gives notice in writing to the secured creditor and further inform the creditor that he or she has to remit the matter to the other creditor once the debt has been paid.

Art. 887 A. Settlement/I. Constitution/4. Commitment by the Creditor

4. Commitment by Creditor

The creditor may not commit the thing to which he is nanti only with the consent of his or her own.

Art. 888 A. Pledging/II. Extinction/1. Loss of possession

II. Extinction

1. Loss of possession

1 The pledge is extinguished as soon as the creditor ceases to hold the pledge and cannot claim it from a third party.

2 The effects of the pledge are suspended as long as the grantor retains exclusive control over the creditor's consent.

Art. 889 A. Pledging/II. Extinction/2. Restitution

2. Check-in

1 The creditor must return the thing to the person entitled, when the pledge is extinguished by the payment or for another reason.

2 It is only required to make all or part of the pledge after having been fully paid.

Art. 890 A. Pledging/II. Extinction/3. Creditor Liability

3. Liability of Creditor

1 The creditor responds to the impairment or loss of the pledge, unless it proves that the damage occurred without his fault.

2 It must provide full compensation for the damage, if it has its head alienated or engaged in collateral.

Art. 891 A. Pledging/III. Effects/1. Rights of Creditor

III. Effects

1. Rights of Creditor

1 A creditor who is not disinterested has the right to pay the price from the realization of the pledge.

2 The pledge guarantees the creditor the capital, conventional interests, prosecution costs and moratoria interests.

Article 892 A. Pledging/III. Effects/2. The extent of the pledge

2. Extent of pledge

1 The pledge strikes the thing and its accessories.

2 Unless otherwise agreed, the creditor shall make the natural fruit of the thing to the debtor as soon as they have ceased to be an integral part thereof.

3 The pledge extends to fruits which, when carrying out, are an integral part of the thing.

Art. 893 A. Pledging/III. Effects/3. Rank of the pledging rights

3. Rank of pledge rights

1 Creditors are paid according to their rank, where the thing is subject to several rights of pledge.

2 The rank is determined by the date of the establishment of the contract.

Art. 894 A. Pledging/III. Effects/4. Commissoire Covenant

4. Commissoire Pact

Any clause that would allow the creditor to appropriate the pledge for lack of payment is void.

Art. 895 B. Right of retention/I. Condition

B. Right of retention

I. Condition

1 A creditor who, with the consent of the debtor, is in possession of securities or securities belonging to the debtor, has the right to withhold them until payment, provided that the debt obligation is due and there is a report Natural connection between it and the chosen object.

2 This connection exists for traders as soon as the possession of the thing and the debt are the result of their business relations.

3 The right of retention extends even to things that are not the property of the debtor, provided that the creditor has received them in good faith; remains reserved for the rights deriving for third parties in their previous possession.

Art. 896 B. Right of retention/II. Exceptions

II. Exceptions

1 The right of retention cannot be exercised on matters which, of their nature, are not feasible.

2 It is not born, if it is incompatible either with an obligation assumed by the creditor, or with the instructions given by the debtor in the surrender of the thing or before, or with the public order.

Art. 897 B. Right of retention/III. In the event of insolvency

III. In the event of insolvency

1 Where the debtor is insolvent, the creditor may exercise his right of retention even for the guarantee of a claim not due.

2 If the insolvency has occurred or is not known to the creditor until after the return of the item, it may still exercise its right of retention, notwithstanding the instructions given by the debtor or the obligation Would have previously assumed to do something a particular use.

Art. 898 B. Right of retention/IV. Effects

IV. Effects

1 A creditor who has received no payment or sufficient security may, after a prior warning given to the debtor, continue as in the case of pledging the realization of the chosen thing.

2 In the case of nominative securities, the servant or the office of the bankruptcy shall proceed in place of the debtor to the acts necessary for the realization.

Chapter II: Receivables and other rights

Art. 899 A. In general

A. In general

1 Claims and other alienable rights may be pledged.

2 Except as otherwise provided, the rules of the pledge are applicable.

Art. 900 B. Constitution/I. Regular claims

B. Constitution

I. Regular claims

1 The undertaking of claims which are not recognized by a title or result only from debt recognition, shall be in writing and, in the latter case, by the surrender of the title.

2 The creditor and the grantor may give notice of the undertaking to the third party.

3 The commitment of the other rights shall be in writing, observing the forms established for their transfer.

Art. 901 B. Constitution/II. Values-Values

II. Values-Values

1 The commitment of the securities to the bearer is made by their only surrender to the secured creditor.

2 The undertaking of other securities may only be carried out by the surrender of the title with an endorsement or assignment.

3 The undertaking of intermediated securities is governed exclusively by the law of 3 October 2008 on intermediated securities 1 . 2


1 RS 957.1
2 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of 3 Oct. 2008 on intermediated securities, in force since 1 Er Jan 2010 ( RO 2009 3577 ; FF 2006 8817 ).

Article 902 B. Constitution/III. Representative titles of goods and warrants

III. Representative titles of goods and warrants

1 The pledge of the securities that represent goods is a guarantee of the goods.

2 Where a special pledge title (warrant) has been created independently of the title representing the goods, the undertaking of the warrant is equivalent to the pledging of the goods, provided that it is mentioned on the principal title with an indication of the Guaranteed amount and maturity.

Art. 903 B. Constitution/IV. Subsequent engagement of the debt

IV. Subsequent engagement of the debt

The subsequent undertaking of a debt obligation already encumbered by a lien is valid only if the owner of the debt or the new secured creditor notifies the previous creditor in writing.

Art. 904 C. Effects/Scope of Creditor Right

C. Effects

I. Scope of the creditor's right

1 The pledge made on claims producing interest or other periodic income, such as dividends, shall extend, unless otherwise agreed, only to current benefits, other than those which have previously expired.

2 Where such ancillary benefits are represented by special securities, they shall be included in the pledge, unless otherwise agreed, only if they have been incurred in accordance with the law.

S. 905 C. Effects/II. Representation of shares and shares of a limited liability company

II. Representation of shares and shares of a limited liability company 1

1 The pledged shares are represented in the general meeting of the corporation by the shareholder itself and not by the winning creditor.

2 The shares of a limited liability company are represented in the assembly of the partners by the partner himself and not by the winning creditor. 2


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).
2 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).

Art. 906 C. Effects/III. Administration and reimbursement

III. Administration and reimbursement

1 The owner of the debt incurred may denounce it or make its recovery and the secured creditor has the right to compel it to do so, if such measures are ordered by the interest of good management.

2 The debtor, who is notified of the pledge, may discharge in the hands of the owner or secured creditor only with the consent of the other person concerned.

3 In the absence of such consent, it shall record.

Chapter III: Lenders

Article 907 A. Establishment of payday loans/I. Authorization

A. Establishment of loan guarantees

I. Authorization

1 No one shall exercise the trade of a pawnbroker without the authorization of the cantonal government.

2 Cantonal legislation may require that this authorisation shall be granted only to public establishments in the canton or municipalities and to undertakings of general utility.

3 It will be able to subject the lenders to payment of a fee.

Art. 908 A. Establishment of payout loans/II. Duration

II. Duration

1 Permission is granted to private institutions only for a limited period of time; it may be renewed.

2 It may be withdrawn at any time by payday lenders who do not comply with the provisions to which they are subject.

Article 909 B. Contract loans/I. Constitution

B. Sending loan

I. Constitution

The right of pledge is constituted by the remission of the thing against a receipt.

Art. 910 B. Fixed loan/II. Effects/1. Sale of the pledge

II. Effects

1. Sale of the pledge

1 Where the loan is not repaid at the agreed term, the creditor may, after having previously and publicly summoned the debtor to pay, sell the pledge through the care of the competent authority.

2 The creditor has no personal action against the borrower.

911 B. Fixed loan/II. Effects/2. Right to surplus

2. Right to surplus

1 The excess of the selling price on the amount of the debt belongs to the borrower.

2 When the latter has incurred several debts, they may be added for the purpose of calculating the surplus.

3 The right to a surplus is limited to five years from the sale of the item.

Art. 912 B. Contract Loan/III. Refund/1. Right to free the thing

III. Refund

1. Right to free the thing

1 The thing can be cleared, against the return of the receipt, until the sale has taken place.

2 If the receipt is not produced, the thing can nevertheless be cleared, from the time of the due process, by the person who justifies his right.

3 This option also exists when six months have elapsed since that time, even if the lender had expressly reserved the right to return the receipt only.

Art. 913 B. Contract Loan/III. Refund/2. Rights of the Lender

2. Rights of Lender

1 The lender has the right, at the time of clearing, to charge the entire interest of the current month.

2 If it has expressly reserved the right to return the receipt to any holder of the receipt, it may do so, unless it knows or should know that the bearer has obtained the receipt in an unlawful manner.

Art. 914 C. Purchases under réméré Pact

C. Purchases under réméré Pact

Those who trade under the remated pact are treated as payday lenders.

Art. 915 D. cantonal law

D. cantonal law

1 Cantonal legislation may establish other rules for the exercise of the profession of pawnbroker.

2 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, with effect from 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293).

Chapter IV ...

Art. 916 To 918 1

1 Repealed by Art. 52 al. 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1930 on the issue of letters of pledge, with effect from 1 Er Feb 1931 (RO 47 113; FF 1925 III 547).

Part Three: Possession and the Land Registry

Title Twenty-fourth: Possession

Art. 919 A. Definition and Forms/I. Definition

Definition and forms

Definition

1 The person who has effective control of the thing is in possession of it.

2 In the area of land tenure and charges, possession consists in the actual exercise of the right.

S. 920 A. Definition and Forms/II. Original and Derived Session

II. Original and Derived Session

1 When the possessor gives the thing to a third party to confer either a right of servitude or a pledge, or a personal right, both are in possession of it.

2 Those who own as an owner have original possession, while others have derived possession.

Art. 921 A. Definition and Forms/III. Periods of interrupted

III. Periods of interrupted

Possession is not lost when the exercise is prevented or interrupted by facts of a temporary nature.

Art. 922 B. Transfer/I. Between Present

B. Transfer

I. Between Present

1 Possession is transferred by hand over to the purchaser of the same thing or the means that make it pass to its power.

2 The tradition is perfect as soon as the thing is, by the will of the former owner, in the power of the acquirer.

Art. 923 B. Transfer/II. Between Absent

II. Between Absent

The tradition is perfect between absent from the handing over of the thing to the purchaser or his representative.

Art. 924 B. Transfer/III. Without tradition

III. Without tradition

1 Possession may be acquired without tradition, where a third party or the alienator himself remains in possession of the thing in a special capacity.

2 Such a transfer shall not affect the third party who has been in possession until the moment when the alienator has informed the third party.

3 The third party may refuse the grant to the acquirer for reasons that would have permitted it to be denied to the alienator.

Art. 925 B. Transfer/IV. Goods represented by titles

IV. Goods represented by titles

1 The transfer of securities issued in the representation of goods entrusted to a valet or a warehouse is equivalent to the tradition of the goods themselves.

2 If, nevertheless, the good faith purchaser of the security is in conflict with a good faith purchaser of the goods, the purchaser has the preference.

Art. 926 C. Legal Scope/I. Protection of Possession/1. Right of defence

C. Legal Scope

I. Protection of possession

1. Right of defence

1 The possessor has the right to repel by force any act of usurpation or disorder.

2 It may, when it has been abducted by violence or clandestinely, immediately resume it, by expelling the usurper if it is a building and, if it is a security, by removing it from the spoliator caught in the act or Arrested in his flight.

3 It must refrain from any factual basis that is not justified by the circumstances.

Art. 927 C. Legal Scope/I. Protection of Possession/2.

2. Reinterested

1 Anyone who usurps a thing in the possession of others is obliged to make it, even if it claims to be a preferable right.

2 Such restitution will not take place, if the defendant immediately establishes a preferable right which would allow the defendant to return to the plaintiff.

3 Action tends to restitution of thing and compensation for damage.

Art. 928 C. Legal scope/I. Protection of possession/3. Action due to Possession Disorder

3. Action Due to Possession Disorder

1 The locatee in his possession can actuate the author of the disorder, even if the latter claims to have a right to the thing.

2 The action tends to stop the disorder, the defense to cause it, and the repair of the damage.

Art. 929 C. Legal scope/I. Protection of possession/4. Due and prescription

4. Due and prescription

1 The possessor is deprived of his action, if he does not seek the return of the thing or the cessation of the disorder immediately after having known the fact and the infringer to his right.

2 Its action is prescribed by one year; this period runs from the day of the usurpation or the disorder, even if the possessor has known only later the infringement suffered and the author of it.

Art. 930 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/1. Presumption of ownership

II. Protection of the right

1. Property Presumption

1 The possessor of a security is presumed to own it.

2 Prior owners are presumed to have owned the thing for the duration of their possession.

Art. 931 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/2. Presumption of Derived Possession

2. Deemed Derived Possession

1 A person who, without the will to own it, owns a security, may invoke the presumption of ownership of the person from whom it holds that thing in good faith.

2 If someone claims to have a personal right or a real right other than the property, the existence of the right is presumed, but he cannot oppose that presumption to the one he or she holds.

Art. 932 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the right/3. Action against owner

3. Action against owner

The possessor of a security right may object to any action against him the presumption that he is for the benefit of a better right; shall remain reserved the provisions concerning acts of usurpation or disorder.

Art. 933 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/4. Right of Disposition and Claim/a. Choses entrusted

4. Right of Disposition and Claim

A. Things entrusted

A purchaser of good faith, to which a security is transferred as a property or other right in rem by the person to whom it was entrusted, must be retained in its acquisition, even if the transferor did not have the authorization of Operate it.

Art. 934 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/4. Right of Disposition and Claim/b. Lost or stolen shoses

B. Lost or stolen shoses

1 The possessor to whom a security has been stolen, or who has lost it, or who has lost it in any other way without his will, may claim it for five years. Art. 722 is reserved. 1

1bis The claim for cultural property within the meaning of s. 2, para. 1, of the Act of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property 2 Of which the owner has been divested without his or her will to be prescribed by one year from the time when the owner became aware of the place where the object and identity of the owner is located, but not later than 30 years after it has been Divestiture. 3

2 Where the thing has been acquired in public auctions, in a market or in an object dealer of the same kind, it can no longer be claimed against the first purchaser, nor against another purchaser in good faith, if not on condition To reimburse him for the price he paid.

3 Restitution is also subject to the rules concerning the rights of the possessor in good faith.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 2002 (Animals), effective from 1 Er Apr 2003 ( RO 2003 463 466; FF 2002 3885 5418).
2 RS 444.1
3 Introduced by Art. 32 ch. 1 of the LF of 20 June 2003 on the transfer of cultural property, in force since 1 Er June 2005 ( RO 2005 1869 ; FF 2002 505 ).

S. 935 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/4. Right of Disposition and Claim/c. Currency and bearer shares

C. Currency and bearer shares

The currency and the bearer shares cannot be claimed against the purchaser in good faith, even if the possessor has been divested against his will.

S. 936 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the Law/4. Right of Disposition and Claim/d. In case of bad faith

D. In case of bad faith

1 A person who has not acquired in good faith possession of a security may be obliged at any time to return it to the former possessor.

2 When the latter is not a good faith purchaser himself, he cannot claim the thing against any subsequent possessor.

Art. 937 C. Legal Scope/II. Protection of the right/5. Presumption in respect of buildings

5. Presumption in respect of buildings

1 In the case of immovable property registered in the Land Register, the presumption of right and the possessory actions belong only to the registered person.

2 The person who has effective control of the building may, however, operate on the grounds of usurpation or disorder.

Art. 938 C. Legal Scope/III. Responsibility/1. Good faith/a. Playing

III. Liability

1. Good Faith Possessor

A. Playing

1 A possessor of good faith who has performed the thing in accordance with his or her presumed right shall not pay compensation to the person to whom he or she is required to return it.

2 It does not respond to any loss or damage.

Art. 939 C. Legal Scope/III. Responsibility/1. Good faith/b. Allowances

B. Allowances

1 The possessor in good faith can claim the refund of the necessary and useful expenses that he has made and withhold the thing up to the payment.

2 The other impenses grant him no compensation, but he has the right to remove, before any restitution, what he has united with the thing and which can be separated without damage, unless the applicant offers it the counter-value.

3 The fruits perceived by the possessor are attributed to what is owed to him because of his impenses.

Article 940 C. Legal Scope/III. Liability/2. Bad faith processor

2. Bad faith processor

1 The possessor of bad faith must return the thing and compensate the person entitled to all the damage resulting from the indue detention, as well as the fruits which he has received or neglected to perceive.

2 He has no debt due to his impenses only if the person having the right would have been in the need to do so himself.

3 It only responds to the damage caused by its fault, as long as it does not know who the thing is to be returned.

Article 941 C. Legal Scope/IV. Limitation period

IV. Limitation period

The possessor who is entitled to prescribe has the right to attach to his possession that of the author, if the prescription could also run in favour of the latter.

Title Twenty-fifth: From the Land Registry

S. 942 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/1. In general

Organization

I. The Land Registry

1. In general

1 The Land Registry provides the status of the property rights.

2 It includes the general ledger, the supporting documents (plan, role, supporting documents, descriptive status) and the newspaper.

3 The land register may be kept on paper or by computer. 1

4 In the case of computerised maintenance of the land register, the recorded data shall have legal effects if they are properly recorded in the system and if the equipment of the Land Registry Office permits the reading of the data in the form of Numbers and letters through technical processes or in the form of plans. 2


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 ( RO 2004 5085 ; FF 2001 5423 ).
2 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 ( RO 2004 5085 ; FF 2001 5423 ).

Art. 943 1 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/2. Registration/a. Registrated furniture

2. Registration

A. Imported furniture

1 Are registered as real property in the Land Registry:

1.
Bian-founds;
2.
Separate and permanent property rights;
3.
Mines;
4.
The condominium units of a building.

2 The conditions and mode of registration of separate and permanent rights, mines and condominium units on real property are determined by a Federal Council order.


1 New content according to the c. III of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989 1001; FF 1962 II 1445).

Article 944 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/2. Registration/b. Unregistered furniture

B. Unregistered furniture

1 Buildings which are not private property and those used for public use shall be registered only if there are real rights in respect of which registration is to take place, or if the registration is provided for by the cantonal legislation.

2 When a registered property becomes a non-registered building, it is disposed of from the land registry.

3 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

S. 945 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/3. Registries/a. The General Ledger

3. Records

A. The great book

1 Each building receives a separate sheet and number in the general ledger.

2 The forms to be observed in the case of division of a building or meeting of several funds shall be governed by an order of the Federal Council.

Art. 946 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/3. Registries/b. Land Registry Slip

B. Land Registry Slip

1 The entries in the various sections of the slip include:

1.
Property;
2.
Easements and land charges established in favour of the building or building;
3.
The security rights of which the building is encumbered.

2 At the request of the owner, the accessories of the building may be mentioned on the slip; they are only written off the consent of all those whose rights are recognized by the land registry.

Art. 947 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/3. Registries/c. Group slips

C. Group slips

1 Several buildings, even non-contiguous, may be registered on a single slip with the consent of the owner.

2 The entries on this slip extend their effects, except for land easements, to all the buildings that are brought together.

3 The owner may request at any time that certain buildings registered on a collective slip cease to exist; the existing rights remain reserved.

Art. 948 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/3. Registries/d. Journal, supporting documents

D. Journal, supporting documents

1 Registration requirements shall be entered in the journal as they take place and following each other, with the indication of their author and object.

2 The supporting documents for the entries are properly classified and kept.

3 In the cantons where the curator of the land register is able to draw up authentic acts, the supporting documents may be replaced by a collection of titles, the inscriptions of which have a character of authenticity.

Art. 949 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/4. Orders/a. In general

4. Orders

A. In general 1

1 The Federal Council adopts the land registry forms, makes the necessary orders, and may prescribe the keeping of ancillary records.

2 The cantons have the right to enact the provisions on the registration of real rights in buildings governed by cantonal legislation: the sanction of the Confederation remains reserved.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 ( RO 2004 5085 ; FF 2001 5423 ).

Art. 949 A 1 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/4. Orders/b. Electronic Record Keeping of the Land Registry

B. Computerized maintenance of the land registry

1 The canton which wants to keep the land register by means of informatics must obtain an authorisation from the Federal Department of Justice and Police.

2 The Federal Council regulates:

1.
The authorisation procedure;
2.
The extent and technical details of the keeping of the Register by means of information technology, in particular the process by which the entries deploy their effects;
3.
The conditions under which, where appropriate, communications and transactions with the land registry can be made electronically;
4.
The conditions under which, where applicable, the data of the general ledger without justification of an interest may be made available to the public;
5.
Access to the data, the registration of the questions and the conditions justifying the withdrawal of the right of access in the event of misuse;
6.
Data protection;
7.
Long-term data retention and archiving.

3 The Federal Department of Justice and Police, as well as the Federal Department of Defence, Population and Sports Protection, define uniform data models and interfaces for the land registry and for measurement Cadastral.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 (RO 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 (RO) 2004 5085; FF 2001 5423 ).

Art. 950 1 A. Organization/I. The Land Register/5. Formal ensuration

5. Official mass

1 The registration and description of each building in the Land Registry shall be carried out on the basis of official measurements, including a land registry plan.

2 The Federal Law of 5 October 2007 on Geoinformation 2 Establishes the qualitative and technical requirements for official measurement.


1 New content according to the c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, effective from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).
2 RS 510.62

Art. A. Organization/II. Record Keeping/1. Arrondissements/a. Jurisdiction

II. Maintenance of the Land Registry

1. Arrondissements

A. Jurisdiction

1 Boroughs are formed for the maintenance of the land register.

2 The buildings are registered in the register of the district in which they are located.

Article 952 A. Organization/II. Record Keeping/1. Arrondissements/b. Buildings located in several districts

B. Buildings located in several districts

1 The building located in several districts is registered in the register of each district, with reference to the register of others.

2 The requisitions and the enrollments of real rights take place in the register of the district where most of the building is located.

3 The entries made in this office are communicated by the Curator to the offices of the other districts.

S. 953 A. Organization/II. Maintenance of the Land Register/2 Land Registry Offices

2. Land Registry Offices

1 The organisation of the land registry offices, the training of the districts, the appointment and treatment of civil servants, as well as supervision, are regulated by the cantons.

2 The provisions adopted by the cantons, excluding those concerning the appointment and treatment of civil servants, are subject to the approval of the Confederation. 1


1 New content according to the c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, in force since 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362 369: FF 1988 II 1293).

Art. 954 A. Organization/II. Land Registry/3. Emoluments

3. Fees

1 The cantons may collect emoluments for inscriptions in the land register and the related work of measurements.

2 No emolument is due to inscriptions determined by land improvements or by exchanges of land made for the purpose of rounding up an agricultural operation.

Art. 955 A. Organization/III. Liability

III. Liability 1

1 The cantons are responsible for any damage resulting from the holding of the land register.

2 They have a right of appeal against officials, employees and immediate supervisors who have committed a fault.

3 They may require a guarantee from their employees and employees.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 956 1 A. Organization/IV. Administrative oversight

IV. Administrative oversight

1 The management of the land registry offices is subject to the administrative supervision of the cantons.

2 The Confederation exercises high surveillance.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 956 A 1 A. Organization/V. Recourse/1. Quality to use

Recourse

1. Quality to Use

1 The decisions of the Land Registry Office may be appealed to the authority designated by the canton; the denial of justice or undue delay in the performance of an act equivalent to decisions.

2 Quality to use:

1.
Any person affected in particular by a decision of the Office of the Land Registry and having an interest worthy of protection that it be cancelled or amended;
2.
The administrative supervisory authority of the canton to the extent that the cantonal law grants it a right of appeal;
3.
The federal authority exercising high surveillance.

3 The appeal shall be excluded when the entry, modification or cancellation of rights in rem or annotations has been made to the general ledger.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 956 B 1 A. Organisation/V. Remedies/2. Appeal procedure

2. Appeal procedure

1 The appeal period before the cantonal proceedings is 30 days.

2 An appeal may be lodged at any time for the denial of justice or undue delay in the performance of an act.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 957 1

1 Repealed by c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 958 B. Registration/I. Fees to be entered/1. Real Property and Rights

B. Registration

I. Fees to be recorded

1. Real Property and Rights

The Land Registry is intended for the registration of the following real property rights:

1.
Property;
2.
Easements and land charges;
3.
Security rights.
Art. 959 B. Registration/I. Fees to be entered/2. Annotations/a. Personal Rights

2. Annotations

A. Personal Rights

1 Personal rights, such as rights of pre-emption, emption and reverberation, on-farm leases and rent, can be annotated in the land registry in cases expressly provided for by law.

2 They thus become effective against any right subsequently acquired on the property.

Art. 960 B. Registration/I. Rights to be entered/2. Annotations/b. Restrictions on the right to dispose

B. Restrictions on the right to dispose

1 Restrictions on the right to dispose of certain buildings may be annotated, when they result:

1.
A formal decision for the conservation of conflicting rights or binding claims;
2. 1
An input;
3. 2
Legal acts whose law allows the annotation, such as fideicommissary substitution.

2 Such restrictions shall, by virtue of their annotation, become effective against any right subsequently acquired on the property.


1 New content according to the c. 4 of the annex to the LF of 16 Dec. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1997 (RO) 1995 1227 1309; FF 1991 III 1).
2 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 961 B. Registration/I. Fees to be entered/2. Annotations/c. Enrollments

C. Provisional listings

1 Provisional inscriptions may be taken:

1.
By the person alleging a right in rem;
2.
By the one that the law allows to complete its legitimation.

2 They shall be subject to the consent of the persons concerned or by a judicial decision; they shall have the effect that the law, if it is later found, becomes effective against third parties as from the date of provisional registration.

3 The judge shall decide on the application and authorize the provisional registration if the right alleged to it exists; it shall determine exactly the duration and effects of the registration and shall fix, where appropriate, a time limit in which the applicant will assert his right to Justice. 1


1 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. 961 A 1 B. Registration/I. Fees to be entered/2. Annotations/d. Posing of posterior rights

D. Post-charge registration

The annotation does not prevent the entry of a post.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 962 1 B. Enrolment/II. Mention/1. Restrictions on public ownership of property

II. Mention

1. Restrictions on public ownership of property

1 The public community or another entity that performs a public interest task is required to have the restriction, based on public law, of the ownership of a particular building determined by the public authority that is The effect of permanently hampering the use of the property, the long-term restriction of the owner's power to dispose of it or the creation of a permanent fixable obligation in relation to the building.

2 If the restriction of ownership is extinguished, the community or entity concerned must request the cancellation of the reference to the land register. Otherwise, the Office of the Land Registry may delete the statement of office.

3 The Federal Council sets out the areas of cantonal law in which ownership restrictions must be mentioned in the land register. The cantons may make provision for further mentions. They shall draw up a list of the categories of information concerned and communicate it to the Confederation.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 962 A 1 B. Enrolment/II. Mention/2. Representatives

2. Representatives

May be mentioned in the Land Registry the identity:

1.
The legal representative, his or her request or that of the competent authority;
2.
The administrator of the estate, the representative of the heirs, the official liquidator, or the executor, at his or her request, to that of an heir or that of the competent authority;
3.
The representative of an owner, a secured creditor, or the person entitled to an easement not found, at his or her request or that of the judge;
4.
The representative of a legal entity or other entity in the event of the absence of the prescribed bodies, at the request of the representative or of the judge;
5.
The administrator of the community of the owners of the floors, at his request, to that of the assembly of the owners of floors or of the judge.

1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

S. 963 B. Enrolment/III. Conditions of registration/1. Sequence/a. To Enroll

III. Conditions of registration

1. Sequence

A. To register

1 Registrations shall be made on the written declaration of the owner of the building to which their object relates.

2 This declaration is not necessary, where the purchaser is based on the law, or produces a judgment passed by res judicus or any other equivalent act.

3 The cantons may entrust the public officers who have standing in order to establish authentic acts, to request the recording of the acts received by them.

Art. 964 B. Enrolment/III. Conditions of registration/1. Requisition/b. To radiate

B. To radiate

1 Write-offs or modifications can only be made on the written declaration of those to whom the registration confers rights.

2 This declaration may be replaced by the signature of the entitled persons, affixed to the newspaper.

Art. 965 B. Enrolment/III. Conditions of registration/2. Legitimation/a. Validity

2. Legitimation

A. Validity

1 No operation of the land register (registration, modification, cancellation) can take place without the prior legitimation of the applicant as to his right of disposition and the title on which the operation is based.

2 The applicant shall establish his right of disposition by proving his or her identity with the person who has been legitimised under the Register, or his or her quality as the representative of the Register.

3 It justifies its title by proving that the forms to which the validity of the latter is subject have been observed.

Art. 966 B. Enrolment/III. Conditions of registration/2. Legitimation/b. Complementary legitimation

B. Further legitimation

1 Any requisition must be rejected, if legitimation is lacking.

2 Nevertheless, if the title exists and only to supplement the legitimation, the applicant may, with the consent of the owner or by order of the judge, take provisional registration.

Article 967 B. Registration/IV. Mode of registration/1. In general

IV. Registration Mode

1. In general

1 The entries in the general ledger are made in the order of the requisitions, or in the order of the acts or declarations signed by-before the curator.

2 An extract of any entry shall be issued at the request of those concerned.

3 The form of the inscriptions, the radiation and the extracts is stopped by a Federal Council order.

Art. 968 B. Registration/IV. Mode of registration/2. With respect to easements

2. With respect to easements

Easements are written and written off to the overlays of the dominant fund and the servant fund.

Art. 969 B. Registration/V. Mandatory Notices

V. Mandatory Notices

1 The Curator is required to communicate to the persons concerned the transactions to which he is proceeding without having been notified; he shall, in particular, give notice of the acquisition of the property by a third party whose right of preemption is annotated to the Land registry or exists under the law and is the responsibility of the land registry. 1

2 The time frames for attacking these operations are as soon as the parties have been notified.


1 New content according to the c. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 970 1 C. Land Registry Advertising/I. Communication of Information and Consultation

C. Advertising of the Land Registry

I. Provision of information and consultation

1 Anyone who claims an interest has the right to consult the land register or to have extracts from it.

2 Anyone has access to the following general ledger information:

1.
The designation of the complex and its description;
2.
The name and identity of the owner;
3.
Ownership type and date of acquisition.

3 The Federal Council shall determine what other indications, in respect of easements, land charges and endorsements, may be made available to the public without justification of any particular interest. In so doing, it takes into account the protection of the personality.

4 No one shall take advantage of the fact that he or she has not been registered in the Land Register.


1 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 ( RO 2004 5085 ; FF 2001 5423 ).

Art. 970 A 1 C. Advertising of the Land Registry/II. Publications

II. Publications

1 The cantons may provide that the acquisition of real estate is published.

2 In the event of inheritance, advancement of hoarding, contract of marriage or liquidation of the plan, the counterperformance shall not be published.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991 (RO 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889). New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 on electronic signature, effective from 1 Er Jan 2005 (RO) 2004 5085; FF 2001 5423 ).

Art. 971 D. Effects/I. Effects of non-registration

D. Effects

I. Effects of non-registration

1 Any right whose constitution is legally subordinate to an entry in the land registry, exists as a real right only if that registration has taken place.

2 The scope of a right may be specified, within the limits of registration, by supporting documents or in any other way.

Art. 972 D. Effects/II. Effects of Registration/1. In general

II. Effects of Registration

1. In general

1 The real rights are born, take their place and receive their date by the inscription in the general ledger.

2 The effect of the registration dates back to the time when it was made in the newspaper, provided that the supporting documents provided for by the law were attached to the application or, in the event of provisional registration, that the additional legitimation took place In due course.

3 In the cantons where the authentic act is drawn up by the Curator by means of an entry in the collection of titles, it replaces the entry in the newspaper.

Article 973 D. Effects/II. Effects of Registration/2. In respect of bona fide third parties

2. In respect of bona fide third parties

1 A person who acquires ownership or other real rights on the basis of good faith in the registration of the land register shall be retained in its acquisition.

2 This provision shall not apply to the limits of the buildings included in the permanent moving territories designated as such by the cantons. 1


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 4 Oct PMQ. 1991, in force since 1 Er Jan 1994 (RO) 1993 1404; FF 1988 III 889).

Art. 974 D. Effects/II. Effects of Registration/3. In respect of third parties in bad faith

3. In respect of third parties in bad faith

1 Where an actual right has been improperly entered, the registration may not be invoked by third parties who knew or had to know the defects.

2 The registration is made unduly, when it has been made without the right or under a non-binding legal act.

3 Those whose rights have been infringed may rely directly against third parties in bad faith on the irregularity of registration.

Art. 974 A 1 E. Cancellation and Amendment of Registrations/I. Epuration/1. In case of division of a building

E. Cancellation and Amendment of Registrations

I. Epuration

1. In the case of division of a building

1 If a building is divided, the easements, annotations and references to each parcel must be severed.

2 The owner of the building to be divided shall indicate in the land register the entries which must be written off and those which must be carried over. Otherwise, the requisition is rejected.

3 Where it is apparent from the documents or circumstances that a registration does not concern certain parcels, it must be cancelled. The procedure follows that of deregistration.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 974 B 1 E. Cancellation and modification of registrations/I. Epuration/2. In case of meeting of buildings

2. In case of meeting of buildings

1 Several properties owned by the same owner may be reunited if no lien or land charge is to be transferred to the new building or the creditors agree to it.

2 Where easements, annotations or entries complete these buildings, they may be brought together only if the rights holders consent or if their rights are not adversely affected by the nature of the burden.

3 Where easements, annotations or endorsements are registered in favour of the buildings, they may only be collected if the owners of the encumbered buildings consent to it or if the meeting does not result in any worsening of the burden.

4 The treatment provisions in the case of division of the building shall apply mutatis mutandis.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 975 E. Write-off and Change in Registrations/II. In case of undue registration

II. In case of undue registration 1

1 The person whose real rights have been infringed by an entry made or by amended or cancelled entries without lawful cause may require the cancellation or modification.

2 Demits reserved the rights acquired to third parties in good faith by registration, as well as any damages.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 976 1 E. Write-off and Change of Registrations/III. Facilitated Radiation/1. Undoubtedly inscriptions without legal value

III. Facilitated Radiation

1. Undoubtedly inscriptions without legal value

The Office of the Land Registry may cancel an ex officio registration in the following cases:

1.
It is limited in time and has lost any legal value as a result of the flow of time;
2.
It concerns a right which cannot be assigned or transferred to the heirs of a deceased holder;
3.
It cannot cover the fund in question, taking account of its location;
4.
It concerns a fund that has disappeared.

1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 976 A 1 E. Write-off and Change of Registrations/III. Facilitated Radiation/2. Other registrations/a. In general

2. Other registrations

A. In general

1 Where a registration is most likely to be devoid of legal value, in particular because the supporting documents or circumstances indicate that it does not concern the building in question, any encumbered person may request the Graduation.

2 If the Office of the Land Registry takes the request for justification, it shall communicate to the entitled person that it will proceed with the cancellation, except in opposition to it within 30 days.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 976 B 1 E. Write-off and Change of Registrations/III. Facilitated Radiation/2. Other registrations/b. In case of opposition

B. In case of opposition

1 If the applicant is opposed, the Office of the Land Registry, at the request of the encumbered person, shall review the request for cancellation.

2 Where the Office of the Land Registry concludes that, in spite of the opposition, the request is well-founded, it shall communicate to the person entitled that it will proceed to write off the general ledger if, within three months from the date of the communication, the latter Does not introduce judicial action in order to establish that the registration has a legal value.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Article 976 C 1 E. Write-off and Change of Registrations/III. Facilitated Radiation/3. Public purification procedure

3. Public purification procedure

1 Where, within a specified scope, the relationships of fact or law have changed and, as a result, a large number of easements, annotations or references have become obsolete in whole or in large part or that the situation has become Uncertain, the authority designated by the canton may order the purification on that perimeter.

2 This measure is mentioned in the relevant building sheets.

3 The cantons shall regulate the procedure and procedure. They may further facilitate the treatment of easements or adopt provisions derogating from federal law.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 977 E. Write-off and Change of Registrations/IV. Rectifications E. Write-off and Change in Registrations/IV. Rectifications

IV. Rectifications 1

1 If the written consent of the persons concerned is lacking, the Curator may not make any rectification without a decision of the judge.

2 The correction may be replaced by the cancellation of the incorrect entry and a new registration.

3 The simple clerical errors are rectified ex officio, in accordance with a Federal Council order.


1 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).



1 Introduced by ch. II of the LF of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).
2 New content according to the c. I 1 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Final title: From the entry into force and application of the Civil Code

Chapter 1: The application of the old and new laws

Art. 1 A. General principles/I. Non-retroactivity of laws

A. General principles

I. Non-retroactivity of laws

1 The legal effects of facts prior to the entry into force of the Civil Code continue to be governed by the provisions of federal or cantonal law under which these facts have taken place.

2 Consequently, the binding force and the effects of acts performed before 1 Er January 1912 remains subject, even after that date, to the law in force at the time when these acts took place.

3 On the contrary, the facts after 1 Er January 1912 is governed by this Code, subject to statutory exceptions.

Art. 2 A. General Principles/II. Retroactivity/1. Public order and morality

II. Retroactivity

1. Public order and morality

1 The rules of the civil code established in the interests of public order and morals shall apply, upon entry into force, to all the facts for which the law has no exception.

2 Consequently, from the entry into force of the Civil Code, no longer can receive any application of the rules of the old right which, according to the new law, are contrary to public order or morals.

Art. 3 A. General Principles/II. Retroactivity/2 Empire of the Law

2. Empire of the Law

Cases regulated by law independently of the will of the parties are subject to the new law, after the entry into force of the Civil Code, even if they date back to a previous era.

Art. 4 A. General Principles/II. Retroactivity/3. Unacquired rights

3. Non-vested rights

The legal effects of acts which have taken place under the old law, but which have not been the result of rights acquired before the date of entry into force of the Civil Code, are governed by the new law from that date.

Art. 5 B. Right of persons/I. Exercise of civil rights

Right of persons

Exercise of civil rights

1 The exercise of civil rights shall be governed, in all cases, by the provisions of this Law.

2 However, persons who, according to the former Act, were able to exercise their civil rights upon entry into force of the new law, but which would no longer be able to exercise their civil rights, do not suffer any reduction in their capacity.

Art. 6 B. Right of Persons/II. Statement of absence

II. Statement of absence

1 The declaration of absence shall be governed by the new law upon entry into force of the Civil Code.

2 Declarations of death or absence made under the old laws deploy after the entry into force of this Code the same effects as the declaration of absence of the new law; however, the prior effects of these Measures taken in accordance with the old law, such as the devolution of heredity or the dissolution of marriage.

3 If a procedure at the end of the declaration of absence was in progress at the entry into force of the Civil Code, it shall be taken from the outset according to the rules of that code, except to attribute the time which has elapsed at the interval; at the request of the parties concerned, It is nevertheless open to continue according to the forms and by observing the time limits of the old law.

Art. 6 A 1 B. Right of persons/II A . Central Vital Statistics Data Bank

II A . Central Vital Statistics Data Bank

1 The Federal Council regulates the transition from conventional to computerized record keeping.

2 The Confederation took charge of the investment costs, up to a maximum of 5 million francs.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the 5 Oct PMQ. 2001 (Electronic Record Keeping of Vital Statistics), effective from 1 Er Jul. 2004 ( RO 2004 2911 ; FF 2001 1537 ).

Art. 6 B 1 B. Right of Persons/III. Legal Persons/1. In general

III. Legal persons

1. In general 2

1 Companies organized corporatively and establishments or foundations who acquired personality under the old law keep it under the empire of this code, even if they could not acquire it in terms of its provisions.

2 Existing legal persons whose new law subordinates the constitution to an entry in a public register must be registered, within five years of the entry into force of the civil code, even if the former law Did not provide for this formality; if they were unable to register within five years, they lose their status as legal persons.

2bis Ecclesiastical foundations and family foundations not registered in the commercial register on the date of entry into force of the amendment of 12 December 2014 (art. 52, para. 2) retain their status as legal persons. They must register for the trade register within five years. The Federal Council takes account of the special situation of ecclesiastical foundations when determining the requirements for registration in the trade register. 3

3 The extent of the personality shall be determined in all cases by the new law, immediately after the entry into force of this Code.


1 Formerly art. 7, then 6 A .
2 New content according to the c. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 12 Dec LF. 2014 on the implementation of the recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force, revised in 2012, in force since 1 Er Jan 2016 ( RO 2015 1389 ; FF 2014 585 ).

Art. 6 C 1 B. Right of Persons/III. Legal persons/2. Accounting and review body

2. Accounting and Review Body

The provisions of the amendment of 16 December 2005 2 In respect of the accounting and the review body shall apply from the financial year beginning with the entry into force of this Law or which follows it.


1 Introduced by ch. 1 of the annex to the PMQ of Dec 16. 2005 (Right of the company with limited liability; adaptation of the rights of the limited company, the cooperative society, the register of trade and reasons of trade), in force since 1 Er January 2008 ( RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745).
2 RO 2007 4791 ; FF 2002 2949 , 2004 3745

Art. 7 1 C. Family law/I. Marriage

C. Family law

I. Marriage

1 Marriage is governed by the new right upon entry into force of the Federal Act of 26 June 1998. 2 .

2 Upon the entry into force of the new right, marriages vitiated by a cause of invalidity under the old right may be annulled only under the new right, the time which has elapsed before that date being taken into account for the calculation of time limits.


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1

Art. 7 A 1 C. Family law/I Bis . Divorce/1. Principle

I Bis . Divorce

1. Principle

1 Divorce is governed by the new law upon the coming into force of the Federal Act of 26 June 1998 2 .

2 The law does not retroact in respect of marriages validly dissolved in accordance with the old right; the new enforcement provisions apply to annuities and capital allowances intended to compensate for the loss of the right to Maintenance or assistance.

3 The amendment of the divorce decree under the old right is governed by the former right, subject to the provisions relating to children and the procedure.


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1

Art. 7 B 1 C. Family law/I Bis . Divorce/2. Divorce proceedings pending

2. Divorce proceedings pending

1 Divorce proceedings pending before a cantonal court are subject to the new law as soon as the Federal Act comes into force on 26 June 1998. 2 .

2 The parties may make further findings on the matters affected by the amendment of the applicable law; the points of judgment which are not subject to appeal shall be final, provided that they do not have a material link if Narrow with open questions that they justify a global assessment.

3 The Federal Court applies the old right, where the contested decision was pronounced before the entry into force of the Federal Act of 26 June 1998; the same applies in case of reference to the cantonal authority.


1 Introduced by ch. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).
2 RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1

Art. 7 C 1 C. Family law/I Bis . Divorce/3. Time limit for separation in pending divorce proceedings

3. Time for separation in pending divorce proceedings

In divorce proceedings pending the entry into force of the amendment of 19 December 2003 2 Of which a cantonal instance is aware, the period of separation according to the new right is decisive.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 19 Dec. 2003 (Time limit for separation in divorce law), in force since 1 Er June 2004 ( RO 2004 2161 2162; FF 2003 3490 5310).
2 RO 2004 2161

Art. 8 1 C. Family law/I Ter General Effects of Marriage/1. Principle

I Ter General Effects of Marriage

1. Principle

The general effects of marriage are governed by the new law upon the entry into force of the Federal Act of 5 October 1984.


1 New content according to the c. I 4 of the PMQ of 26 June 1998, in force since 1 Er Jan 2000 ( RO 1999 1118 ; FF 1996 I 1).

Art. 8 A 1 C. Family law/I Ter . General Effects of Marriage/2. Name

2. Name

A spouse who, at the time of the conclusion of the marriage, has changed his name before the entry into force of the amendment of 30 September 2011 of this Code may, at any time, declare to the registrar that he wishes to resume his or her unmarried name.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984 (RO 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179). New content according to the c. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2012 2569; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 8 B 1 C. Family law/I Ter General Effects of Marriage/3. Freedom of the City

3. Freedom of the City

Within a period of one year from the entry into force of the new law, the Swiss woman who married under the former right may declare to the competent authority of the former canton of origin that she wished to resume the right of the city she owned When she was single.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 1 C. Family Law/II. Marital status of married spouses before 1 Er January 1912

II. Marital status of married spouses before 1 Er January 1912

The pecuniary effects of marriages celebrated before 1 Er January 1912 is governed by the provisions of the Civil Code, which entered into force on that date on the application of the old law and the new law.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. A 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/1. In general

II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912 2

1. In general

1 The matrimonial regime of married spouses on the entry into force of the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 is, unless otherwise provided, subject to the new law.

2 The pecuniary effects of marriages which were dissolved prior to the entry into force of the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 remain subject to the former right.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 For the application of the transitional law, see also the former disp. Of the tit. 6 E , at the end of the civil code.

Art. B 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/2. Switching the Union of Goods to the Regime of Participation in Acequests/a. Sort of assets

2. Transition from the Union of Property to the Plan of Participation in the Acets

A. Goods Sort

1 Spouses who were previously married under the Union of Goods are subject to the system of participation in acquisition in their dealings with each other and with third parties.

2 The property of each spouse is now entered into his or her own property or acquired in accordance with the character of the rules of the new law; the reserved property set up by marriage contract becomes own property.

3 The wife takes over the ownership of her past contributions in the husband's property or, failing that, exercises the corresponding reward.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. C 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/2. Switching the Union of Goods to the Regime of Participation in Acequests/b. Privileges

B. Privileges

The provisions of the former Act on the claim of the wife of the head of his or her non-represented contributions in enforced execution against the husband shall remain applicable for ten years from the entry into force of the new law.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. D 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/2. Switching the Union of Goods to the Regime of Participation in Acequests/c. Liquidation of the regime under the new law

Liquidation of the regime under the new law

1 After the entry into force of the new law, the liquidation shall take place between the spouses for the whole duration of the old and the new ordinary arrangements in accordance with the provisions on participation in the acquisition, unless the spouses have, at the time of this Entered into force, already liquidated their former regime under the provisions of the Union of Goods.

2 Each spouse may, before the coming into force of the new Act, serve on his or her spouse, in writing, that their former plan be liquidated in accordance with the provisions of the old Act.

3 If a matrimonial regime is dissolved as a result of the admission of an application made before the coming into force of the new law, the liquidation shall also take place in accordance with the old law.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. E 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/3. Maintenance of the Union of Goods

3. Maintenance of the Union of Goods

1 Spouses who lived under the ordinary arrangements of the Union of Property, without having amended it by marriage contract, may, by means of a joint written declaration made to the Matrimonial Matrimonial Registry of their domicile at the latest in The year from the date of entry into force of the new right, agree to remain subject to the new right; the registry operator shall maintain an official list of such declarations, which each may consult.

2 This contract is binding on third parties only if they have or should have knowledge of it.

3 The reserved assets of the spouses are now subject to the provisions on the separation of property from the new law.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. F 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/4. Maintenance of the separation of legal or judicial property

4. Maintenance of the separation of legal or judicial property

Spouses who were placed under the separation of legal or judicial property are now subject to the new provisions on the separation of property.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 10 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage Contracts/a. In general

5. Marriage Contracts

A. In general

1 When the spouses have entered into a marriage contract under the Civil Code, this contract remains in force and their matrimonial regime remains, subject to the provisions on reserved goods, the effects on third parties and on the separation of the Conventional goods contained in this final title, subject as a whole to the provisions of the old right.

2 The reserved assets of the spouses are now subject to the provisions on the separation of property from the new law.

3 Agreements modifying the distribution of the benefit or deficit in the system of the union of goods may not affect the reserve of non-common children and their descendants.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 10 A 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage Contracts/b. Effects on third parties

B. Effects on third parties

1 Such schemes shall be binding on third parties only if they have or should have knowledge of them.

2 If the marriage contract did not have any effect on third parties, the spouses are now subject to their dealings with them in the scheme of participation in the acquisition.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 10 B 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage Contracts/c. Submitting to new law

C. Submission to new law

1 Where spouses who are subject to the Union of Property have amended this scheme by means of a marriage contract, they may, by means of a joint written declaration submitted to the Matrimonial Matrimonial Registry Officer, at the latest in the year As from the entry into force of the new right, agree to be subject to the scheme of participation in the acquis.

2 In this case, the conventional income distribution now applies to the sum of the profits of the two spouses, unless otherwise agreed in a marriage contract.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 10 C 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage Contracts/d. C. Separation of conventional property from the old right

D. Separation of conventional property from the old right

The spouses who had adopted by contract of marriage the regime of the separation of property are now subject to the regime of the separation of the new law.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 10 D 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage Contracts/e. Marriage contracts concluded for the entry into force of the new law

E. Marriage contracts concluded for the entry into force of the new law

Marriage contracts entered into before the entry into force of the Federal Act of 5 October 1984 and which must not have effect under the new law shall not be subject to the approval of the tutelary authority 2 .


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).
2 Currently: adult protection authority.

Art. 10 E 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/5. Marriage/f. Matrimonial Regimes Register

F. Registry of Matrimonial Regimes

1 Upon the coming into force of the Federal Act of October 5, 1984, no new registration will be made in the registry of matrimonial property regimes.

2 The right to consult the register remains guaranteed.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 11 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/6. Settlement of debts in case of marital liquidation

6. Settlement of debts in case of marital liquidation

Where, in a marriage liquidation following the entry into force of the new law, the settlement of a debt or the return of one thing exposes the debtor to serious difficulties, the debtor may request payment periods, to The burden of providing security if circumstances warrant.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 11 A 1 C. Family Law/II Bis . Marital status of married spouses after 1 Er January 1912/7. Protection of creditors

7. Protection of creditors

The provisions relating to the change of matrimonial regime are applicable, for the protection of creditors, to changes determined by the coming into force of the Federal Act of October 5, 1984.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, in force since 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122 153 art. 1 ; FF 1979 II 1179).

Art. 12 1 C. Family Law/III. General filiation

III. General filiation

1 The establishment and the effects of filiation shall be governed by this Law as soon as it enters into force; the surname and the right of the city acquired under the old right shall be retained.

2 Children under guardianship at the time of entry into force of this Law, which are subject to the law to parental authority under the new legislation, shall be under the authority of their father and mother no later than the end of the year following that Entered into force, unless the contrary has been ordered under the provisions concerning the withdrawal of parental authority.

3 The transfer or withdrawal of parental authority resulting from a decision taken by the authority in accordance with the law previously in force remains in force after the entry into force of this Law.

4 If parental authority belongs only to one of the parents upon entry into force of the amendment of 21 June 2013, the other parent may, within one year of the entry into force of the new right, apply to the authority Competent to ask him to give the joint parental authority. Art. 298 B Is applicable by analogy. 2

5 The parent to whom the parental authority has been withdrawn in a divorce may not apply to the competent court alone unless the divorce has been pronounced within five years before the entry into force of the amendment of 21 June 2013. 3 4


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).
2 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).
3 Rectified by the drafting committee of the Ass. Fed. (art. 58, para. 1, LParl; RS 171.10 ).
4 Introduced by ch. I of the LF of 21 June 2013 (parental authority), in force since 1 Er Jul. 2014 ( RO 2014 357 ; FF 2011 8315 ).

Art. 12 A 1 C. Family law/III Bis Adoption/1. Continuation of the old right

III Bis Adoption

1. Maintenance of the former right

1 The adoption before the entry into force of the new provisions of the Federal Act of 30 June 1972 amending the Civil Code remains subject to the law entered into force on 1 Er January 1912 2 ; consents which, according to this right, have been validly given remain valid in all cases.

2 Persons less than 20 years old at the time of the entry into force of the Federal Act of 7 October 1994 may still, even if they have acceded to the majority, be adopted in accordance with the provisions applicable to adoptions of minors, for the same reason That the application be filed within two years after the coming into force of the Federal Act and before their twentieth anniversary. 3


1 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).
2 Art. 465 CC, in the contents of 1 Er Jan 1912: 1 The adopted and his descendants have to the adopter the same right of succession as the legitimate descendants. 2 Adoption shall not confer on the adopter and his or her parents any right to the succession of the adopter.
3 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 7 Oct PMQ. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

Art. 12 B 1 C. Family law/III Bis . Adoption/2. Submission to the new right

2. Submission to the new right

1 The adoption of a minor under the former right may be subject to the new provisions, if the adoptive parents and the child jointly request it within five years of the entry into force of those provisions.

2 The fact that the adopted child reaches a majority is not an obstacle to this request.

3 The new provisions apply to the application procedure; parental consent is not required.


1 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 12 C 1 C. Family law/III Bis Adoption/3. Adoption of major or prohibited persons

3. Adoption of major or prohibited persons

1 A major or prohibited person may be adopted in accordance with the new provisions on the adoption of minors, where, according to the former right, it was not adopted during its minority, but the conditions laid down by the new right were then Completed.

2 However, the provisions of the old and the new right concerning the consent of the father and mother to the adoption of minors are not applicable.

3 The request must be made within five years of the entry into force of the new provisions.


1 Introduced by ch. I 3 of the PMQ of 30 June 1972, in force since 1 Er Apr 1973 (RO 1972 2873; FF 1971 I 1222).

Art. 12 C Bis 1 C. Family law/III Bis Adoption/4. Interacting Activity for Adoption

4. Intermediary Activity for Adoption

1 Authorisations given by the cantonal monitoring authority for adoption shall remain valid until their expiry.

2 The cantonal monitoring authority for interim activity for adoption shall immediately forward to the Federal Supervisory Authority all records concerning the monitoring and authorisation procedures laid down in the five Years prior to the coming into force of the June 22, 2001 amendment.


1 Introduced by ch. 2 of the Annex to the PMQ of 22 June 2001 on the Hague Convention on the Adoption and Protection of the Child in the Case of International Adoption, in force since 1 Er Jan 2003 ( RO 2002 3988 ; FF 1999 5129 ).

Art. 12 D 1 C. Family law/III Ter . Challenge of legitimation

III Ter . Challenge of legitimation

The provisions of this Law relating to the challenge of recognition after marriage of the father and mother shall apply mutatis mutandis to the challenge of legitimation in accordance with the law previously in force.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 13 1 C. Family Law/IV. Paternity action/1. Pending Actions

IV. Paternity action

1. Pending Actions

1 An action pending at the entry into force of the new law shall be deemed to be in accordance with the new law.

2 The effects that have occurred up to the coming into force of the new law are determined by the old law.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 13 A 1 C. Family Law/IV. Paternity action/2. New actions

2. New Actions

1 If the father's obligation to pay pecuniary benefits arose before the new Act came into force. A child who is not 10 years old at the time of entry into force of the new law may, within two years, open the action in paternity according to the provisions of the new law.

2 If the defendant proves that his paternity is excluded or less likely than that of a third party, the child's future claims to maintenance contributions are extinguished.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the PMQ of 25 June 1976, in force since 1 Er Jan 1978 (RO) 1977 237; FF 1974 II 1).

Art. 13 B 1 C. Family Law/IV Bis . Time limit for taking action to establish or challenge reports of filiation

IV Bis . Time limit for taking action to establish or challenge reports of filiation

The person who has access to the majority as a result of the entry into force of the Federal Act of 7 October 1994 may, in all cases, commence an action for a further year in recognition or challenge of the reports of filiation.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 7 Oct PMQ. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

Art. 13 C 1 C. Family Law/IV Ter . Food

IV Ter . Food

Food fixed before the entry into force of the Federal Act of 7 October 1994 until the age of majority is due to the age of 20 years.


1 Introduced by ch. I 1 of the 7 Oct PMQ. 1994, in force since 1 Er Jan 1996 (RO) 1995 1126; FF 1993 I 1093).

Art. 13 D 1 C. Family Law/IV Cc Name of the child

IV Cc Name of the child

1 If, after the entry into force of the amendment of 30 September 2011 of this Code, the parents no longer have a common name following a declaration made in accordance with Art. 8 A Of this Title, they may request, within one year of the entry into force of the new right, that the child acquire the name of the single parent of the parent who submitted the declaration.

2 Where the parental authority on a child whose mother is not married to the father has been assigned jointly to the two parents or to the father alone before the entry into force of the amendment to this Code of 30 September 2011, the declaration provided for Art. 270 A , para. 2 and 3 may be made within one year of the entry into force of the new right.

3 The agreement of the child according to art. 270 B Is reserved.


1 Introduced by ch. I of the PMQ of Sept. 30. 2011 (Name and right of city), effective from 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2012 2569 ; FF 2009 6843 6851).

Art. 14 1 C. Family Law/V. Adult Protection/1. Existing Measures

Protection of the adult

1. Existing Measures

1 The protection of the adult is governed by the new law as soon as the revision of 19 December 2008 enters into force. 2 .

2 Persons deprived of the exercise of civil rights by a measure ordered under the former right shall be deemed to be of general scope at the entry into force of the new right. The adult protection authority shall proceed ex officio and as soon as possible with the necessary adaptations. In the case of extended parental authority, parents are exempt from the obligation to submit an inventory, to prepare periodic reports and accounts and to seek consent for certain acts as long as the authority of the Protection of the adult did not decide otherwise.

3 The other measures ordered under the former right shall lapse no later than three years after the entry into force of the revision of 19 December 2008 if the adult protection authority has not transformed them into measures under the new right.

4 When a physician, on the basis of s. 397 B , para. 2, in version 1 Er January 1981 3 , has submitted a person with a mental illness to a deprivation of liberty for the purpose of assistance for an unlimited period of time, this measure remains. The institution shall indicate to the adult protection authority no more than six months after the entry into force of the new right if it considers that the conditions of the placement are still fulfilled. The adult protection authority shall make the necessary clarifications in accordance with the provisions on the periodic review and, where appropriate, confirm the investment decision.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
2 RO 2011 725
3 RO 1980 31

Art. 14 A 1 C. Family law/V. Adult protection/2. Cases pending

2. Pending procedures

1 The procedures pending at the entry into force of the amendment of 19 December 2008 2 Report to the competent authorities under the new law.

2 They are subject to the new procedural right.

3 The authority shall decide whether the procedure should be completed.


1 Introduced by ch. II of the 6 Oct LF. 1978 (RO 1980 31; FF 1977 III 1). New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2011 725; FF 2006 6635 ).
2 RO 2011 725

Art. 15 D. Succession/I. Heirs and Devolution

Succession

I. Heirs and Devolution

1 The succession of a person who died before the entry into force of this Code is governed, even subsequently, by the old Law; so is the other effects relating to the heritage, where under the cantonal law they are legally Inseparable from heredity and result from the death of the father, mother or spouse.

2 This rule applies to the heirs and the devolution of heredity.

Art. 16 D. Succession/II. Provisions for cause of death

II. Provisions for cause of death

1 Where provisions for cause of death have been made or revoked before the date of entry into force of this Code, neither the act nor the revocation by a person capable of having the substance of the legislation then in force shall Be attacked after that date on the ground that their author has died since the application of the new law and was not capable of having the substance of that law.

2 A will is not void for vice of form, if it complies with the rules applicable either at the time when it was written, or on the date of the death of its author.

3 The action for reduction or action based on the inadmissibility of the mode of disposal shall be governed by this Code in respect of all provisions for cause of death whose author has died after the entry into force of the new law.

Art. 17 E. Actual rights/I. In general

E. Rights in rem

I. In general

1 The actual rights existing at the entry into force of the Civil Code shall be maintained, subject to the rules on the land register.

2 If an exception is not made in this Code, the scope of the property and other real rights shall nevertheless be governed by the new law as soon as it enters into force.

3 The actual rights whose constitution is no longer possible under the new law continue to be governed by the old law.

Art. 18 E. Real rights/II. Right to Enrollment in the Land Registry

II. Right to Enrollment in the Land Registry

1 Where an obligation to establish a right in rem arose before the entry into force of the Civil Code, it shall be valid if it complies with the forms of the old law or the new law.

2 The order on the maintenance of the land registry will set out the supporting documents to be produced for the registration of rights born under the old law.

3 Where the scope of a right in rem has been determined by a legal act prior to the entry into force of this Code, it shall not undergo any change as a result of the new law, unless it is incompatible with it.

Art. 19 E. Actual rights/III. Acquisitive Prescription

III. Acquisitive Prescription

1 The acquisitive prescription is governed by the new law as soon as it enters into force.

2 The time elapsed up to that time is proportionally charged to the period of the new law, when a prescription which it also admits has started to run under the old law.

Art. 1 E. Actual Rights/IV. Special ownership rights/1. Trees planted in the fund of others

IV. Special ownership rights

1. Trees planted in the fund of others

1 Existing property rights on trees planted in the fund of others are maintained under the terms of the cantonal legislation.

2 The cantons have the option of restricting or deleting these rights.


1 New content according to the c. IV of the LQ of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. Bis 1 E. Actual Rights/IV. Special ownership rights/2. Property per floor/a. Originating

2. Property per story

A. Original

The property per storey governed by the former cantonal law is subject to the new provisions, even if the floors or parts of floors do not constitute apartments or commercial premises forming a whole.


1 Introduced by ch. IV of the LQ of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. Ter 1 E. Actual Rights/IV. Special ownership rights/2. Property per floor/b. Transformed

B. Transformed

1 The cantons may also submit to the new provisions the ownership per storey listed in the land register in the forms provided for by the law entered into force on 1 Er January 1912.

2 This measure will have effect as soon as the entries in the land register have been amended accordingly.


1 Introduced by ch. IV of the LQ of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. Cc 1 E. Actual Rights/IV. Special ownership rights/2. Property per floor/c. Epuration of land registers

C. Epuration of land registers

In order to submit to the new law the properties per storey transformed and to include the properties per storey originating, the cantons may prescribe the purification of the land registers and enact procedural provisions to that effect Special.


1 Introduced by ch. IV of the LQ of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. E. Actual Rights/V. Land Servements

Servitudes of land

1 Land easements established prior to the entry into force of the Civil Code shall subsist without registration after the introduction of the land register, but may not be contrary to bona fide third parties until they have been entered.

2 Obligations related incidentally to easements that were created prior to the entry into force of the December 11, 2009 amendment 1 And which appear only in the supporting documents in the land register shall remain effective against third parties in good faith. 2


1 RO 2011 4637
2 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. E. Actual Rights/VI. Property Gage/1. Recognition of current mortgage securities

VI. RE Gage

1. Recognition of current mortgage securities

1 Mortgage securities existing before the entry into force of this Code shall be recognised, without any need to amend them within the meaning of the new law.

2 The cantons may, however, prescribe that the current mortgage securities will be re-established within a specified period of time in accordance with the provisions of this Code.

Art. E. Actual Rights/VI. Real Estate Gage/2. Building Bright Rights

2. Constitution of pledge rights

1 Real estate contracts established after the entry into force of the Civil Code can only be made in accordance with the forms permitted by the new law.

2 The forms provided for in the former cantonal laws remain applicable until the introduction of the land register.

Art. 24 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/3. Securities paid

3. Paid Titles

1 The acquittal or modification of a security, relief and other similar operations shall be governed by the new law as soon as it enters into force.

2 The forms to be observed remain subject to the cantonal law until the introduction of the land register.

Art. 25 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/4. The scope of the pledge

4. Extent of pledge

1 The extent of the mortgage charge is determined, for all real estate contracts, in accordance with the new law.

2 However, where certain objects have been validly assigned as a pledge with the encumbered building, that assignment is not affected by the new law, even if those objects could not be committed under those conditions. Of the Civil Code.

Art. 26 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/5. Rights and obligations deriving from the real estate pledge/a. In general

5. Rights and obligations deriving from the mortgage

A. In general

1 In so far as they are contractual in nature, the rights and obligations of the creditor and the debtor are settled in accordance with the old law for immovable property which existed at the time of the entry into force of this Code.

2 The new law is, on the contrary, applicable to legal effects which are born of full law and which cannot be amended by convention.

3 If the pledge relates to several buildings, the buildings remain encumbered in accordance with the old law.

Art. 27 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/5. Rights and obligations deriving from the real estate pledge/b. Conservatory Measures

(b) Provisional measures

The rights of the creditor during the term of the pledge, especially the right to take provisional measures, are governed by the new law, for all real estate contracts, as from the entry into force of the civil code; the same applies to rights Of the debtor.

Art. 28 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/5. Rights and obligations deriving from the real estate pledge/c. Denunciation, transfer

C. Denunciation, transfer

The denunciation of claims secured by immovable property and the transfer of securities shall be governed by the old law for all rights of pledge constituted before the entry into force of this Code; shall remain reserved the mandatory rules of the New law.

Art. E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/6. Rank

6. Rank

1 Until the registration of real estate in the land register, the ranking of real estate contracts is in accordance with the old law.

2 Following the introduction of the land registry, the rank will be determined in accordance with this Code.

Art. E. Actual Rights/VI. Property Gage/7. Mortgage Case

7. Mortgage Box

1 The rules of the civil code on the fixed box and on the right of the posterior creditor to take advantage of the free boxes are applicable from the introduction of the land register and, in all cases, five years after the entry into force of the code; the rights Individuals guaranteed to the creditor remain reserved.

2 The cantons may establish complementary transitional provisions. 1


1 New content according to the c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, in force since 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293).

Art. And 32 1 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/8. ...

8. ...


1 Repealed by c. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), with effect from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 33 E. Actual Rights/VI. RE Gage/9. Assimilation between the rights of the old and the new law

9. Assimilation between the rights of old and new law

1 The Introductory Laws of the Civil Code in the Cantons may prescribe, in general or in certain respects, that such a form of pledge of the former law shall be assimilated to one of the forms of the new law.

2 This Code applies as soon as it enters into force on the real estate contracts for which assimilation has been scheduled.

3 ... 1


1 Repealed by c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, with effect from 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293).

Art. 33 A 1 E. Actual Rights/VI. Realty Gage/10. Persistence of old law for old types of pledge rights

10. Persistence of old law for old types of pledge rights

1 Serial mortgage bonds and annuity letters remain on the land registry.

2 They continue to be governed by the former right.

3 The cantonal law may provide for the conversion of the letters of pension created under the empire of federal law or of the earlier right into the types of pledge known to the law in force. This transformation can justify the creation, for amounts of little importance, of a personal debt of the owner of the committed building.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 33 B 1 E. Actual Rights/VI. Property Gage/11. Mortgage type transformation

11. Changing the type of mortgage schedule

The landowner and beneficiaries of a mortgage schedule may jointly request in writing that a paper mortgage schedule issued prior to the entry into force of the amendment of December 11, 2009 2 Be converted into a registry mortgage.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 RO 2011 4637

Art. 34 E. Real rights/VII. Furniture Gage/1. Shape

VII. Furniture Gage

1. Shape

1 The validity of movables constituted after the entry into force of this Code shall be subject to the forms prescribed by the new law.

2 Tokens previously constituted and in other forms shall be extinguished after the expiry of a period of six months; this period shall begin to run, for claims payable, upon entry into force of the new law and, for others, as soon as Due or from the date on which the refund can be denounced.

Art. 35 E. Real rights/VII. Gage Furniture/2. Effects

2. Effects

1 The effects of the pledge of furniture, the rights and obligations of the secured creditor, the grantor and the debtor are determined, from the entry into force of the civil code, by the provisions of the new law, even if the pledge arose Before.

2 Any prior agreement concluded previously shall have no effect upon the entry into force of this Code.

Art. 36 E. Real rights/VIII. Retention Permission

VIII. Retention Permission

1 The rights of retention recognized by the new law also extend to objects which, before its entry into force, were available to the creditor.

2 They also guarantee claims arising prior to the application of the new law.

3 The effects of retention rights that arose under the old law are governed by the Civil Code.

Art. E. Real rights/IX. Possession

IX. Possession

Possession is governed by this Code upon entry into force of this Code.

Art. 38 E. Real rights/X. Land Register/1. Establishment

X. Land Registry

1. Location

1 The Federal Council sets the timetable for the introduction of the land register after consultation with the cantons. It may delegate that competence to the relevant department or office. 1

2 ... 2


1 New content according to the c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, effective from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).
2 Repealed by c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).

Art. 39 1 E. Real rights/X. Land registry/2. Official registration/a. ...

2. Formal Mensing

A. ...


1 Repealed by c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).

Art. 40 E. Real rights/X. Land registry/2. Formal registration/b. Introduction of the land registry before measurement

B. Introduction of the land registry before measurement

1 Soil measurements shall be preceded, in the rule, by the introduction of the land register.

2 However, and with the consent of the Confederation, the land registry may be introduced before, if there is a sufficiently accurate state of buildings.

Art. E. Real rights/X. Land registry/2. Formal registration/c. Time limits for the measurement and introduction of the land registry

C. Time limits for the measurement and introduction of the land registry

1 ... 1

2 The measurement of the soil and the introduction of the land register may take place successively in the different parts of the canton.


1 Repealed by c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).

Art. 1

1 Repealed by c. II of the annex to the PMQ of 5 Oct. 2007 on geoinformation, with effect from 1 Er Jul. 2008 ( RO 2008 2793 ; FF 2006 7407 ).

Art. 43 E. Real rights/X. Land Register/3. Registration of rights in rem/a. Registration Mode

3. Real rights registration

A. Mode of registration

1 In the course of the introduction of the land register, the previously established actual rights will have to be registered.

2 A public warning will invite all interested parties to make them known and inscribe.

3 The actual rights recorded in the public registers in accordance with the old law shall be ex officio in the land register, unless they are incompatible with the new law.

Art. 44 E. Real rights/X. Land Register/3. Recording of real rights/b. Consequences of non-registration

B. Consequences of non-registration

1 The actual rights which have not been registered are nevertheless valid, but cannot be opposed to third parties who have relied in good faith on the particulars of the land register.

2 Federal or cantonal legislation may provide for the complete abolition, after public notice and from a fixed date, of all the real rights not recorded in the land register.

3 Property charges under public law and legal mortgages of non-registered cantonal law that existed prior to the entry into force of the amendment of 11 December 2009 1 Are still effective against third parties who have relied in good faith on the land register for a period of ten years after the entry into force of that amendment. 2


1 RO 2011 4637
2 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. 45 1 E. Real rights/X. Land registry/4. Actual rights abolished

4. Rights in rem abolished

1 The real rights which can no longer be set up in terms of the provisions relating to the land register (property of trees planted in the fund of others, antichresis, etc.) will not be registered, but simply mentioned in a sufficient way.

2 When these rights are extinguished for any cause, they can no longer be restored.


1 New content according to the c. IV of the LQ of 19 Dec. 1963, in force since 1 Er Jan 1965 (RO) 1964 989; FF 1962 II 1445).

Art. E. Real rights/X. Land register/5. Adjournment of the introduction of the land registry

5. Adjournment of the Land Registry

1 The inclusion of the land register provided for in this Code may be deferred by the cantons, with the permission of the Federal Council, provided that the forms of publicity of the cantonal legislation, supplemented or not, are sufficient for Devote the effects of the new law to the register.

2 The forms of the cantonal law that must deploy these effects will be precisely designated.

Art. E. Real rights/X. Land Register/6. Entry into force of the real rights regime prior to the establishment of the land register

6. Entry into force of the real rights regime prior to the establishment of the land registry

The rules of this Code concerning actual rights are generally applicable even before the establishment of the land register.

Art. 48 E. Real rights/X. Land register/7. Forms of cantonal law

7. Forms of cantonal law

1 As soon as the provisions on real rights are in force and before the land register is introduced, the cantons will be able to designate the formalities liable to produce immediately the effects attached to the register (registration, Registration in a land book or register of mortgages and easements).

2 The cantons may prescribe that these formalities shall produce even before the entry of the land register the effects attached to the register in relation to the constitution, transfer, modification and extinguishment of the rights in rem.

3 On the other hand, the effects of the register in favour of third parties in good faith are not recognised as long as the land register is not entered into a canton or is not replaced by any other institution in place.

Art. F. Prescription

F. Prescription

1 Where the civil code introduces a limitation period of five years or more, account shall be taken of the time elapsed for requirements begun before the date of entry into force of the new law; however, such requirements shall not be Considered to be completed at least two years from that date.

2 The shorter time limits laid down by this Code in matters of limitation or revocation shall not begin to run until the entry into force of the new law.

3 Moreover, the requirement is governed by this Code at that time.

Art. 50 G. Form of Contracts

G. Form of Contracts

Contracts entered into prior to the entry into force of the Civil Code remain valid, even if the forms observed did not meet the requirements of the new law.

Chapter II: Implementing measures

Art. A. Repeal of cantonal civil law

A. Repeal of cantonal civil law

Except as otherwise provided by federal law, all civil laws of the cantons shall be repealed from the entry into force of this Code.

Art. B. Supplementary rules of the cantons/I. Rights and duties of the cantons

B. Supplementary rules of the cantons

I. Cantons' rights and duties

1 The cantons shall lay down the additional rules laid down for the application of the civil code, in particular as regards the powers of the authorities and the organisation of the civil service offices, of the tutors 1 And the land registry.

2 They are required to establish them, and they may do so, provisionally, in enforcement orders whenever the complementary rules of the cantonal law are necessary for the application of the civil code. 2

3 The cantonal rules on the law of registers are subject to the approval of the Confederation. 3

4 The other cantonal rules must be brought to the attention of the Federal Office of Justice. 4


1 Currently "adult protection authorities" (see art. 440).
2 New content according to the c. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation, in force since 1 Er Feb 1991 (RO) 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293).
3 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 ( RO 2011 725 ; FF 2006 6635 ).
4 Introduced by ch. II 21 of the LF of 15 Dec. 1989 on the approval of legislative acts of the cantons by the Confederation (RO 1991 362; FF 1988 II 1293). New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 19 Dec. 2008 (Protection of the adult, right of persons and right of filiation), in force since 1 Er Jan 2013 (RO 2011 725; FF 2006 6635 ).

Art. B. Supplementary rules of cantons/II. Rules established by the Federal Government in the absence of the cantons

II. Rules established by the Federal Government in the absence of the cantons

1 If a canton does not take the necessary additional provisions in good time, the Federal Council, in its place and place, temporarily makes the necessary orders and brings it to the attention of the Federal Assembly.

2 The Civil Code makes law, if a canton does not exercise its right to establish additional rules which are not indispensable.

Art. C. Designation of competent authorities

C. Designation of competent authorities

1 Where the Civil Code refers to the competent authority, the cantons shall designate it from among the existing authorities or from among the authorities they consider to be appropriate.

2 If the law does not expressly mention either the judge or an administrative authority, the cantons have the power to designate, at their choice, an administrative or judicial authority.

3 The cantons shall settle the procedure, unless the Code of Civil Procedure of 19 December 2008 1 Is applicable. 2


1 RS 272
2 New content according to the c. II 3 of Annex 1 to the CPC of 19 Dec. 2008, effective from 1 Er Jan 2011 ( RO 2010 1739 ; FF 2006 6841 ).

Art. D. Authentic form/I. In general

D. Authentic form

I. In general 1

1 The cantons determine the terms of the authentic form for their territory.

2 They also set out the rules for the drafting of authentic acts in a foreign language.


1 New content according to the c. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).

Art. A 1 D. Authentic form/II. Electronic Media

II. Electronic Media

1 The cantons may authorise public officers to make electronic shipments of acts which they use.

2 They may also authorize public officers to certify that the documents they establish in electronic form are in conformity with original documents on paper and to certify the authenticity of signatures by the means Electronic.

3 The public officer shall use a qualified electronic signature based on a qualified certificate from a recognised certification service provider within the meaning of the law of 19 December 2003 on electronic signature 2 .

4 The Federal Council shall lay down implementing provisions in order to ensure the interoperability of computer systems and the integrity, authenticity and security of data.


1 Introduced by ch. I 2 of the LF of 11 Dec. 2009 (Register Mortgage and Real Rights), effective from 1 Er Jan 2012 ( RO 2011 4637 ; FF 2007 5015 ).
2 RS 943.03

Art. 56 1 E. Hydraulic disposal

E. Hydraulic disposal

The following rules apply to hydraulic concessions, until the Confederation legislates in this area:

Concessions granted on public waters for at least 30 years or for an indefinite period, without being incorporated as easements for the benefit of a fund, may be registered in the Land Register as separate and permanent rights.


1 See currently art. 59 of the PMQ of Dec 22. 1916 on the use of hydraulic forces (RS 721.80 ).

Art. 57 1 F. to H. ...

F. to H. ...


1 Repealed by Art. 53 al. 1 let. B of the LF of 8 Nov 1934 on banks and savings banks, with effect from 1 Er March 1935 (RO 51 121 and RS 10 325; FF 1934 I 172).

Art. 1 J. Prosecution of Debts and Bankruptcy

J. Prosecution of Debts and Bankruptcy

The Federal Act of April 11, 1889 on the Prosecution of Debts and Bankruptcy 2 Is amended as follows from the entry into force of this Code:

... 3


1 New numbering of the last four articles, as a result of the repeal of ss. 58 and 59 of the original text, as per c. I of the disp. And trans. CO, effective from 1 Er Jan 1912 (RO) 27 321; RS 2 189; FF 1905 II 1, 1909 III 747, 1911 I 695).
2 RS 281.1
3 The mod. Can be consulted at the OR 24 245. For the content of the art. 132 Bis , 141 al. 3 and 258 al. 4, see RO 24 245 tit. End. Art. 60.

Art. 1 K. Application of Swiss law and foreign law

K. Application of Swiss law and foreign law

1 The Federal Law of 25 June 1891 on Civil Law Reports of Citizens Established or in Residence 2 Continues to govern Swiss abroad and foreigners in Switzerland, as well as the conflicts of cantonal laws.

2 ... 3

3 The Federal Act of 25 June 1891 4 Is completed as follows:

... 5


1 New numbering of the last four articles, as a result of the repeal of ss. 58 and 59 of the original text, as per c. I of the disp. And trans. CO, effective from 1 Er Jan 1912 (RO) 27 321; FF 1905 II 1, 1909 III 747, 1911 I 695).
2 [RS 2 727; RO 1972 2873 ch. II 1, 1977 237 ch. II 1, 1986 122 hp. II 1. RO 1988 1776 Annex c. I let. A]. See currently the 18 Dec PMQ. 1987 on private international law (RS 291 ).
3 Repealed by c. I 2 of the 5 Oct PMQ. 1984, with effect from 1 Er Jan 1988 (RO) 1986 122; FF 1979 II 1179).
4 [RS 2 727; RO 1972 2873 ch. II 1, 1977 237 ch. II 1, 1986 122 hp. II 1. RO 1988 1776 Annex c. I let. A]. See currently the 18 Dec PMQ. 1987 on private international law (RS 291 ).
5 The mod. Can be consulted at the OR 24 245.

Art. 60 1 2 L. Federal Civil Law repealed

L. Federal Civil Law repealed

1 All provisions contrary to federal civil law shall be repealed, from the entry into force of this Code.

2 The following are hereby repealed:

The Federal Act of 24 December 1874 concerning the civil status, the record-keeping and the marriage 3 ;

The Federal Act of 22 June 1881 on civil capacity 4 ;

The Federal Code of Obligations of June 14, 1881 5 .

3 The special laws concerning railways, posts, telegraphs and telephones, the mortgage and the forced liquidation of the railways, the work in factories, the civil liability of manufacturers and others Chiefs of industry, as well as all laws relating to the law of bonds and securities and which were enacted in addition to the federal code of 14 June 1881 6 .


1 New numbering of the last four articles, as a result of the repeal of ss. 58 and 59 of the original text, as per c. I of the disp. And trans. CO, effective from 1 Er Jan 1912 (RO) 27 321; FF 1905 II 1, 1909 III 747, 1911 I 695).
2 New content according to the c. I of the disp. And trans. CO, effective from 1 Er Jan 1912 (RO) 27 321; RS 2 189; FF 1905 II 1, 1909 III 747, 1911 I 695).
3 [RO 1 471]
4 [RO 5 504]
5 [RO 5 577, 11 449; 2 776 art. 103 al. 1]
6 [RO 5 577, 11 449; 2 776 art. 103 al. 1]

Art. 61 1 M. Final provisions M. Final provisions

Final provisions

1 The Civil Code will enter into force on 1 Er January 1912.

2 The Federal Council may, with the permission of the Federal Assembly, bring into force before that date any provision of this Code.


1 New numbering of the last four articles, as a result of the repeal of ss. 58 and 59 of the original text, as per c. I of the disp. And trans. CO, effective from 1 Er Jan 1912 (RO) 27 321; FF 1905 II 1, 1909 III 747, 1911 I 695).


Content of the former provisions of Title VI 1

Title VI: From the matrimonial regime

Chapter I: General provisions

Art. A. Regular legal regime

A. Regular legal regime

Spouses are placed under the Union of Property, unless they have adopted another plan by marriage contract or are subject to the special matrimonial regime.

Article 179 B. Conventional Regime/I. Choice of Plan

B. Conventional Regime

I. Choice of Plan

1 The marriage contract may be entered into before or after the marriage.

2 The parties are required to adopt in their contract one of the schemes provided for in this Law.

3 The contract concluded during the marriage may not affect the rights that third parties had on the property of the spouses.

Art. 180 B. Conventional Regime/II. Capabilities of the parties

II. Capabilities of the parties

1 Persons capable of discernment can only conclude, amend or revoke a marriage contract.

2 The minor and the prohibited person must be authorized by their legal representative.

Art. B. Conventional Regime/III. Form of marriage contract

III. Form of marriage contract

1 The marriage contract shall be received in the authentic form and signed both by the parties and by their legal representative; these rules shall apply to amendments and to the revocation of the contract.

2 Marriage agreements made during marriage are also subject to the approval of the tutelary authority 1 .

3 They become effective against third parties in accordance with the provisions relating to the register of matrimonial property regimes.


1 Currently "Adult Protection Authority".

Art. C. Extraordinary regime/I. Separation of legal goods

C. Extraordinary regime

I. Separation of legal goods

1 Spouses are subject to the rules of the separation of property as soon as the creditors of one of them suffer a loss in bankruptcy.

2 Where a person whose creditors are holders of acts of default of property is married, the system of the spouses shall be that of the separation of property, provided that one of them registers them, before the marriage, in the register of schemes Matrimonial property.

Art. 183 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. Separation of judicial property/1. At the request of the woman

II. Separation of judicial assets

1. At the request of the woman

The separation of property shall be made by the judge at the request of the woman:

1.
When the husband neglects to provide for the maintenance of his wife and children;
2.
When it does not provide the security rights required for the contributions of the woman;
3.
In the event of the insolvency of the husband or community.
Art. 184 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. Separation of judicial property/2. At the husband's request

2. At the husband's request

The separation of property is pronounced by the judge at the request of the husband:

1.
In the event of the insolvency of the woman;
2.
Where the wife unreasonably refuses to give her husband the authorization required by law or contract to dispose of matrimonial property;
3.
When the woman has applied for security rights for her contributions.
Art. 185 C. Extraordinary Regime/II. Separation of judicial assets/3. At the request of creditors

3. At the request of creditors

The separation of property is pronounced by the judge, if it is requested by the creditor who has suffered a loss in the seizure against one of the spouses.

Article 186 C. Extraordinary Regime/III. Asset Separation Date

III. Asset Separation Date

1 The separation of property due to bankruptcy dates from the issuance of the acts of default of property and retroacts on the day of acquisition for everything that is done to the spouses as a succession or otherwise after the declaration of bankruptcy.

2 The judgment making the separation of property retroacts on the day of the application.

3 The separation of property as a result of bankruptcy or judgment shall be communicated ex officio, for registration, to the official responsible for the maintenance of the registry of matrimonial property regimes.

Art. 187 C. Extraordinary Regime/IV. Revocation of the separation of property

IV. Revocation of the separation of property

1 The separation of property due to bankruptcy or loss in the case of seizure shall not be revoked by the mere fact that the debtor spouse has disinterested his creditors.

2 However, the judge may, at the request of one of the spouses, prescribe the reinstatement of the previous matrimonial regime.

3 This decision shall be communicated ex officio, for registration, to the official responsible for the maintenance of the register of matrimonial property regimes.

Art. 188 D. Modification of the regime/I. Guarantee of creditors' rights

D. Amendment of the Plan

I. Guarantee of Creditors' Rights

1 Winding-up between spouses and changes in matrimonial regime cannot exempt creditors of a spouse or community from the property on which they could exercise their rights.

2 The spouse to whom such property has passed is personally liable to pay the said creditors; however, the spouse may be released from liability to the extent that he establishes that the goods received are not sufficient.

3 What the woman withdraws by her intervention in the bankruptcy of the husband or her participation in the seizure remains subtracted from the action of the husband's creditors, unless they are also creditors of the wife.

S. 189 D. Modification of the Regime/II. Liquidation in case of separation of property

II. Liquidation in case of separation of property

1 When the separation of property occurs during marriage, matrimonial property is returned, subject to the rights of creditors, to the personal heritage of the husband and wife.

2 The benefit is divided between the spouses according to the rules of the previous matrimonial regime; the deficit is at the expense of the husband, unless the husband establishes that he was caused by the wife.

3 The wife may require security rights for her property that remained at the disposition of the husband during the winding-up.

Art. 190 E. Reserved assets/I. Constitution/1. In general

E. Reserved assets

I. Constitution

1. In general

1 Set-aside assets consist of a marriage contract, third-party liberalities or the effect of the law.

2 They cannot understand the hereditary reserve of one of the spouses.

Art. 191 E. reserved property/I. Constitution/2. Property reserved by the effect of the law

2. Property reserved by the effect of the law

Goods reserved by law are:

1.
Effects exclusively for the personal use of one of the spouses;
2.
The property of a woman used in the performance of his or her occupation or industry;
3.
The product of the work of the woman outside her domestic activity.
Art. 192 E. Segregated property/II. Effects

II. Effects

1 The property reserved is subject to the rules of the separation of property, in particular for the contribution of the woman to the expenses of marriage.

2 The woman must, as a need, assign the proceeds of her work to the payment of the household's expenses.

Art. 193 E. Reserved Property/III. Evidence

III. Evidence

The quality of the reserved property must be determined by the spouse who alleges it.

Chapter II: The Union of Goods

Art. 194 A. Property/I. Matrimonial Property

A. Property

Matrimonial Property

1 The property that the spouses possessed at the time of the solemnization of the marriage and those they subsequently acquire constitute the matrimonial property.

2 With the exception of women's reserved goods.

Art. 195 A. Ownership/II. Propres des Spouses

II. Propres des Spouses

1 Matrimonial property that is owned by a woman at the time of marriage or is the result of marriage by succession or otherwise free of charge, is his or her contributions and remains his property.

2 The husband is the owner of his or her contributions and all other matrimonial property that is not a woman's contribution.

3 The income of the woman, from their liabilities, and the natural fruits of her contributions, after their separation, become the property of the husband, except the rules concerning reserved goods.

Art. 196 A. Ownership/III. Evidence

III. Evidence

1 The spouse who takes advantage of the fact that a property is a contribution of the woman must establish it.

2 Acquisitions made during the marriage in which the woman is married shall be deemed to have contributed to the marriage.

Art. 197 A. Ownership/IV. Inventory/1. Form and probative force

IV. Inventory

1. Form and probative force

1 The husband and wife may request at any time the preparation of an authentic inventory of their contributions.

2 The accuracy of the inventory is assumed, when it has been completed within six months of the day on which the property was brought.

Art. A. Ownership/IV. Inventory/2. Effect of Estimate

2. Effect of the estimate

1 Where the spouses have drawn up an estimated inventory, the estimate of the value of the unrepresented goods shall be the rule between them.

2 The selling price is a rule when, during marriage, the contributions have been disposed of in good faith below the estimate.

Art. A. Ownership/V. Women's contributions to the husband's property

V. Women's contributions to the husband's property

Within six months from the day on which the property of the woman has been brought, the spouses have the right to agree, by observing the forms of the marriage contract, that the ownership of such contributions shall pass to the husband for the price of the estimate and the claim From this leader to the woman will remain invariable.

Art. 200 B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition/I. Administration

B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition

I. Administration

1 The husband administers the matrimonial property.

2 Management fees are charged.

3 The woman has the power to administer only to the extent that she has standing to represent the conjugal relationship.

Art. 201 B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition/II. Playing

II. Playing

1 The husband has the benefit of the contributions of the wife and is liable to the same responsibility as the usufructuary.

2 The inventory estimate does not add to this responsibility.

3 Women's money, other fungible goods and non-individualized bearer shares belong to the husband, who becomes a debtor of their value.

Art. 202 B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition/III. Right of disposition/1. From husband

III. Right of disposition

1. From husband

1 The husband may not, apart from acts of simple administration, dispose without the consent of the wife of the contributions of the latter which have not passed on her property.

2 Such consent, however, is presumed to be for the benefit of third parties, unless they know or need to know that they have not been given, or unless they are property that everyone can recognize as belonging to the woman.

Art. 203 B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition/III. Right of disposition/2. From women/a. In general

2. From Women

A. In general

A woman may dispose of matrimonial property to the extent that she is a representative of the conjugal relationship.

Art. B. Administration, enjoyment, right of disposition/III. Right of disposition/2. From women/b. Repudiation of succession

B. Repudiation of estates

1 A woman may repudiate a succession only with the consent of the husband.

2 If this consent is denied, it may use the tutelary authority 1 .


1 Currently "Adult Protection Authority".

Art. C. Ensuring the contributions of women

C. Ensuring the contributions of women

1 The husband is required, at the request of the wife, to provide information at all times on the condition of the property.

2 The wife may at any time request security from the husband.

3 The Revocation of the Federal Law of April 11, 1889 on the Prosecution of Debts and Bankruptcy 1 Remains reserved.


Art. 206 D. Debts/I. Marker's liability

D. Debts

I. Accountability of the husband

The husband is required to:

1.
Debts prior to the marriage;
2.
Debts incurred during the marriage;
3.
Debts incurred by the wife representing the conjugal relationship.
Art. D. Dettes/II. Women's Responsibility/1. All of its assets

II. Women's responsibility

1. All of its assets

1 The wife is held on all of her property, regardless of the rights that the matrimonial regime confers on her husband:

1.
Debts prior to the marriage;
2.
Debts that it has incurred with the consent of the husband, or in favour of the husband with the approval of the tutelary authority 1 ;
3.
Debts that it contracts in the regular exercise of a profession or industry;
4.
Debts encumbering the estates to which it has matured;
5.
Debts resulting from its unlawful acts.

2 The wife is only liable for debts incurred by the husband or by her for the maintenance of the common household, in the event of the husband's insolvency.


1 Currently "Adult Protection Authority".

Art. 208 D. Dettes/II. Liability of women/2. Reserved assets

2. On its reserved assets

1 The woman shall be kept during and after the marriage only up to the value of her reserved assets:

1.
Debts incurred by the Commission by restricting its liability to that extent;
2.
Those they did without the husband's consent;
3.
Those that she did by acting beyond her right to represent the conjugal relationship.

2 The action based on illegitimate enrichment remains reserved.

Article 209 E. Awards/I. Eligibility

E. Awards

I. Eligibility

1 There shall be a reward, by each of the spouses, by reason of debts arising from the contributions of one and paid money from the contributions of the other; except for the exceptions provided for by law, the reward shall be payable only upon the dissolution of the Union of the Goods.

2 Rewards are due during marriage, when debts that make up the wife's reserved assets have been paid out of money from matrimonial property and when debts have been paid out of the matrimonial property From the reserved goods.

Art. 210 E. Rewards/II. Husband's Bankruptcy and Seizure/1. Women's rights

II. Husband's Bankruptcy and Seizure

1. Women's rights

1 The wife may claim, in the husband's bankruptcy, the rewards due to his unrepresented contributions and participate in the seizures against him.

2 The husband's claims are compensated.

3 The woman takes over, as the owner, the contributions that exist in kind.

Art. 211 E. Rewards/II. Husband's Bankruptcy and Seizure/2. Privilege

2. Privilege

1 A woman who has not been disinterested to the extent of one-half of her contributions by the resumption of the latter or guaranteed to the same extent by security rights, obtains a lien in accordance with the Federal Law of 11 April 1889 on the pursuit of Debts and bankruptcy 1 For the rest of this half.

2 The transfer of this privilege is null and void and may be waived for the benefit of certain creditors.


Art. 212 F. Dissolution of the union of goods/I. Deaths of women

F. Dissolution of the Union of Goods

I. Death of women

1 Upon the death of the woman, her contributions are vested in her heirs, subject to the inheritance rights of the husband.

2 The husband shall have to the heirs the value of the unrepresented contributions, to the extent that he is responsible for and except for the attribution of his claims against the woman.

Art. F. Dissolution of the Union of Goods/II. Death of husband

II. Death of husband

Upon the death of the husband, the wife resumes his contributions and may be compensated by the heirs because of the unrepresented property.

Art. 214 F. Dissolution of the Union of Goods/III. Profit and Deficit

III. Profit and Deficit

1 The benefit remaining after the receipt of the contributions belongs to a third party to the woman or his descendants and, for the remainder, to the husband or his heirs.

2 The deficit shall be borne by the husband or his heirs, as the proof is not made that he was caused by the woman.

3 The marriage contract may provide for another distribution of profit and deficit.

Chapter III: The Community of Goods

Art. 215 A. Universal Community/I. Matrimonial Property

A. Universal Community

Matrimonial Property

1 The universal community consists of all the property and income of both the husband and the wife, and is indivially owned by both spouses.

2 Neither the husband nor the woman can dispose of them.

3 The spouse who claims that a property does not return to the community must prove it.

Art. A. Universal Community/II. Administration/1. In general

II. Administration

1. In general

1 The husband administers the community.

2 Management costs are borne by the community.

3 The woman has the power to administer only to the extent that she has standing to represent the conjugal relationship.

Art. A. Universal Community/II. Administration/2. Acts of disposition/a. In general

2. Disposition of disposition

A. In general

1 The husband and wife may, apart from acts of simple administration, dispose of the property of the community only jointly or with the consent of each other.

2 This consent is presumed to be for the benefit of third parties, unless they know or need to know that they have not been given, or unless they are property that everyone can recognize as belonging to the community.

Art. A. Universal Community/II. Administration/2. Acts of disposition/b. Repudiation of succession

B. Repudiation of estates

1 One of the spouses cannot, during marriage, repudiate a succession without the consent of the other.

2 If this consent is denied, it may use the tutelary authority 1 .


1 Currently "Adult Protection Authority".

S. 219 A. The universal community/III. Det/1. Responsibility of the husband

III. Det

1. Responsibility of the husband

The husband is personally held and on the common property:

1.
Debts of spouses prior to marriage;
2.
Debts incurred by the farm representing the conjugal relationship;
3.
All other debts incurred during the marriage, either by the husband or by the woman at the expense of the community.
Art. 220 A. The universal community/III. Dette/2. Responsibility of the woman/a. On its property and on common property

2. Women's responsibility

A. On its property and on common goods

1 Women and the community are required to:

1.
Debts of the woman prior to marriage;
2.
Debts that it has incurred with the consent of the husband, or in favour of the husband with the approval of the tutelary authority 1 ;
3.
Debts that it contracts in the regular exercise of a profession or industry;
4.
Debts encumbering the estates to which it has matured;
5.
Debts resulting from its unlawful acts.

2 The wife is only liable for debts incurred by the husband or by her for the maintenance of the common household, unless the property of the community is sufficient to pay them.

3 She is not personally liable for other debts of the community.


1 Currently "Adult Protection Authority".

Art. 221 A. The universal community/III. Det/2. Responsibility of the woman/b. The value of its reserved assets

B. The value of its reserved assets

1 The woman shall be kept during and after the marriage only up to the value of her reserved assets:

1.
Debts incurred by the Commission by restricting its liability to that extent;
2.
Those she did without the husband's consent,
3.
Those that she did by acting beyond her right to represent the conjugal relationship.

2 The action based on illegitimate enrichment remains reserved.

Art. 222 A. The universal community/III. Det/3. Forced execution

3. Forced execution

During the life of the community, all prosecutions based on common debts are directed against the husband.

Art. A. Universal Community/IV. Rewards/1. In general

IV. Rewards

1. In general

1 There is no reward between spouses, when debts of the community have been paid out of common money.

2 Rewards due to common debts paid out of reserved assets, or debts encumbering these assets and paid from mutual funds, are already payable during the marriage.

Art. A. Universal Community/IV. Rewards/2. Women's credibility

2. Women's credibility

1 The wife may, in the bankruptcy of the husband or the seizure made on the property of the community, claim the amount of his or her contributions; she shall enjoy, for half of that claim, a lien in accordance with the Federal Law of 11 April 1889 on the prosecution For Debts and Bankruptcy 1 .

2 The transfer of this privilege is null and void and may be waived for the benefit of certain creditors.


Art. 225 A. Universal community/V. Dissolution of the community/1. Share/a. Legal

Dissolution of the community

1. Sharing

A. Legal

1 At the death of one of the spouses, half of the community is vested in the surviving spouse.

2 The other half passes to the heirs of the deceased, subject to the inheritance rights of the other spouse.

3 The surviving spouse who is an unworthy successor cannot claim more rights in the community than would be the case in the case of divorce.

Art. 226 A. Universal community/V. Dissolution of the community/1. Share/b. Convention

B. Convention

1 The marriage contract may provide for a mode of sharing other than sharing in half.

2 The descendants of the deceased spouse are entitled, in all cases, to one-quarter of the common property that exists at the time of death.

Art. 227 A. Universal community/V. Dissolution of the community/2. Survivor's responsibility

2. Survivor's liability

1 The surviving husband remains personally liable for all the debts of the community.

2 The surviving woman frees up, repudiating the community, of the common debts that she is not personally held.

3 In the event of acceptance, the woman remains obligated, but she may be released from liability to the extent that she establishes that the goods received are not sufficient to disinterest the creditors.

Art. 228 A. Universal community/V. Dissolution of the community/3. Allocation of contributions

3. Allocation of contributions

The surviving spouse may request that the property entered by the surviving spouse be allocated to the surviving spouse.

Art. 229 B. Extended Community/I. Cases

B. Extended Community

I. Cases

1 The surviving spouse may extend the community with the children of the marriage.

2 If the children are minors, the extension must be approved by the tutelary authority 1 .

3 In the event of an extension, the exercise of the inheritance rights shall be suspended until the community is dissolved.


1 Currently "child protection authority".

Art. B. Extended Community/II. Community Assets

II. Community Assets

1 The community includes, in addition to the common property, the income and gains of the parties; the reserved assets are excepted.

2 Unless otherwise provided, property acquired in the extended community, by the surviving spouse or by children, as an estate or any other gratuitous title, is reserved.

3 Forced execution is excluded between members of the community, in the same way as between spouses.

Art. 231 B. Extended Community/III. Administration and representation

III. Administration and representation

1 The extended community is administered and represented by the surviving spouse, if the children are minors.

2 If they are major, other rules may be established by convention.

Art. 232 B. Extended Community/IV. Dissolution/1. By Interested Parties

IV. Dissolution

1. By Interested Parties

1 The surviving spouse may at any time dissolve the extended community.

2 At all times, major children can come out individually or collectively.

3 The same faculty is granted to the tutelary authority acting on behalf of minor children.

Art. B. Extended Community/IV. Dissolution/2. By law

2. By law

1 The extended community is dissolved as a whole:

1.
By the death or marriage of the surviving spouse;
2.
By the bankruptcy of the child or children.

2 In the event of the bankruptcy of only one of the children, the other parties may request its exclusion.

3 In the event of a bankruptcy of the father or seizure made on the common property, the children may exercise the rights of their deceased mother.

Art. B. Extended Community/IV. Dissolution/3. By Judgement

3. Per judgment

1 A creditor who has suffered a loss in the seizure against the spouse or against a child may request the dissolution of the community.

2 If the request is made by the creditor of a child, the other parties concerned may request the exclusion of their coindivis.

Art. 235 B. Extended Community/IV. Dissolution/4. By marriage or death of a child

4. By marriage or death of a child

1 When a child marries, other interested parties may apply for the child's exclusion.

2 When a child dies, they may ask for the exclusion of their descendants.

3 The share of the child who died without posterity remains very common, except for the rights of the heirs who are not part of the community.

Art. 236 B. Extended Community/IV. Dissolution/5. Division or liquidation

5. Division or liquidation

1 In the event of the dissolution of the extended community or the exclusion of one of the children, the division or liquidation of the rights of the excluded child shall relate to the property existing at the time when one of those facts occurred.

2 The surviving spouse retains his or her inheritance rights on the children's shares.

3 Liquidation and sharing should not take place in a timely manner.

Art. 237 C. Reduced Community/I. With stipulation for the separation of goods

C. Reduced Community

I. With stipulation of separation of goods

1 Spouses can change the community by stipulating by contract of marriage that certain property or certain species of property, including real property, will be excluded.

2 Excluded property is subject to the rules of the separation of property.

Article 238 C. Reduced Community/II. With the stipulation of the union of goods

II. With the stipulation of the union of goods

1 Spouses may stipulate by contract of marriage that property excluded from the community and belonging to the woman will be subject to the rules of the union of property.

2 This stipulation is presumed, when the wife gives the husband, by contract of marriage, the administration and enjoyment of her property.

Article 239 C. Reduced Community/III. Community of Acquests/1. Its extent

III. Community of Acquests

1. Its scope

1 Spouses may stipulate by contract of marriage that the community will be reduced to the acquisition.

2 Property acquired during marriage, except as a remploi, forms the acquisition and is subject to the rules of the community.

3 The contributions of each spouse, including what is provided to them during marriage, are subject to the rules of the Union of Goods.

Art. 240 C. Reduced Community/III. Community of Acquests/2. Sharing

2. Sharing

1 The benefit existing at the time of the dissolution of the community belongs in half to each spouse or his or her heirs.

2 The deficit shall be borne by the husband or his heirs, as the proof is not made that he was caused by the woman.

3 The marriage contract may provide for another distribution of profit and deficit.

Chapter IV: Separation of property

S. 241 A. General Effects

A. General Effects

1 The separation of legal or judicial property applies to all the assets of the spouses.

2 The same applies to conventional separation, unless otherwise specified in the contract.

S. 242 Ownership, administration and enjoyment

Ownership, administration and enjoyment

1 Each spouse retains ownership, administration and enjoyment of his or her property.

2 When the woman returns the administration of her property to the husband, it must be assumed that she forgoes giving her account during the marriage and that she abandons all of the income to support the marriage.

3 The woman may not validly renounce her right to resume the administration of her property at any time.

Art. C. Dettes/I. In general

C. Det

I. In general

1 The husband is personally liable for his debts prior to marriage and debts incurred during the marriage, either by himself or by the wife representing the conjugal relationship.

2 The woman is liable for her debts prior to the marriage and for those who are born at her expense during the marriage.

3 It shall, in the event of the insolvency of the husband, be liable to debts incurred by him or her for the maintenance of the common household.

Article 244 C. Dettes/II. Faillite of the husband and seized against him

II. Faillite of the husband and seized against him

1 The woman cannot claim any privilege in the bankruptcy of her husband, nor in the seizure made against him, even though she had entrusted her with the administration of her property.

2 The provisions concerning dowry remain reserved.

Art. D. Income and earnings

D. Income and earnings

Each spouse is entitled to the income of his or her property and to the proceeds of his or her work.

Art. E. Contribution of spouses to marriage expenses

E. Contribution of spouses to marriage expenses

1 The husband may require that the woman contribute in a fair measure to the expenses of the marriage.

2 In case of disagreement about this contribution each spouse may request that it be determined by the competent authority.

3 The husband is not under any restitution due to the benefits of the wife.

Art. 247 F. Dot

F. Dot

2 The spouses may stipulate, by marriage contract, that a part of the wife's property will be made up of a dowry to the husband for the expenses of the marriage.

2 Property thus abandoned to the husband is subject, unless otherwise agreed, to the rules of the Union of Goods.

Chapter V: The Register of Matrimonial Regimes

Art. 248 Effects of Registration

Effects of Registration

1 Marriage contracts, judicial decisions concerning the matrimonial regime and legal acts between spouses concerning the contributions of the woman or of the common goods, do not affect the third parties until after their registration The registry of matrimonial property regimes and their publication.

2 The heirs of the spouses are not considered to be third parties.

Art. 249 B. Registration/I. Purpose

B. Registration

I. Purpose

1 The provisions which the spouses intend to make against third parties shall be entered in the register.

2 Unless the law provides otherwise or the contract expressly excludes registration, it may be required by each spouse.

Art. 250 B. Enrolment/II. Place

II. Place

1 Registration takes place in the husband's home registry.

2 If the husband transports his or her home in another district, the registration must also be made within three months.

3 The previous registration has no effect three months after the change of residence.

Article 251 C. Record Keeping C. Record Keeping

C. Maintenance of the Register

1 The Register of Matrimonial Regimes shall be maintained by the Register of Commerce, unless the cantons are responsible for other officials and shall not create special districts.

2 The register shall be public; extracts shall be issued to any person who requests it.

3 The publication of the marriage contract simply refers to the matrimonial regime adopted by the spouses.

Table of Contents

A. Law enforcement Art. 1

I. General Duties Art. 2

II. Good faith Art. 3

III. Appreciation of the Judge Art. 4

I. Civil Law and Local Practice Art. 5

II. Public Law of the Cantons Art. 6

D. General provisions of the law of obligations Art. 7

I. Burden of proof Art. 8

II. Public titles Art. 9

Art. 10

I. Civil Rights Act Art. 11

1. Its subject matter Art. 12

2. Its conditions

A. Generally Art. 13

B. Majority Art. 14

C. ... Art. 15

D. Disceration Art. 16

1. In general Art. 17

2. No discernment Art. 18

3.Persons capable of discernment who do not exercise civil rights

A. Principle 19

B. Consent of the legal representative Art. 19 A

C. Failure to consent Art. 19 B

4. Strictly personal rights Art. 19 C

III Bis . Restricted exercise of civil rights Art. 19 D

1. Related Art. 20

2. Alliance Art. 21

1. Right of the City Art. 22

2. Home

A. Definition Art. 23

B. Change of residence or stay Art. 24

C. Home of minors Art. 25

D. Domicile of major curatelle of general scope Art. 26

I. Against excessive commitments Art. 27

Principle Art. 28

2. Actions

A. In general Art. 28 A

B . Violence, threats or harassment S. 28 B

3. ... Art. 28 C To 28 F

4. Right of reply

Principle Art. 28 G

B. Form and content Art. 28 H

C. Procedure Art. 28 I

D. Methods of dissemination Art. 28 K

E. Appeal to the Judge Art. 28 L

1. Name protection Art. 29

2. Renaming

A. Generally Art. 30

B. In the case of death of one of the spouses Art. 30 A

I. Birth and Death Art. 31

1. Burden of proof Art. 32

2. Means of Evidence

A. In general Art. 33

B. Death indexes Art. 34

1. Generally Art. 35

2. Procedure Art. 36

3. Application without object Art. 37

4. Effects Art. 38

I. General Art. 39

II. Obligation to declare Art. 40

III. Evidence of non-contentious data Art. 41

1. By the judge Art. 42

2. By the civil authorities Art. 43

V. Data protection and disclosure Art. 43 A

1. Civil Officers Art. 44

2. Supervisory Authorities Art. 45

I A . Central Data Bank Art. 45 A

II. Liability Art. 46

III. Disciplinary measures Art. 47

I. Federal Law Art. 48

II. Cantonal law Art. 49

Art. 50 and 51

A. Personality Art. 52

B. Civil Rights Act Art. 53

I. Conditions Art. 54

II. Art. 55

Headquarters Art. 56

I. Destination of Property Art. 57

II. Liquidation Art. 58

F. Reservations for public and corporate law Art. 59

I. Corporate Organization Art. 60

II. Registration in the Register of Commerce Art. 61

III. Unpersonality associations Art. 62

IV. Relationship between statutes and the law Art. 63

1. Responsibilities and convocation Art. 64

2. Qualifications Art. 65

3. Decisions

A. Form 66

B. Right to vote and majority Art. 67

(c) Deprivation of voting rights Art. 68

1. Rights and duties in general Art. 69

2. Accounting Art. 69 A

III. Revision Body Art. 69 B

IV. Attendance in the organisation of the association Art. 69 C

I. Entry and Exit Art. 70

II. Contributions Art. 71

III. Exclusion Art. 72

IV. Effects of exit and exclusion Art. 73

V. Protection of social purpose Art. 74

VI. Protection of the rights of members Art. 75

C Bis . Responsibility Art. 75 A

1. By decision of the Association Art. 76

2. By Law Art. 77

3. By judgment Art. 78

II. Cancellation of Registration Art. 79

I. Generally Art. 80

II. Form Art. 81

III. Action by the heirs and creditors Art. 82

I. Generally Art. 83

II. Maintenance of accounts Art. 83 A

1. Obligation to Review and Applicable Law Art. 83 B

2. Relations with the Supervisory Authority Art. 83 C

IV. Attendance at the Organization of the Foundation Art. 83 D

C. Surveillance Art. 84

C Bis . Measures in the event of overindebtedness and insolvency Art. 84 A

Repealed Art. 84 B

I. From the Organization Art. 85

(1) At the request of the supervisory authority or the supreme body of the foundation Art. 86

2. On request or because of a provision for the death of the founder Art. 86 A

III. Miscellaneous Amendments to the Foundation Act Art. 86 B

E. Family foundations and ecclesiastical foundations Art. 87

I. Dissolution by the competent authority Art. 88

II. Request and Action for Dissolution, Cancellation of Registration Art. 89

G. Personnel Pre-Provident Institutions Art. 89 A

A. Failure to Administration Art. 89 B

B. Competent authority Art. 89 C

A . Engagement Contract Art. 90

I. Present Art.

II. Financial participation Art. 92

III. Limitation period 93

A. Capacity Art. 94

I. Kinkinship Art. 95

II. Prior marriage Art. 96

A. Principle 97

A Bis . Abuses related to aliens legislation Art. 97 A

I. Application Art. 98

II. Enforcement and Closure of the Preparatory Process Art. 99

III. Time Limits Art. 100

I. Place Art. 101

II. Form Art. 102

D. Implementing provisions Art. 103

A. Principle Art. 104

Art. 105

II. Action Article 106

I. Case Article 107

II. Action Article 108

D. Effects of judgement Art. 109

Repealed Art. 110

I. Comprehensive Agreement Art. 111

II. Partial Agreement Art. 112

AbrogeII. Partial Agreement Art. 113

I. After suspension of common life Art. 114

II. Breach of the conjugal relationship Art. 115

Repealed Art. 116

A. Conditions and procedure Art. 117

B. Effects of Separation Art. 118

A. Name Art. 119

B. Marital Status and Estate Art. 120

C. Housing for the family Art. 121

1. Sharing of exit benefits Art. 122

2. Renunciation and exclusion Art. 123

II. After the occurrence of a case of foresight or in case of impossibility of sharing Art. 124

I. Conditions Art. 125

II. Method of Settlement Art. 126

1. Special provisions Art. 127

Indexing Art. 128

3. Amendment by the Judge Art. 129

4. Extinguishment of the law Art. 130

1. Assistance for Recovery and Advances Art. 131

2. Advice to debtors and provision of security Art. 132

I. Rights and duties of fathers and mothers Art. 133

II. New developments Art. 134

Repealed Articles 135 to 149

Repealed Articles 150 to 158

A. Spousal union; rights and duties of spouses Art. 159

B. Name Art. 160

C. Freedom of the City Art. 161

D. Common abode Art. 162

I. Generally Art. 163

II. Amount of free provision Art. 164

III. Extraordinary contribution by a spouse Art. 165

F. Representation of the conjugal relationship Art. 166

G. Profession and business of spouses Art. 167

I. Generally Art. 168

II. Housing of the family Art. 169

J. Duty to provide information Art. 170

I. Consultation Offices Art. 171

1. In general Art. 172

2. During common life

A. Financial contributions Art. 173

B. Withdrawal of the power to represent the conjugal relationship Art. 174

3. In case of suspension of common life

A. Causes Art. 175

B. Organisation of separate life Art. 176

4. Notice to debtors Art. 177

5. Restrictions on the power to dispose Art. 178

6. Recent Developments Art. 179

Repealed Art. 180

A. Regular regime Art. 181

I. Choice of regime Art. 182

II. Capacity of the parties Art. 183

III. Form of marriage contract Art. 184

Judgement Art. 185

2. ... Article 186

3. Revocation Art. 187

Bankruptcy Art. 188

2. Entering

Judgement Art. 189

B. Application Art. 190

3. Revocation Art. 191

III. Liquidation of the Prior Regime Art. 192

D. Protection of Creditors Article 193

E. ... Art. 194

F. Administration of the Property of a Spouse by the Other Art.

G. Inventory Art. A

Composition Art. 196

II. Acquishes Art. 197

1. Legal Art. 198

2. Convention Art. 199

IV. Evidence Art. 200

B. Administration, enjoyment and disposition Sec. 201

C. Debts to third parties Art. 202

D. Debts between spouses Art. 203

I. Timing of Dissolution Art. 204

1. In general Art.

2. Share of added value Art. 206

1. Dissociation of own and own property Art. 207

2. Meetings to acquire Art. 208

3. Rewards between acquets and own property Art. 209

4. Profit Art. 210

1. Veneral value Art. 211

2. Value of return

A. In general Art. 212

B. Specific circumstances Art. 213

3. Time of Estimate Art. 214

1. Legal Art. 215

2. Convention

A. Generally Art. 216

B. In the event of divorce, separation of bodies, nullity of marriage or separation of judicial property Art. 217

1. Overpayment of payment Art. 218

2. Housing and household furniture Art. 219

3. Action against third parties Art. 220

Composition Art. 221

1. Universal community Art. 222

2. Reduced Communities

A. Community of acquisition Art. 223

B. Other communities Art. 224

III. Own property Art. 225

IV. Evidence Art. 226

1. Ordinary Administration Art. 227

2. Extraordinary Administration Art. 228

(3) Occupation or Joint Undertaking Art. 229

4. Termination and Acquisition of Estates Art. 230

5. Liability and Management Fees Art. 231

II. Own goods Art. 232

I. General ettes Art. 233

II. Clean Dettes Art. 234

D. Debts between spouses Art. 235

I. Timing of Dissolution Art. 236

II. Allocation to own property Art. 237

III. Rewards between common property and own property Art. 238

IV. Share to the added value Art. 239

V. Estimation value Art. 240

1. In the event of death or adoption of another regime Art. 241

2. In other cases Art. 242

1. Own goods Art. 243

2. Housing and household furniture Art. 244

3. Other Property Art. 245

4. Other Sharing Rules Art. 246

I. Generally Art. 247

II. Evidence Art. 248

B. Debts to third parties Art. 249

C. Debts between spouses Art. 250

D. Assignment of a Condominium Property Art. 251

A. Establishment of parentage in general Art. 252

B. ... Article 253

Repealed Art. 254

A. Presumption Art. 255

I. Quality for action Art. 256

1. Child conceived during marriage Art. 256 A

2. Child conceived before marriage or during the suspension of common life Art. 256 B

III. Time limit Art. 256 C

C. Conflict of Presumptions Art. 257

D. Action of fathers and mothers Art. 258

E. Marriage of fathers and mothers Art. 259

I. Conditions and Form Art. 260

1. Quality for action Art. 260 A

2. Medium Art. 260 B

3. Time limit Art. 260 C

I. Quality for action Art. 261

II. Presumption Art. 262

III. Time limit Art. 263

I. General conditions Art. 264

II. Joint adoption Art. 264 A

III. Adoption by one person Art. 264 B

IV. Age and consent of the child Art. 265

1. Form Art. 265 A

2. Timing of Art. 265 B

3. Consent provision

A. Conditions Art. 265 C

B. Decision Art. 265 D

B. Adoption of major art.

I. Generally Art. 267

II. Freedom of the city Art. 267 A

I. In general Art. 268

II. Inquiry Art. 268 A

D Bis . Secret of Adoption Art. 268 B

D Ter . Information on the identity of biological parents Art. 268 C

1. Failure to consent Art. 269

2. Other defects Art. 269 A

II. Time limit Art. 269 B

F. Intermediary activity for adoption Art. 269 C

I. Child of married parents Art. 270

II. Child whose mother is not married to father Art. 270 A

III. Consent of the child Art. 270 B

B. Freedom of the City Art. 271

C. Reciprocal Assets Art. 272

Principle Art. 273

2. Limits Art. 274

II. Third parties Art. 274 A

III. For and jurisdiction Art. 275

E. Information and Information Art. 275 A

A. Purpose and scope Art. 276

B. Duration Art. 277

C. married parents Art. 278

I. Quality for action Art. 279

II. And III ... Art. 280 to 284

IV. Scope of Maintenance Contribution Art. 285

V. Recent Developments Art. 286

I. Periodic contributions Art. 287

II. Single allowance Art. 288

I. Creditor Article 289

1. Appropriate assistance Article 290

2. Advice to debtors Sec. 291

III. Security Interests Art. 292

G. Public Law Art. 293

H. Foster Parents Art. 294

J. Rights of Unmarried Mothers Art. 295

A. In general Art. 296

A Bis . Death of a parent Art. 297

A Ter Divorce and other matrimonial proceedings Art. 298

I. Joint declaration by parents Art. 298 A

II. Decision of the Child Protection Authority Art. 298 B

III. Paternity action Art. 298 C

IV. New developments Art. 298 D

A D . Beaux-parents Art. 299

A Sexies . Foster Parents Art. 300

I. Generally Art. 301

II. Determination of Place of Residence Art. 301 A

III. Education Art. 302

IV. Religious education Art. 303

1. In respect of third parties

A. Generally Art. 304

B. Legal status of the child Art. 305

2. With respect to the family Art. 306

I. Protective measures Art. 307

II. Curatelle Art. 308

Repealed Art. 309

III. Withdrawal of Right to Determine Place of Residence Art. 310

1. Office Art. 311

2. With parental consent Art. 312

V. Developments Art. 313

In general Art. 314

2. Hearing of the child Art. 314 A

Representation of the child Art. 314 A Bis

4. Placement in a closed institution or in a psychiatric institution Art. 314 B

1. Generally Art. 315

2. In a matrimonial proceeding

A. Jurisdiction of the Judge Art. 315 A

B. Amendment of judicial measures Art. 315 B

VIII. Supervision of children in foster parents Art. 316

IX. Co-operation in the protection of youth Art. 317

A. Administration Art. 318

B. Use of Income Art. 319

C. Drawdown on children's property Art. 320

I. Property furnished by clause Art. 321

II. Hereditary reserve Art. 322

III. Work Product, Professional Funds Art. 323

I. Protective measures Art. 324

II. Withdrawal of Administration Art. 325

I. Restitution Article 326

II. Liability Article 327

A. Principle Art. 327 A

I. Children Art. 327 B

II. The guardian Art. 327 C

A. Debtors Art. 328

B. Application for Food Art. 329

C. Maintenance of found children Art. 330

A. Conditions Art. 331

I. Domestic Order Art. 332

II. Liability Art. 333

1. Conditions Art. 334

2. Complaint Art. 334 Bis

A . Family Foundations Art. 335

1. Conditions Art. 336

2. Form Art. 337

II. Duration Art. 338

1. Joint operation Art. 339

2. Direction and representation

A. Generally Art. 340

B. Competence of the head of indivision Art. 341

3. Property and Personal Property Art. 342

1. Cases Art. 343

2. Denunciation, insolvency, marriage Art. 344

3. Deaths Art. 345

4. Division Art. 346

1. Conditions Art. 347

2. Dissolution Art. 348

Repealed Articles 349 to 358

Repealed Article 359

A. Principle 360

I. Constitution Art.

II. Revocation Art. 362

C. Determination of Validity and Acceptance Art. 363

Interpretation and Completting Art. 364

E. Enforcement Article 365

F. Compensation and Fees Art. 366

G. Termination Art. 367

H. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority Art. 368

I. Recovery of capacity for judgment Art. 369

A. Principle Art. 370

B. Constitution and Revocation Article 371

C. Survenance of Invalidity of discernment Art. 372

D. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority Art. 373

A. Conditions and Extent of Representation Power Art. 374

B. Exercise of power of representation Art. 375

C. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority Art. 376

A. Treatment Plan Art. 377

B. Representatives Art. 378

C. Emergency Cases Art. 379

D. Treatment of Psychological Disorders Art. 380

E. Intervention by the Adult Protection Authority Art. 381

A. Assistance contract Art. 382

I. Conditions Art. 383

II. Protocol and duty of information Art. 384

III. Intervention by the adult protection authority Art. 385

C. Personality Protection Art. 386

D. Supervision of institutions Art. 387

A. Purpose Art. 388

B. Subsidiarity and proportionality Art. 389

A. Conditions Art. 390

B. Tasks Art. 391

C. Waiver of a curatelle Art. 392

A. Accompanying Curatelle Art. 393

I. Generally Art. 394

II. Heritage Management Art. 395

C. Cooperation Curatelle Art. 396

D. Combination of Curatelles Art. 397

E. General Curatelle Art. 398

Repealed S. 399

I. General Conditions Art. 400

II. Wishes of the person concerned or his or her relatives Art. 401

III. Curatelle entrusted to several persons Art. 402

B. Preventing and Conflict of Interest Art. 403

C. Compensation and Fees Art. 404

A. Entry to the Trustee Art. 405

B. Relations with the person concerned Art. 406

C. Autonomy of the person concerned Art. 407

I. Tasks Art. 408

II. Amounts Available Art. 409

III. Accounts Art. 410

E. Activity report Art. 411

F. Specific cases Art. 412

G. Duty of care and obligation to keep secrecy Art. 413

H. Developments Art. 414

A. Review of Accounts and Reports Art. 415

I. By Law Art. 416

II. On decision Art. 417

III. Failure to consent Art. 418

Repealed S. 419

Repealed Article 420

A. Right of law Art. 421

I. Upon request of the Trustee Art. 422

II. Other cases Art. 423

C. Transitional management Art. 424

D. Report and final accounts Art. 425

I. Placement for assistance or processing Art. 426

II. Maintenance of a person voluntarily entered Art. 427

I. Adult Protection Authority Art. 428

1. Competence Art. 429

2. Procedure Art. 430

C. Periodic Review Art. 431

D. People of trust Art. 432

I. Treatment plan Art. 433

II. Treatment without consent Art. 434

III. Emergency Cases Art. 435

IV. Exit Maintenance Art. 436

V. cantonal law Art. 437

F. Measures limiting freedom of movement Art. 438

G. Appeal to the Judge Art. 439

A. Adult Protection Authority Art. 440

B. Supervisory Authority Art. 441

C. Competence of Place Art. 442

A. Right and Obligation to Notify Authority Art. 443

B. Examination of jurisdiction Art. 444

C. Provisional measures Art. 445

D. Maximes of the procedure Art. 446

E. Right to be heard Art. 447

F. Obligation to collaborate and administrative assistance Art. 448

G. Expertise in an Institution Art. 449

H. Representation Art. 449 A

I. Consultation of the case Art. 449 B

J. Obligation to communicate Art. 449 C

A. Purpose of appeal and quality of appeal Art. 450

B. Reasons Art. 450 A

C. Timeliness Art. 450 B

D. suspensive effect Art. 450 C

E. Consultation of the first instance and reconsideration Art. 450 D

F. Special provisions on placement for assistance Art. 450 E

Repealed Art. 450 F

Repealed Art. 450 G

A. Secret and Information Art. 451

B. Effect of measures against third parties Art. 452

C. Obligation to collaborate Art. 453

A. Principle 454

B. Prescription Art. 455

C. Responsibility according to the rules of the mandate Art. 456

I. Descendants Article 457

II. The Parent's Parentèle Art. 458

III. The Parentèle of Grandparents Art. 459

IV. Last heirs Art. 460

Repealed Art. 461

B. Surviving spouse, surviving registered partner Art. 462

Repealed Art. 463 and 464

C. ... Art.

D. Canton and commune Art. 466

A. By Will Art. 467

B. In an estate pact Art. 468

C. Null provisions Art. 469

I. Scope Art. 470

II. Reservation Art. 471

III. ... Art.

IV. Liberalization in favour of surviving spouse Art. 473

1. Deduction of debts Art. 474

2. Vivos gifts Art. 475

Insurance in the event of death Art. 476

I. Causes Art. 477

II. Effects Art. 478

III. Burden of proof Art. 479

IV. Exheration of insolvent Art. 480

A. General Art. 481

B. Expenses and Conditions Art. 482

C. Crown Institution Art. 483

I. Subject matter 484

II. Issue Art. 485

III. Relationship between bequests and inheritance Art. 486

E. vulgar Substitutions Art. 487

I. Designation of conscripts Art. 488

II. Opening of substitution Art. 489

III. Security Interests Art. 490

1. Right to the encumbered Art. 491

2. Referred to in Art. 492

V. Discreptive Descendants Art. 492 A

G. Foundations Art. 493

I. Crown Institution and Bequests Art. 494

Scope Art. 495

2. Loyal matured Art. 496

3. Rights of Hereditary creditors Art. 497

1. In general Art.

2. Public Testament

A. Writing the Act Art. 499

B. Public Officership Competition Art. 500

C. Witness contests Art. 501

D. Testator who has not read or signed Art. 502

E. Persons familiar with the act Art. 503

F. Filing of the Act Art. 504

3. Trolograph Form Sec.

4. Oral form

A. Latest provisions Art. 506

B. Subsequent action Article 507

C. Caducity Art. 508

1. Revocation Art. 509

2. Removal of the Act Art. 510

3. Posterior Act Art. 511

I. Form Art. 512

1. Between Vifs

A. By contract or in the form of a will Art. 513

(b) Cause of non-performance Art. 514

2. In the case of survivor's survival Art. 515

C. Available Reduced Available Art. 516

A. Designation Art.

B. Scope of Powers Art. 518

I. Inability to dispose, unlawful or immoral of the provision Art. 519

1. Generally Art. 520

2. In the Case of a Will olograph Art. 520 A

III. Limitation period Art.

1. In general Art. 522

2. Liberalization in favour of reserve holders Art. 523

(3) Right of creditors of an heir Art. 524

1. Generally Art. 525

2. Legs of a Specified thing Art. 526

3. With respect to the inter vivos liberalities

A. Cases Art. 527

(b) Restitution Art. 528

4. Insurance in the event of death Article 529

5. In respect of the liberalities of usufruct or annuities Art. 530

6. In the case of substitution Art. 531

III. The order of reductions Art. 532

IV. Limitation period Art. 533

A. Rights in the event of inter vivos transfer of property Art. 534

I. Reduction Art. 535

II. Restitution Art. 536

A. Cause of openness Art. 537

B. Place of opening Art. 538

Civil Rights and Civil Rights Art. 539

2. Indigness

A. Causes Art. 540

B. Effects on descendants Art. 541

1. The heirs Art. 542

2. The legators Art. 543

3. Children conceived Art. 544

4. In case of substitution Art. 545

1. Possession and security of security Art. 546

(2) Restitution Art. 547

II. Right of estate of a absent person Art. 548

III. Correlation between the two cases Art. 549

IV. Ex officio procedure Art. 550

A. General Art. 551

B. Sealing of seals Art. 552

C. Inventory Art. 553

I. In general Art. 554

II. When the heirs are unknown Art. 555

I. Obligation to communicate them Art. 556

II. Opening Art. 557

III. Communication to Right-holders Art. 558

IV. Issuance of property Art. 559

I. Heirs Art. 560

II ... Art. 561

1. Acquisition of the bequest Art. 562

2. Purpose of Bequests Art. 563

3. Rights of Creditors Art. 564

4. Reduction Art.

1. Faculty of repudiation Art. 566

2. Delay

A. Generally Art. 567

B. In case of inventory Art. 568

3. Transmission of the right of repudiation Art. 569

4. Form Art. 570

II. Expiration of the Right to Redeem Art. 571

III. Repudiation of one of the heirs Art. 572

1. In general Art. 573

2. Right of surviving spouse Art. 574

3. Repudiation in favour of distant heirs Art. 575

V. Extension of Time Limits Art. 576

VI. Repudiation of the bequest Art. 577

VII. Protection of the rights of creditors of the heir Art. 578

VIII. Liability for repudiation Art. 579

A. Conditions Art. 580

I. Inventory Art. 581

II. Public Summits Art. 582

III. Debts and Debts of Office Art. 583

IV. Outcome Art. 584

I. Administration Art. 585

II. Prosecutions and trials; prescription Art. 586

I. Time limit for taking sides Art. 587

II. Statement by the heir Art. 588

1. Post-inventory liability Art. 589

2. Responsibility Beyond Inventory Art. 590

E. Liability under surety bonds Art. 591

F. Successions devolved to the canton or the municipality Art. 592

I. At the request of an heir Art. 593

II. At the request of the creditors of the deceased Art. 594

I. Administration Art. 595

II. Ordinary winding-up mode Art. 596

III. Liquidation according to the rules of bankruptcy Art. 597

A. Conditions Art. 598

Effects Art. 599

C. Prescription Art. 600

D. Action by the Consignee Art. 601

I. Hereditary Community Art. 602

II. Liability of heirs Art. 603

B. Sharing Action Art. 604

C. Sharing of sharing Art. 605

D. Rights of those who worked together with the deceased Art.

A. General Art. 607

I. Provisions of the deceased Art. 608

II. Competition of the Authority Art. 609

I. Equal Rights of the Heirs Art. 610

II. Composition of lots Art. 611

III. Allocation and sale of certain hereditary properties Art. 612

IV. Allocation of accommodation and household furniture to surviving spouse Art. 612 A

I. Objects forming a whole, family papers Art. 613

I Bis . Inventory Art. 613 A

II. Claims of the deceased against the heir Art. 614

III. Property of the estate encumbered Art. 615

Repealed Art. 616

1. Resume

A. Imputation value Art. 617

B. Procedure Art. 618

V. Agricultural enterprises and buildings Art. 619

Repealed Art. 620-625

A. Obligation to report Art. 626

B. Report on incapacity or repudiation Art. 627

I. In kind or at least Art. 628

II. Liberalization in excess of the hereditary portion Art. 629

III. Method of calculation Art. 630

D. Education costs Art. 631

E. Present of use Art. 632

Repealed Art. 633

I. Sharing Convention Art. 634

II. Convention on Hereditary Shares Art. 635

III. Pacts on unopened successions Art. 636

I. Obligations under consequence Art. 637

II. Rescission of division Art. 638

I. Solidarity Art. 639

II. Actions between heirs Art. 640

I. In general Art. 641

II. Animals Art. 641 A

I. Integrative parts Art. 642

II. Natural fruit Art. 643

1. Definition Art. 644

2. Exception Art. 645

1. Relationships between co-owners Art. 646

2. Rules of Use and Administration Art. 647

3. Current administrative acts Art. 647 A

4. More important administrative acts Art. 647 B

5. Construction jobs

A. Necessary Art. 647 C

B. Useful Art. 647 D

C. For embellishment and convenience Art. 647 E

(6) Acts of disposition Sec.

7. Contribution to Costs and Expenses Art. 649

8. Opposability; Reference to the Land Registry Art. 649 A

9. Community Exclusion

A. Co-owner Art. 649 B

B. Holders of other rights Art. 649 C

10. End of Condominium

A. Sharing action Art. 650

B. Mode of sharing Art. 651

C. Animals living in domestic environments Art. 651 A

1. Cases Art. 652

2. Effects Art. 653

3. End Art. 654

III. Property of many on enterprises and agricultural buildings Art. 654 A

I. Building Art. 655

II. Dependent property Art. 655 A

I. Registration Art. 656

(1) Translating Ownership Art. 657

2. Occupation Art. 658

3. New land formation Art. 659

4. Field smoothing

A. Generally Art. 660

B. Permanent Art. 660 A

C. New determination of limits Art. 660 B

5. Prescription

A. Ordinary Art. 661

B. Extraordinary Art. 662

(c) Time limits Art. 663

6. Master's and Public Domain Choses Art. 664

III. Right to Enrolment Art. 665

C. Loss of Land Ownership Art. 666

I. Owner not found Art. 666 A

II. Absence of prescribed bodies Art. 666 B

I. In general Art. 667

1. Indication of the limits Art. 668

2. Obligation to Borner Art. 669

3. Joint Starts Art. 670

1. Funds and Materials

A. Property Art. 671

B. Compensation Art. 672

(c) Allocation of ownership of the fund Art. 673

2. Constructions encroachment on the fund of others Art. 674

3. Surface law Art. 675

4. Conduct Art. 676

5. Securities Art. 677

IV. Plantations Art. 678

(1) In the case of excess of the right of ownership Art. 679

(2) In the case of lawful exploitation of a fund Art. 679 A

I. Generally Art. 680

1. Principles S. 681

2. Exercise Art. 681 A

3. Amendment, Waiver Art. 681 B

4. In the case of condominiums and area rights Art. 682

5. Preemption rights on enterprises and agricultural buildings Art. 682 A

Repealed Art. 683

1. Excessive offences Art. 684

2. Excavations and constructions

Rule Art. 685

B. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law Art. 686

3. Plants

A. Rule Art. 687

B. Provisions reserved for the cantonal law Art. 688

4. Flow of water Art. 689

5. Draining Art. 690

6. Lines and conduits through a fund

A. Obligation to tolerate Article 691

B. Safeguarding the Interest of the encumbered Owner Art. 692

New developments Art. 693

7. Rights of Way

A. Required passage Art. 694

B. Other passages Art. 695

C. Reference to the Register Art. 696

8. Fencing Art. 697

9. Maintenance of Works Art. 698

1. Forests and pastures Art. 699

2. Shipwreck searches, etc. Art. 700

3. Cases of necessity Art. 701

1. In general Art. 702

2. Land Improvements Art. 703

I. Ownership and servitude Art. 704

II. Derivation Art. 705

1. Compensation Article 706

2. Site Recovery Art. 707

IV. Common sources Art. 708

V. Use of sources Art. 709

VI. Required Fontaine Art. 710

1. Sources Art. 711

2. Soil Art. 712

I. Elements Art. 712 A

II. Purpose Art. 712 B

III. Acts of disposition Art. 712 C

I. Constitutive Act Art. 712 D

II. Delimitation and quotas Art. 712 E

III. End Art. 712 F

I. Applicable provisions Art. 712 G

1. Definition and allocation Art. 712 H

2. Contribution Guarantee

A. Legal Mortgage Art. 712 I

B. Right of retention Art. 712 K

III. Exercise of civil rights Art. 712 L

Jurisdiction and legal status Art. 712 M

2. Convening and Presidency Art. 712 N

3. Exercise of the right to vote Article 712 O

4. Quorum Art. 712 P

1. Appointment Art. 712 Q

2. Revocation Art. 712 R

3. Attributions

A. Enforcement and decisions on administration and use Art. 712 S

B. Representation towards third parties Art. 712 T

A. Purpose of the Property Art. 713

1. Transfer of possession Art. 714

2. The Reserve Property Pact

A. Generally Art. 715

B. Sales by instalments Art. 716

3. Constitut possessory Art. 717

1. Chose without master Art. 718

2. Escaped animals Art. 719

1. Advertising and Research

A. Generally Art. 720

B. Animals Art. 720 A

2. Custody and auctioning Art. 721

3. Acquisition of Property, Restitution Art. 722

4. Treasury Art. 723

5. Objects of Scientific Value Art. 724

IV. Epaves Art. 725

Specification Art. 726

VI. Addition and Mixture Art. 727

VII. Acquisitive requirement Art. 728

C. Loss of movable property Art. 729

A. Purpose of Easements Art. 730

(1) Registration Art. 731

2. Constitutive Act Art. 732

3. Servitude on its own fund Art. 733

1. In general Art. 734

2. Meeting of the Funds Art. 735

3. Judicial release Art. 736

1. In general Art. 737

2. Under the Registration Art. 738

3. New needs of the dominant fund Art. 739

4. Cantonal law and local uses Art. 740

5. Plurality of rights holders Art. 740 A

II. Maintenance burden Art. 741

III. Transport of the burden Art. 742

IV. Division of a fonds Art. 743

Art. 744

I. Its subject matter Art. 745

1. In general Art. 746

2. ... Art. 747

1. Causes of extinction Art. 748

2. Duration of usufruct Art. 749

3. Counter-value of thing destroyed Art. 750

4. Check-in

A. Obligation Art. 751

B. Liability Art. 752

C. Impenses Art. 753

5. Limitation of compensation Article 754

1. Usufructuary rights

A. In general Art. 755

B. Natural fruit Art. 756

C. Interest Art. 757

D. Assignment of usufruct Art. 758

2. Owner's Rights

A. Monitoring Art. 759

(b) Right to charge security Art. 760

C. Security Interests in Cases of Legal Donations and usufruits Art. 761

(d) Failure to provide security Art. 762

3. Inventory Art. 763

4. Usufructuary obligations

A. Retention of the thing Art. 764

B. Maintenance expenditure, taxes and other charges Art. 765

C. Interest on debts of a heritage Art. 766

Insurance Art. 767

1. Real Property

A. With regard to fruit Art. 768

B. Destination of thing Art. 769

C. Forests Art. 770

D. Mines Art. 771

2. Consumable and Assessed Choses Art. 772

3. Receivables

A. Extent of Enjoyment Art. 773

B. Refunds and remplows Art. 774

C. Right to transfer of claims Art. 775

I. Generally Art. 776

II. Scope of the right of habitation Art. 777

III. Expenses Art. 778

I. Purpose and Registration in the Land Registry Art. 779

II. Constitutive Act Art. 779 A

III. Content, Scope and Annotation Art. 779 B

1. Return of buildings Art. 779 C

2. Compensation Art. 779 D

Repealed Art. 779 E

1. Conditions Art. 779 F

2. Exercise of right of return Art. 779 G

(3) Other Application Cases Art. 779 H

1. Right to require the constitution of a mortgage Art. 779 I

(2) Registration Art. 779 K

VII. Maximum duration Art. 779 L

D. Right to a Source on the Funds of Others Art. 780

E. Other easements Art. 781

F. Judicial measures Art. 781 A

A. Purpose of Land Load Art. 782

(1) Acquisition and Registration Art. 783

2. Land charges under public law Art. 784

Repealed Art. 785

1. In general Art. 786

2. Buy

A. Creditor's right to demand Art. 787

B. Right of the debtor to operate Art. 788

C. Purchase price Art. 789

3. Imprestability Art. 790

I. Law of Creditor Art. 791

II. Nature of debt Art. 792

I. Forms of estate pledge Art. 793

Capital Art. 794

2. Interest Art. 795

1. Real property which may be pledged Art. 796

2. Designation

A. Of the single building Art. 797

B. Various encumbered buildings Art. 798

3. Agricultural furniture Art. 798 A

(1) Registration Art. 799

2. If the building is owned by several Art. 800

II. Extinction Art. 801

1. Movement of the Guarantee Art. 802

2. Denunciation by the debtor Art. 803

3. Silver Allowance Art. 804

I. Scope of Creditor Right Art. 805

II. Rents and Fermages Art. 806

III. Imprestability Art. 807

1. Depreciation of the building

A. Precautionary Measures Article 808

B. Security Interests and Restoration of the Prior State Art. 809

2. Depreciation without the fault of the owner Art. 810

3. Disposal of Small Parcels Art. 811

V. Subsequent Constitution of Rights of Rights Art. 812

Effects Art. 813

2. Order Art. 814

3. Free Boxes Art. 815

1. Method of Realization Art. 816

2. Price distribution Art. 817

3. Scope of the guarantee Art. 818

4. Guarantees for necessary impeenses Art. 819

1. Rank Art. 820

2. Extinguishment of the claim and the pledge Art. 821

IX. Right to insurance compensation Art. 822

X. Creditor not found Art. 823

A. Purpose and Nature Art. 824

I. Constitution Art. 825

1. Radiation Art. 826

2. Right of owner who is not personally held Art. 827

3. Mortgage Purge

A. Conditions and procedure Art. 828

B. Public Auctions Art. 829

C. Official estimate Art. 830

4. Denunciation Art. 831

1. Total Alienation Art. 832

2. Parcely Art. 833

3. Notice to Creditor Art. 834

II. Assignment of the receivable Art. 835

I. Cantonal law Art. 836

1. Cases Art. 837

2. Seller, consistency, indivis Art. 838

3. Artisans and Contractors

A. Registration Art. 839

B. Rank Art. 840

C. Privilege Art. 841

I. Purpose; relationship to the basic claim Art. 842

II. Types Art. 843

III. Right of owner who is not personally bound Art. 844

IV. Disposal, Division Art. 845

1. In general Art. 846

2. Denunciation Art. 847

VI. Protection of good faith Art. 848

VII. Exceptions by the debtor Art. 849

VIII. Founded of powers Art. 850

IX. Place of payment Art. 851

X. Amendments Art. 852

XI. Full payment Art. 853

(1) Failing Creditor Art. 854

2. Radiation Art. 855

XIII. Sumation of Creditor to be known Art. 856

I. Constitution Art. 857

II. Transfer Art. 858

III. Ppledge, Seizure and usufruct Art. 859

(1) Registration Art. 860

2. Title of pledge Art. 861

II. Protection of good faith Art. 862

1. Exercise Art. 863

2. Transfer Art. 864

IV. Cancellation Art. 865

Art. 866 to 874

A. Property obligations Art. 875

Repealed Art. 876 to 883

1. Possession of Creditor Art. 884

2. Livestock Involvement Art. 885

3. Subsequent lien law Art. 886

(4) Commitment by Creditor Art. 887

1. Loss of possession Art. 888

2. Restitution Art. 889

3. Liability of Creditor Art. 890

1. Rights of Creditor Art.

2. Extent of the pledge Art. 892

3. Rank of Rights of pledge Art. 893

4. Covenant Art. 894

I. Condition Article 895

II. Exceptions Art. 896

III. In the event of insolvency Art. 897

IV. Effects Art. 898

A. General Art. 899

I. Regular claims Art. 900

II. Paper-Values Art. 901

III. Representative titles of goods and warrants Art.

IV. Subsequent Undertaking of the Credence Art. 903

I. Scope of Creditor's Law Art. 904

II. Representation of shares and shares of a limited liability company Art. 905

III. Administration and reimbursement Art. 906

I. Authorization Art. 907

II. Duration Art. 908

I. Constitution Art. 909

1. Sale of the pledge Art. 910

2. Right to surplus Art. 911

1. Right to free the thing Art. 912

2. Rights of the Lender Art. 913

C. Procurement under a reformed pact Art. 914

D. cantonal law Art. 915

Repealed Articles 916 to 918

I. Definition Art. 919

II. Possession originating and derived Art. 920

III. Temporary interruption Art. 921

I. Between Present Art. 922

II. Absent Art. 923

III. Without tradition Art. 924

IV. Goods represented by titles Art. 925

1. Right of defence Art. 926

2. Reinterested Art. 927

3. Action on the basis of the disorder of possession Art. 928

4. Due and Prescribing Art. 929

1. Presumption of ownership Art. 930

2. Presumption of Derivative Possession Art. 931

3. Action against possessor Art. 932

4. Right of Disposition and Claim

A. Choses entrusted Art. 933

B. Lost or stolen shoses Art. 934

C. Currency and bearer shares Art. 935

D. In bad faith Art. 936

5. Presumption in Respect of Real Property Art. 937

1. Good Faith Possessor

Art. Art. 938

B. Compensation Art. 939

2. Bad Faith Possessor Art. 940

IV. Limitation period Art.

1. In general Art. 942

2. Registration

A. Registered movable property Art. 943

B. Unregistered furniture Art. 944

3. Records

A. The great book Art. 945

B. Land Registry Sheet Art. 946

C. Group slips Art. 947

D. Journal, supporting documents Art. 948

4. Orders

A. In general Art. 949

B. Computerised maintenance of the land register Art. 949 A

5. Formal Mensuration Art. 950

1. Arrondissements

A. Jurisdiction Art. 951

B. Buildings located in several districts Art. 952

2. Land Registry Offices Art. 953

3. Fees Art. 954

III. Liability Art. 955

IV. Administrative supervision Art. 956

1. Quality for recourse Art. 956 A

2. Appeal procedure Art. 956 B

Repealed Article 957

Property and rights in rem Art. 958

2. Annotations

A. Personal Rights Art. 959

B. Restrictions on the right to dispose Art.

C. Provisional Registration Art. 961

D. Registration of post-ranking rights Art. 961 A

1. Restrictions on public ownership of property Art. 962

2. Representatives Art. 962 A

1. Sequence

A. To register Art. 963

B. For radiating Art. 964

2. Legitimation

A. Validity Art. 965

(b) Supplement of legitimation Art. 966

1. In general Art. 967

(2) With respect to easements Art. 968

V. Compulsory Opinions Art. 969

I. Disclosure and Consultation Art. 970

II. Publications Art. 970 A

I. Effects of Failure to Register Art. 971

1. In general Art. 972

(2) In respect of bona fide third parties Art. 973

(3) In respect of bad faith third parties Art. 974

1. In the case of division of a building Art. 974 A

2. In case of meeting of buildings Art. 974 B

II. In the case of undue inscription Art. 975

1. Undoubtedly inscriptions without legal value Art. 976

2. Other registrations

A. In general Art. 976 A

(b) In case of opposition Art. 976 B

3. Public purification procedure Art. 976 C

IV. Rectifications Art. 977

I. Non-retroactivity of laws Art. 1

1. Public order and morality Art. 2

2. Empire of the Law Art. 3

3. Non-vested rights Art. 4

I. Exercise of civil rights Article 5

II. Declaration of absence Art. 6

II A . Central Civil Registry Data Bank Art. 6 A

1. In general Art. 6 B

2. Accounting and Review Body Art. 6 C

I. Marriage Art. 7

Principle Art. 7 A

2. Divorce proceedings pending Art. 7 B

3. Time to Separation in Divorce Cases pending Art. 7 C

(1) Principle 8

2. Name Art. 8 A

3. Right of the City Art. 8 B

II. Marital status of married spouses before 1 Er January 1912 Art. 9

1. In general Art. 9 A

2. Transition from the Union of Property to the Plan of Participation in the Acets

A. Fate of goods Art. 9 B

B. Privileges Art. 9 C

Liquidation of the regime under the new law Art. 9 D

3. Maintenance of the Union of Goods Art. 9 E

4. Maintenance of the separation of legal or judicial property Art. 9 F

5. Marriage Contracts

A. Generally Art. 10

B. Effects on third parties Art. 10 A

C. Submission to new law Art. 10 B

D. Separation of conventional property from the old right Art. 10 C

E. Marriage contracts concluded for the entry into force of the new law Art. 10 D

F. Registry of Matrimonial Regimes Art. 10 E

6. Settlement of debts in the event of marital liquidation Art. 11

7. Protection of creditors Art. 11 A

III. Termination in general Art. 12

1. Maintenance of the former right Art. 12 A

2. Submission to the new right Art. 12 B

3. Adoption of major or prohibited persons Art. 12 C

4. Intermediary Activity for Adoption Art. 12 C Bis

III Ter . Challenge of legitimation Art. 12 D

1. Pending actions Art. 13

2. New actions Art. 13 A

IV Bis Time limit for taking action to establish or challenge reports of filiation Art. 13 B

IV Ter Food Art. 13 C

IV Cc Name of the child Art. 13 D

1. Existing measures Art. 14

2. Proceedings pending Art. 14 A

I. Heirs and Devolution Art. 15

II. Provisions for cause of death Art. 16

I. Generally Art. 17

II. Right to Enrollment in the Land Registry Art. 18

III. Acquisitive requirement Art. 19

1. Trees planted in the fund of others Art. 20

2. Property per story

A. Original Art. 20 Bis

B. Transformed Art. 20 Ter

C. Epuration of land registers Art. 20 Cc

V. Land Servements Art. 21

1. Recognition of existing mortgage securities Art. 22

2. Constitution of rights of pledge Art. 23

3. Titles Paid Art. 24

4. Extent of pledge Art. 25

5. Rights and obligations deriving from the mortgage

A. In general Art. 26

(b) Provisional measures Art. 27

C. Denunciation, transfer Art. 28

6. Rank Art. 29

7. Mortgage Box Art. 30

8. ... Articles 31 and 32

9. Assimilation between the rights of the old and the new law Art. 33

10. Persistence of the old law for the old types of security rights Art. 33 A

11. Conversion of the type of mortgage schedule Art. 33 B

1. Form Art. 34

2. Effects Art. 35

VIII. Rights of retention Art. 36

IX. Possession Art. 37

1. Establishment Art. 38

2. Formal Mensing

A. ... Art. 39

B. Introduction of the land register before the mensuration Art. 40

C. Time limits for the measurement and introduction of the land register Art. 41

Repealed Art.

3. Real rights registration

A. Mode of Registration Art. 43

B. Consequences of failure to register Art. 44

4. Actual rights abolished Art. 45

5. Adjournment of the introduction of the land register Art. 46

6. Entry into force of the regime of real rights before the establishment of the land register Art. 47

7. Forms of cantonal law Art. 48

F. Prescription Art. 49

G. Form of Contracts Art. 50

A. Repeal of cantonal civil law Art. 51

I. Cantons' rights and duties Art. 52

II. Rules established by the Federal Government in the absence of the cantons Art. 53

C. Designation of competent authorities Art. 54

I. Generally Art. 55

II. Electronic media Art. 55 A

E. Hydraulic dispositions Art. 56

F. to H. ... Art. 57

J. Prosecution of Debts and Bankruptcy Art. 58

K. Application of Swiss law and foreign law Art. 59

L. Federal Civil Law repealed Art. 60

Final provisions Art. 61

A. Regular legal regime Art. 178

I. Choice of regime Art. 179

II. Capacity of the parties Art. 180

III. Form of marriage contract Art. 181

I. Separation of legal goods Art. 182

1. At the request of the woman Art. 183

2. At the request of the husband Art.

(3) At the request of creditors Art. 185

III. Date of separation of property Art. 186

IV. Revocation of Separation of Property Art. 187

I. Guarantee of Creditors' Rights Article 188

II. Liquidation in case of separation of property Art. 189

1. Generally Art. 190

2. Property reserved by the effect of the law Art. 191

II. Effects Art. 192

III. Evidence Art. 193

I. Matrimonial Property Art. 194

II. Propres des spouses Art. 195

III. Evidence Art. 196

1. Form and probative force Art. 197

2. Effect of Estimate Art. 198

V. Women's contributions to husband Art.

I. Administration Art. 200

II. Disobedience Art. 201

1. Husband Art. 202

2. From Women

A. In general Art. 203

B. Repudiation of estates Art. 204

C. Ensuring the contributions of women Art. 205

I. Liability of husband Art. 206

1. On all of its property Art. 207

2. Of its reserved assets Art. 208

I. Eligibility Art. 209

1. Rights of women Art. 210

2. Privilege Art. 211

I. Death of women Art. 212

II. Death of husband Art.

III. Income and Deficit Art. 214

I. Matrimonial Property Art. 215

1. In general Art. 216

2. Disposition of disposition

A. Generally Art. 217

B. Repudiation of estates Art. 218

1. Liability of husband Art. 219

2. Women's responsibility

A. On its property and on common property Art. 220

B. On the value of its reserved assets Art. 221

3. Forced enforcement Art. 222

1. Generally Art. 223

2. Women's claim Art. 224

1. Sharing

A. Legal Art. 225

B. Convention Art. 226

2. Survivor's liability Art. 227

3. Allocation of contributions Art. 228

I. Case Art 229

II. Community property Art. 230

III. Administration and representation Art. 231

1. By the parties concerned Art.

2. By Law Art. 233

3. By judgment Art. 234

4. As a result of marriage or death of a child Art. 235

5. Division or liquidation Art. 236

I. With stipulation of separation of property Art. 237

II. With stipulation of union of goods Art. 238

(1) Its scope Art. 239

2. Share Art. 240

A. General Effects Art. 241

B. Ownership, Administration and enjoyment Art. 242

I. Generally Art. 243

II. Bankruptcy of husband and seizure made against him Art. 244

D. Income and earnings Art. 245

E. Contribution of spouses to marriage expenses Art. 246

F. Dot Art. 247

A. Effects of Registration Art. 248

I. Purpose Art. 249

II. Place Art. 250

C. Record Keeping Art. 251



1 RS 2 3. Still applicable as a transitional duty, to the extent that s. 9 A And s. Of the tit. End. (Revision of marital law, of October 5. 1984) provided for it.


RO 24 245, 27 200 and RS 2 3


1 [RS 1 3]. At disp. Mentioned is currently art. 122 of the Cst. 18 Apr. 1999 (RS 101 ).
2 New content according to the c. 2 of the annex to the PMQ of 24 March 2000 on the fors, in force since 1 Er Jan 2001 ( RO 2000 2355 ; FF 1999 2591 ).
3 FF 1904 IV 1, 1907 VI 402


State 1 Er April 2016